<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED FEBRUARY 21, 1997)
CWABS, INC.
DEPOSITOR
$279,000,000
ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1997-1
DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE ON THE 25TH DAY OF EACH MONTH, COMMENCING IN MARCH 1997
[LOGO]
SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, will consist of the Class A-1
Certificates (the 'Class A-1 Certificates'), the Class A-2 Certificates (the
'Class A-2 Certificates'), the Class A-3 Certificates (the 'Class A-3
Certificates'), the Class A-4 Certificates (the 'Class A-4 Certificates'), the
Class A-5 Certificates (the 'Class A-5 Certificates') and the Class R
Certificates (the 'Residual Certificates'). Only the Class A-1 Certificates, the
Class A-2 Certificates, the Class A-3 Certificates, the Class A-4 Certificates
and the Class A-5 Certificates (together, the 'Offered Certificates') are
offered hereby. See 'Index of Defined Terms' on page S-63 of this Prospectus
Supplement and on page 95 of the Prospectus for the location of the definitions
of certain capitalized terms.
(cover continued on next page)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER 'RISK
FACTORS' ON PAGE S-12 HEREIN AND ON PAGE 14 IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
ASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Offered Certificates will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed as
to the payment of the Insured Payments (as defined herein) on each Distribution
Date pursuant to the terms of two irrevocable financial guaranty insurance
policies (collectively, the 'Certificate Insurance Policy') to be issued by
[Logo]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ORIGINAL CLASS
CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
BALANCE(1) PASS-THROUGH RATE PRICE TO PUBLIC(2) DISCOUNT DEPOSITOR(2)(3)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Class A-1... $173,000,000 (4) 100.000000% 0.225% 99.775000%
Class A-2... $ 40,700,000 (5) 100.000000% 0.175% 99.825000%
Class A-3... $ 35,000,000 6.675% 100.000000% 0.225% 99.775000%
Class A-4... $ 14,677,000 6.950% 99.968750% 0.250% 99.718750%
Class A-5... $ 15,623,000 7.225%(6) 99.921875% 0.325% 99.596875%
Total....... $279,000,000 N/A $278,983,207.97 $626,692.25 $278,356,515.72
</TABLE>
(1) Subject to the permitted variance described herein.
(2) Plus accrued interest, if any, at the respective Pass-Through Rates from
February 1, 1997 (or in the case of the Class A-1 Certificates and the Class
A-2 Certificates from February 27, 1997).
(3) Before deduction of expenses payable by the Depositor estimated to be
$329,000.
(4) The Class A-1 Certificates will bear interest during each Accrual Period at
a per annum rate equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of (a) One-Month LIBOR
(as defined herein) and (b) the applicable Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin (as
defined herein) and (ii) the Class A-1 Available Funds Cap (as defined
herein).
(5) The Class A-2 Certificates will bear interest during each Accrual Period at
a per annum rate equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of (a) One-Month LIBOR
and (b) the Class A-2 Pass-Through Margin (as defined herein) and (ii) the
Class A-2 Net Funds Cap (as defined herein).
(6) The Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-5 Certificates will increase to 7.725%
following the Optional Termination Date (as defined herein).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Offered Certificates are offered subject to prior sale and subject to the
Underwriters' right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of the Offered Certificates will be made in book-entry form only though
the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, CEDEL Bank, societe anonyme and
the Euroclear System on or about February 27, 1997 (the 'Closing Date'). The
Offered Certificates will be offered in Europe and the United States of America.
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED COUNTRYWIDE SECURITIES CORPORATION
February 24, 1997
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(cover page continued)
The Offered Certificates and the Residual Certificates (collectively, the
'Certificates') will represent the entire beneficial ownership interest in a
trust fund (the 'Trust Fund') to be created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997, among the Depositor, Countrywide Home
Loans, Inc., as master servicer and seller (referred to herein as 'Countrywide,'
the 'Master Servicer' or the 'Seller,' as applicable), and The Bank of New York,
as trustee (the 'Trustee'). The Trust Fund will consist of a pool (the 'Mortgage
Pool') of conventional, sub-prime and prime mortgage loans (the 'Mortgage
Loans') secured by first or second liens on one- to four-family residential
properties and certain other assets described herein. The Mortgage Pool will be
divided into two separate groups of Mortgage Loans (each, a 'Loan Group'). Loan
Group 1 will consist of adjustable-rate Mortgage Loans (the 'Group 1 Mortgage
Loans') secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties.
Substantially all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will be subject to semi-annual
mortgage rate adjustments based upon changes in the average of the London
interbank offered rates for six-month U.S. dollar deposits in the London market
(the 'Mortgage Index'), as described herein. Loan Group 2 will consist of fixed
rate Mortgage Loans (the 'Group 2 Mortgage Loans') secured by first or second
liens on one- to four-family residential properties. See 'The Mortgage Pool'
herein.
THE YIELD TO INVESTORS ON THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES WILL BE SENSITIVE IN
VARYING DEGREES TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE RATE AND TIMING OF PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS (INCLUDING PREPAYMENTS) OF, AND LOSSES ON, THE MORTGAGE LOANS IN THE
RELATED LOAN GROUP AND, IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, THE RATE AND TIMING OF
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS (INCLUDING PREPAYMENTS) OF, AND LOSSES ON, THE MORTGAGES
LOANS IN THE OTHER LOAN GROUP. THE YIELD TO INVESTORS ON THE CLASS A-1
CERTIFICATES AND THE CLASS A-2 CERTIFICATES WILL ALSO BE SENSITIVE TO THE LEVEL
OF THE LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE FOR ONE-MONTH UNITED STATES DOLLAR DEPOSITS
('ONE-MONTH LIBOR'). IN ADDITION, THE YIELD TO INVESTORS ON THE CLASS A-1
CERTIFICATES WILL BE SENSITIVE TO THE LEVEL OF THE MORTGAGE INDEX AND THE
ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON THE PASS-THROUGH RATE FOR THE CLASS A-1 CERTIFICATES,
AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PASS-THROUGH RATE ON THE CLASS A-2 CERTIFICATES IS ALSO
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS, AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. ALTHOUGH ALL OF THE
MORTGAGE LOANS IN LOAN GROUP 1 BEAR INTEREST AT ADJUSTABLE RATES (ARMS), THE
INTEREST RATES ON THE MAJORITY OF THE ARMS IN LOAN GROUP 1 WILL NOT ADJUST FOR
TWO YEARS FOLLOWING ORIGINATION. IN ADDITION, THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE
OFFERED CERTIFICATES PURCHASED AT A DISCOUNT OR PREMIUM WILL BE MORE SENSITIVE
TO THE RATE AND TIMING OF PAYMENTS THEREON. CERTIFICATEHOLDERS SHOULD CONSIDER,
IN THE CASE OF ANY OFFERED CERTIFICATE PURCHASED AT A DISCOUNT, THE RISK THAT A
LOWER THAN ANTICIPATED RATE OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS COULD RESULT IN AN ACTUAL
YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE ANTICIPATED YIELD AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY OFFERED
CERTIFICATE PURCHASED AT A PREMIUM, THE RISK THAT A FASTER THAN ANTICIPATED RATE
OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS COULD RESULT IN AN ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE
ANTICIPATED YIELD. BECAUSE CERTAIN OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS CONTAIN PREPAYMENT
PENALTIES, THE RATE OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS MAY BE LESS THAN THE RATE OF PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS FOR MORTGAGE LOANS WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN PREPAYMENT PENALTIES. NO
REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE ANTICIPATED RATE OF PREPAYMENTS ON THE MORTGAGE
LOANS, THE AMOUNT AND TIMING OF LOSSES THEREON, THE LEVEL OF ONE-MONTH LIBOR OR
THE MORTGAGE INDEX OR THE RESULTING YIELD TO MATURITY OF ANY CLASS OF
CERTIFICATES.
The Trust Fund is subject to optional termination under the limited
circumstances described herein. Any such optional termination will result in an
early retirement of the Certificates. Distributions to Certificateholders will
be made on the 25th day of each month or, if such 25th day is not a Business
Day, on the first Business Day thereafter (each, a 'Distribution Date'),
commencing in March 1997.
Except for certain representations and warranties relating to the Mortgage
Loans, Countrywide's obligations with respect to the Certificates are limited to
its contractual servicing obligations. The Offered Certificates evidence
interests in the Trust Fund only and are payable solely from amounts received
with respect thereto, including amounts payable pursuant to the Certificate
Insurance Policy.
------------------------
THE CERTIFICATES DO NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF THE
DEPOSITOR, THE SELLER, THE MASTER SERVICER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE
INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY, THE DEPOSITOR, THE SELLER, THE
MASTER SERVICER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY OTHER
PERSON EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CERTIFICATES WILL BE
PAYABLE SOLELY FROM THE ASSETS TRANSFERRED TO THE TRUST FUND FOR THE BENEFIT OF
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.
S-2
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
An election will be made to treat the Trust Fund as a real estate mortgage
investment conduit (the 'REMIC') for federal income tax purposes.
The Offered Certificates will be entitled to the benefit of two irrevocable
financial guaranty insurance policies (collectively, the 'Certificate Insurance
Policy') to be issued by MBIA Insurance Corporation (the 'Certificate Insurer')
pursuant to which the Certificate Insurer will unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantee the payment of the Insured Payments (as defined herein) on the Offered
Certificates. See 'Description of the Certificates -- The Certificate Guaranty
Insurance Policy' herein.
Prudential Securities Incorporated and Countrywide Securities Corporation
(each, an 'Underwriter') intend to make a secondary market in the Offered
Certificates but have no obligation to do so. There is currently no secondary
market for the Offered Certificates and there can be no assurance that such a
market will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue or that such
market will provide sufficient liquidity to Certificateholders.
------------------------
This Prospectus Supplement does not contain complete information about the
offering of the Offered Certificates. Additional information is contained in the
Prospectus dated February 21, 1997 (the 'Prospectus') which accompanies this
Prospectus Supplement and purchasers are urged to read both this Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus in full. Sales of the Offered Certificates may not
be consummated unless the purchaser has received both this Prospectus Supplement
and the Prospectus.
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CERTIFICATES AT
LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
UNTIL NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
S-3
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
In addition to the documents described under 'Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference' in the Prospectus, the consolidated financial statements
of the Certificate Insurer, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MBIA Inc., and its
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994 and for the three
years ended December 31, 1995, prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MBIA Inc.
for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the consolidated financial statements
of the Certificate Insurer and its and its subsidiaries for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996 and for the periods ending September 30, 1996 and
September 30, 1995, included in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of MBIA Inc.
for the period ending September 30, 1996, are hereby incorporated by reference
into this Prospectus Supplement and shall be deemed to be a part hereof. Any
statement contained in a document incorporated by reference herein shall be
modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus Supplement to the extent
that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document
which also is incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such
statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except
as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus
Supplement.
All financial statements of the Certificate Insurer and its subsidiaries
included in documents filed by MBIA Inc. pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subsequent to the date
of this Prospectus Supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of
the Offered Certificates shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into
this Prospectus Supplement and to be a part hereof from the respective dates of
filing such documents.
The Depositor hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any
liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each filing of the
financial statements of the Certificate Insurer included in or as an exhibit to
the documents of MBIA Inc. referred to above and filed pursuant to Section 13(a)
or Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act that is incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statements of which this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying
Prospectus is a part shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
to the Offered Certificates offered hereby, and the offering of such Offered
Certificates at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
THE TRUSTEE ON BEHALF OF THE TRUST FUND WILL PROVIDE WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH
PERSON TO WHOM THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS DELIVERED, ON THE WRITTEN OR ORAL
REQUEST OF SUCH PERSON, A COPY OF ANY OR ALL OF THE DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO ABOVE
AND IN THE PROSPECTUS UNDER 'INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE'
THAT HAVE BEEN OR MAY BE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THE PROSPECTUS (NOT
INCLUDING EXHIBITS TO THE INFORMATION THAT IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE UNLESS
SUCH EXHIBITS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO THE INFORMATION
THAT THE PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES). SUCH REQUESTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE
CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE OF THE TRUSTEE AT 101 BARCLAY STREET, 12E, NEW YORK, NEW
YORK 10286, TELEPHONE: (212) 815-7162, FACSIMILE: (212) 815-5309 OR (212)
815-4135, ATTENTION: MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES.
S-4
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF TERMS
This Summary of Terms is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Summary of
Terms are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement or in the Prospectus.
See 'Index of Defined Terms' on page S-63 of this Prospectus Supplement and on
page 95 of the Prospectus for the location of the definitions of certain
capitalized terms.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Title of Certificates..................... Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1 (the 'Certificates'),
consisting of (i) the Class A-1 Certificates (the 'Class A-1
Certificates'), (ii) the Class A-2 Certificates (the 'Class A-2
Certificates'), (iii) the Class A-3 Certificates (the 'Class A-3
Certificates'), (iv) the Class A-4 Certificates (the 'Class A-4
Certificates'), (v) the Class A-5 Certificates (the 'Class A-5
Certificates') and (vi) the Class R Certificates (the 'Residual
Certificates'). Only the Class A-1 Certificates, the Class A-2
Certificates, the Class A-3 Certificates, the Class A-4 Certificates
and the Class A-5 Certificates (together, the 'Offered Certificates')
are offered hereby.
The Original Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Offered
Certificates will be subject to a permitted variance of plus or minus
10%.
Designations
Loan Group 1............................ All Mortgage Loans in Loan Group 1.
Loan Group 2............................ All Mortgage Loans in Loan Group 2.
Loan Group.............................. Loan Group 1 or Loan Group 2, as the case may be.
Group 1 Certificates.................... Class A-1 Certificates.
Group 2 Certificates.................... Class A-2 Certificates, Class A-3 Certificates, Class A-4
Certificates and Class A-5 Certificates.
Certificate Group....................... 'Certificate Group 1' (consisting of the Group 1 Certificates) or
'Certificate Group 2' (consisting of the Group 2 Certificates), as
the case may be.
Variable Rate Certificates.............. Class A-1 Certificates and Class A-2 Certificates.
Fixed Rate Certificates................. Class A-3 Certificates, Class A-4 Certificates and Class A-5
Certificates.
The Depositor............................. CWABS, Inc. (the 'Depositor'), a Delaware corporation that is a
limited purpose finance subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries,
Inc. and an affiliate of the Seller and Master Servicer. See 'The
Depositor' in the Prospectus.
Seller and Master Servicer................ Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. ('Countrywide' or the 'Seller' and, in
its capacity as master servicer of the Mortgage Loans, the 'Master
Servicer'). See 'Servicing of Mortgage Loans -- The Master Servicer'
herein. The Mortgage Loans were originated or acquired by the Seller
in the normal course of its business.
Trustee................................... The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, not in its
individual capacity but solely as trustee on behalf of the
Certificateholders and the Certificate Insurer (the 'Trustee').
Certificate Insurer....................... MBIA Insurance Corporation (the 'Certificate Insurer'). See
'Description of the Certificates -- The Certificate Guaranty
Insurance Policy' herein.
Cut-off Date.............................. March 1, 1997.
Closing Date.............................. On or about February 27, 1997.
Description of Certificates
A. General................................ The Certificates will be issued pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997 (the 'Pooling and Servicing
Agreement'), among the Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Seller and
the Trustee.
The Offered Certificates and the Residual Certificates will represent
the entire beneficial ownership interest in a trust fund (the 'Trust
Fund'), which will consist of a pool (the 'Mortgage Pool') of
</TABLE>
S-5
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
conventional mortgage loans secured by first liens and non-conforming
mortgage loans secured by second liens (together, the 'Mortgage
Loans') on one- to four-family residential properties (the 'Mortgaged
Properties') and certain other assets described herein. The Mortgage
Pool will be divided into two separate groups of Mortgage Loans
(each, a 'Loan Group'). Loan Group 1 will consist of sub-prime
adjustable-rate Mortgage Loans (the 'Group 1 Mortgage Loans') secured
by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties.
Substantially all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will be subject to
semi-annual mortgage rate adjustments based upon changes in the
average of the London interbank offered rates for six-month U.S.
dollar deposits in the London market (the 'Mortgage Index'), as
described herein. Loan Group 2 will consist of fixed-rate sub-prime
first Mortgage Loans and prime second Mortgage Loans (the 'Group 2
Mortgage Loans') secured by one-to four-family residential
properties. The aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Group 1
Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date is referred to herein as the
'Group 1 Cut-off Date Principal Balance', and the aggregate unpaid
principal balance of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off
Date is referred to herein as the 'Group 2 Cut-off Date Principal
Balance.' See 'The Mortgage Pool' herein.
B. Form of Certificates................... The Offered Certificates will initially be issued in book-entry form.
Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the Offered
Certificates ('Certificate Owners') may elect to hold their Offered
Certificate interests through The Depository Trust Company ('DTC'),
in the United States, or Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ('CEDEL') or the
Euroclear System ('Euroclear'), in Europe. Transfers within DTC,
CEDEL or Euroclear, as the case may be, will be in accordance with
the usual rules and operating procedures of the relevant system. So
long as the Offered Certificates are Book-Entry Certificates (as
defined herein), each class of such Certificates will be evidenced by
one or more Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co.
('Cede'), as the nominee of DTC or one of the relevant depositaries
(collectively, the 'European Depositaries'). Cross-market transfers
between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the
one hand, and counterparties holding directly or indirectly through
CEDEL or Euroclear, on the other, will be effected in DTC through
Citibank N.A. ('Citibank') or The Chase Manhattan Bank ('Chase'), the
relevant depositaries of CEDEL or Euroclear, respectively, and each a
participating member of DTC. The interests of the Offered
Certificateholders will be represented by book entries on the records
of DTC and participating members thereof. No Certificate Owner will
be entitled to receive a definitive certificate representing such
person's interest, except in the event that Definitive Certificates
(as defined herein) are issued under the limited circumstances
described under 'Description of the Certificates Book -- Entry
Certificates' herein. All references in this Prospectus Supplement to
any Offered Certificates reflect the rights of Certificate Owners
only as such rights may be exercised through DTC and its
participating organizations for so long as such Offered Certificates
are held by DTC. See 'Risk Factors -- Book-Entry Certificates,'
'Description of the Certificates -- Book-Entry Certificates' herein
and 'Annex I' hereto.
C. Distributions.......................... Distributions on the Offered Certificates will be made on the 25th
day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the first
Business Day thereafter, commencing in March 1997 (each, a
'Distribution Date'). Distributions on each Distribution Date will be
made to Certificateholders of record as of the close of business on
the last day of the month preceding the month of such Distribution
Date (each, a 'Record Date'), except that the final distribution on
the Offered Certificates will be made only upon
</TABLE>
S-6
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
presentation and surrender of the Offered Certificates at the office
or agency of the Trustee in New York, New York. Distributions on the
Offered Certificates of a Certificate Group on each Distribution Date
will be based on the Available Funds for the related Loan Group and
will be made in accordance with the priorities described below. The
rights of the Residual Certificateholders to receive distributions
with respect to the Mortgage Loans are subordinate to the rights of
the Offered Certificateholders, to the extent described herein.
1. Interest............................. On each Distribution Date, to the extent funds (including Insured
Payments) are available therefor, interest will be paid on each Class
of Offered Certificates in an amount (the 'Interest Distribution
Amount') equal to the sum of (i) interest accrued during the related
Accrual Period (as defined herein) at the applicable Pass-Through
Rate (as defined herein) on the related Class Certificate Principal
Balance (as defined herein), subject to reduction in the event of
Prepayment Interest Shortfalls (as defined herein) in the related
Loan Group, to the extent not covered by one-half of the related Loan
Group's share of the Servicing Fee as described herein, and Relief
Act Shortfalls (as defined herein) in the related Loan Group and (ii)
that portion of the related Carry-Forward Amount (as defined herein)
relating to certain shortfalls in interest. See 'Description of the
Certificates -- Allocation of Available Funds' herein.
With respect to each Distribution Date, the 'Accrual Period' for the
Class A-1 Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates will be the
period from and including the preceding Distribution Date (or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date, from the Closing Date) to and
including the day prior to such next Distribution Date and the
Accrual Period for the Class A-3 Certificates, the Class A-4
Certificates and the Class A-5 Certificates will be the calendar
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.
Interest on the Class A-1 Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates
will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual
number of days elapsed in the applicable Accrual Period. Interest on
the Class A-3 Certificates, the Class A-4 Certificates and the Class
A-5 Certificates will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months.
2. Principal............................ On each Distribution Date, to the extent funds (including Insured
Payments) are available therefor after distributions of interest with
respect to a Certificate Group, Holders of the related Offered
Certificates will be entitled to receive, as payment of principal,
the difference between (a) the sum (without duplication) of (i) all
scheduled installments of principal on the Mortgage Loans in the
related Loan Group due during the related Due Period and received by
the Master Servicer on or before the 15th day of the month in which
such Distribution Date occurs (the 'Determination Date'), and all
unscheduled collections of principal on, and recoveries of principal
and certain other amounts with respect to, such Mortgage Loans, as
described in more detail herein, during the related Prepayment Period
(excluding certain amounts received in respect of scheduled principal
on such Mortgage Loans due after the related Due Date), together with
all Advances (as defined herein) in respect of principal on such
Mortgage Loans made by the Master Servicer, (ii) any Subordination
Deficit (as defined herein) for such Certificate Group and
Distribution Date, (iii) that portion of any Carry-Forward Amount
that relates to a shortfall in a distribution of a Subordination
Deficit for such Certificate Group, and (iv) an amount necessary to
increase the Subordinated Amount (as defined herein) for such
Certificate Group to the Required Subordinated Amount (as defined
herein) for such Certificate Group, and (b) the Subordination
Reduction Amount (as defined herein) for such
</TABLE>
S-7
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Certificate Group, if any, for such Distribution Date (such
difference, the 'Group Principal Distribution Amount' for such
Certificate Group). See 'Description of the
Certificates -- Allocation of Available Funds' herein.
Pass-Through Rate......................... The Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates and a particular
Distribution Date will be equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of (a)
One-Month LIBOR and (b) the applicable Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin
and (ii) the Class A-1 Available Funds Cap. The 'Class A-1
Pass-Through Margin' will equal 0.20% (20 basis points) per annum
until the first Accrual Period after the Optional Termination Date
(as defined herein), at which time the Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin
will equal 0.40% (40 basis points) per annum. As to any Distribution
Date, the 'Class A-1 Available Funds Cap' is a per annum rate equal
to a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which
equals the excess of (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of
interest due on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans on the related Due Date
(to the extent received or advanced) and (b) the Subordination
Reduction Amount, if any, for Certificate Group 1 and such
Distribution Date over (ii) the sum of (a) Loan Group 1's share of
the Servicing Fee (as defined herein) as described herein under
'Servicing of the Mortgage Loans -- Servicing Compensation and
Payment of Expenses,' (b) Loan Group 1's share of the Premium Amount
payable to the Certificate Insurer and (c) the Group 1 Available
Funds Rate Adjustment for such Distribution Date, and the denominator
of which is equal to (1) the Class Certificate Principal Balance of
the Class A-1 Certificates for such Distribution Date multiplied by
(2) the actual number of days elapsed in the related Accrual Period
divided by 360. The 'Group 1 Available Funds Rate Adjustment' for any
Distribution Date (a) prior to the thirteenth Distribution Date will
equal zero and (b) beginning on the thirteenth Distribution Date will
be equal to the product of (x) one-twelfth of 0.50% (50 basis points)
and (y) the Stated Principal Balance of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans on
such date. The initial Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1
Certificates will not be established until February 25, 1997, the
date on which One-Month LIBOR for such Distribution Date will be
determined. See 'Description of the Certificates -- Calculation of
One-Month LIBOR' herein for an explanation of how One-Month LIBOR is
determined. The One-Month LIBOR value on February 20, 1997 was
approximately 5.375% per annum.
If on any Distribution Date, the Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1
Certificates is based on the Class A-1 Available Funds Cap, holders
of the Class A-1 Certificates will be entitled to receive the Class
A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount (as defined herein) to the extent of
funds available therefor as described herein. The Certificate
Insurance Policy will not cover the payment of, and the ratings
assigned to the Class A-1 Certificates do not address the likelihood
of the payment of, any Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount.
The Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-2 Certificates and a particular
Distribution Date will be equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of (a)
One-Month LIBOR and (b) the Class A-2 Pass-Through Margin and (ii)
the Class A-2 Net Funds Cap. The 'Class A-2 Pass-Through Margin' will
equal 0.08% (8 basis points) per annum. As to any Distribution Date,
the 'Class A-2 Net Funds Cap' is a per annum rate equal to the
weighted average of the Mortgage Rates of the Mortgage Loans in Loan
Group 2 as of such Distribution Date minus the sum of (i) the
Servicing Fee Rate as described herein under 'Servicing of the
Mortgage Loans -- Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses' and
(ii) the Premium Percentage.
</TABLE>
S-8
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
The portion of the Servicing Fee allocable to a Loan Group for any
Distribution Date will be equal to the Servicing Fee Rate (as defined
herein) times one-twelfth the Stated Principal Balance of the
Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group as of the immediately preceding Due
Date. The portion of the Premium Amount allocable to a Loan Group for
any Distribution Date will be equal to the Premium Percentage (as set
forth in the Insurance Agreement) times one-twelfth the aggregate
Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Certificates in the
related Certificate Group on such Distribution Date before giving
effect to distributions to be made thereon on such date.
The Pass-Through Rate for each of the Class A-3 Certificates, the
Class A-4 Certificates and the Class A-5 Certificates for any
Distribution Date will be as set forth on the cover page hereof.
Credit Enhancement........................ The credit enhancement provided for the benefit of the Offered
Certificateholders consists solely of (a) any overcollateralization
and crosscollateralization which utilize the internal cash flows of
the Trust Fund and (b) the Certificate Insurance Policy (as defined
below), in each case as described below.
Overcollateralization. The allocation provisions of the Trust Fund
result in a limited acceleration of principal of a Certificate Group
relative to the amortization of the Mortgage Loans in the related
Loan Group. The acceleration of principal achieved by the application
of certain excess interest amounts to reduce the Class Certificate
Principal Balance of the Certificates in such Certificate Group
results in overcollateralization to the extent the Stated Principal
Balance (as defined herein) of the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan
Group exceeds the Class Certificate Principal Balance of such
Certificates. Once the required level of overcollateralization for a
Certificate Group is reached, and subject to the provisions described
in the next paragraph, further application of the acceleration
feature to such Certificate Group will cease, unless necessary to
maintain the required level of overcollateralization.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, subject to certain
trigger tests, the required level of overcollateralization for a
Certificate Group may increase or decrease over time. An increase
would result in a temporary period of accelerated amortization of the
related Certificates to increase the actual level of
overcollateralization for such Certificate Group to its required
level; a decrease would result in a temporary period of decelerated
amortization of the related Certificates to reduce the actual level
of overcollateralization for such Certificate Group to its required
level. As a result of the 'sequential pay' feature of the Group 2
Certificates, any such accelerated principal distributions will be
paid to the Class of Group 2 Certificates then entitled to receive
distributions of principal. See 'Description of the Certificates --
Overcollateralization Provisions' herein.
Crosscollateralization. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides
for crosscollateralization through the application of certain excess
amounts generated by one Loan Group to fund shortfalls in Available
Funds and the required level of overcollateralization in the other
Loan Group. See 'Description of the Certificates --
Crosscollateralization' and 'Yield, Prepayment and Maturity
Considerations -- Overcollateralization Provisions' herein. The
Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policy. The Offered Certificates will
have the benefit of two financial guaranty insurance policies
(collectively, the 'Certificate Insurance Policy') to be issued by the
Certificate Insurer. Under the Certificate Insurance Policy, the
Certificate Insurer will, subject to the terms of the Certificate
Insurance Policy, pay the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of
the Offered Certificates, as further described herein, an amount that
will insure the payment of the sum of (i) on each Distribution Date,
</TABLE>
S-9
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
the Interest Distribution Amount, (ii) on each Distribution Date, any
Subordination Deficit (as defined herein) and (iii) any Preference
Amounts (as defined below under 'Description of the
Certificates -- The Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policy'
herein)(such sum, the 'Insured Distribution Amount'). No payments in
respect of principal will be made under the Certificate Insurance
Policy unless a Subordination Deficit occurs. The effect of the
Certificate Insurance Policy is to guaranty the timely payment of
interest on, and ultimate payment of the principal amount of, the
Offered Certificates. See 'Description of the Certificates -- The
Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policy' herein.
Mortgage Rate............................. As described herein under 'The Mortgage Pool -- General,' (i) the
Mortgage Rate for substantially all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans
will be subject to adjustment semi-annually to equal the sum, rounded
to the nearest 0.125%, of the applicable Mortgage Index value and the
Gross Margin for such Mortgage Loan, subject to the effects of any
applicable Periodic Rate Cap, Maximum Mortgage Rate and Minimum
Mortgage Rate (each as defined herein) and (ii) all of the Group 2
Mortgage Loans will bear interest at fixed rates.
Mortgage Index............................ The Mortgage Index value applicable to any semi-annual Adjustment
Date (as defined herein) for substantially all of the Group 1
Mortgage Loans will be the average of the London interbank offered
rates for six-month U.S. dollar deposits in the London market, as set
forth in The Wall Street Journal, or, if the Mortgage Index ceases to
be published in The Wall Street Journal or becomes unavailable for
any reason, then the Mortgage Index shall be a new index selected by
the Trustee, as holder of the related Mortgage Note, with the consent
of the Certificate Insurer, based on comparable information, in each
case as most recently announced as of a date 45 days prior to such
Adjustment Date. The Mortgage Index value published on February 20,
1997 was 5.5625%.
Servicing................................. Countrywide will serve as the Master Servicer of the Mortgage Loans
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer will
be responsible for the servicing of the Mortgage Loans and will
receive from interest collected on the Mortgage Loans a monthly
servicing fee on each Mortgage Loan equal to the Stated Principal
Balance thereof multiplied by one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate
(such product, the 'Servicing Fee'). See 'Servicing of Mortgage
Loans -- Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses' herein.
The Master Servicer is obligated to make cash advances ('Advances')
with respect to delinquent payments of principal of and interest on
any Mortgage Loan to the extent described herein. The Trustee will be
obligated to make any such Advance if the Master Servicer fails in
its obligation to do so, to the extent provided in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. See 'Servicing of Mortgage Loans -- Advances'
herein.
Optional Termination...................... On any Distribution Date on which the Pool Stated Principal Balance
(as defined herein) is less than or equal to 10% of the Cut-off Date
Pool Principal Balance (as defined herein) (the 'Optional Termination
Date'), the Master Servicer or the Certificate Insurer will have the
option (but not the obligation) to purchase, in whole, the Mortgage
Loans and the REO Property (as defined herein), if any, remaining in
the Trust Fund and thereby effect the early retirement of all
Certificates. See 'Description of the Certificates -- Optional
Termination' herein.
Federal Income Tax Considerations......... An election will be made to treat the Trust Fund as a 'real estate
mortgage investment conduit' (the 'REMIC') for federal income tax
purposes. The Offered Certificates will constitute 'regular
interests' in the REMIC and the Residual Certificates will constitute
the sole class of 'residual interests' in the REMIC. The
</TABLE>
S-10
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Offered Certificates may be issued with original issue discount for
federal income tax purposes. For purposes of determining the amount
and rate of accrual of original issue discount and market discount,
the Depositor intends to assume that there will be Principal
Prepayments on the Mortgage Loans at a rate equal to 100% of the
Prepayment Model (as defined herein). No representation is made as to
whether the Mortgage Loans will prepay at that rate or any other
rate. See 'Federal Income Tax Consequences' herein and in the
Prospectus.
ERISA Considerations...................... The acquisition of an Offered Certificate by an employee benefit plan
subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ('ERISA'), or a plan or arrangement subject to Section 4975
of the Code (each of the foregoing, a 'Plan') could, in some
instances, result in a 'prohibited transaction' or other violation of
the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA and Code Section
4975. Certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could
be applicable to the acquisition of such Certificates. Subject to the
considerations and conditions described under 'ERISA Considerations'
herein, it is expected that the Offered Certificates may be purchased
by a Plan.
Any Plan fiduciary considering whether to purchase any Offered
Certificates on behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel
regarding the applicability of the provisions of ERISA and the Code.
See 'ERISA Considerations' herein and in the Prospectus.
Legal Investment.......................... The Offered Certificates will not constitute 'mortgage related
securities' for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement
Act of 1984 ('SMMEA'). Accordingly, many institutions with legal
authority to invest in comparably rated securities may not be legally
authorized to invest in the Offered Certificates. Institutions whose
investment activities are subject to review by federal or state
regulatory authorities should consult with their counsel or the
applicable authorities to determine whether an investment in the
Offered Certificates complies with applicable guidelines, policy
statements or restrictions. See 'Legal Investment' in the Prospectus.
Ratings................................... It is a condition of the issuance of the Offered Certificates that
they be rated AAA by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division
of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ('S&P'), and Aaa by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. ('Moody's' and, together with S&P, the
'Rating Agencies'). The security ratings of the Offered Certificates
should be evaluated independently from similar ratings on other types
of securities. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell
or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at
any time by the Rating Agencies. The Depositor has not requested a
rating of the Offered Certificates by any rating agency other than
the Rating Agencies; there can be no assurance, however, as to
whether any other rating agency will rate the Offered Certificates
or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by such other rating
agency. The rating assigned by such other rating agency to the
Offered Certificates could be lower than the respective ratings
assigned by the Rating Agencies. See 'Ratings' herein.
</TABLE>
S-11
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Investors should consider the following risks in connection with the
purchase of the Offered Certificates.
Consequences of Owning Book-Entry Certificates. Issuance of the Offered
Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Offered
Certificates in the secondary trading market since investors may be unwilling to
purchase Offered Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates. See 'Description of the Certificates -- Book-Entry Certificates'
herein and 'Risk Factors -- Book-Entry Registration' in the Prospectus.
Since transactions in the Offered Certificates can be effected only through
DTC, CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and
certain banks, the ability of a Certificate Owner to pledge a Offered
Certificate to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC, CEDEL or
Euroclear system may be limited due to lack of a physical certificate
representing the Offered Certificates. See 'Description of the
Certificates -- Book-Entry Certificates' herein and 'Risk Factors -- Book-Entry
Registration' in the Prospectus.
Certificate Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
distributions of interest and principal on the Offered Certificates since such
distributions will be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such
distributions to the accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which will
thereafter credit them to the accounts of Certificate Owners either directly or
indirectly through indirect participants. Certificate Owners will not be
recognized as Offered Certificateholders as such term is used in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, and Certificate Owners will be permitted to exercise the
rights of Offered Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC and its
Participants. See 'Description of the Certificates -- Book-Entry Certificates'
herein and 'Risk Factors -- Book-Entry Registration' in the Prospectus.
Cash Flow Considerations and Risks. Even assuming that the Mortgaged
Properties provide adequate security for the Mortgage Loans, substantial delays
could be encountered in connection with the liquidation of Mortgage Loans in a
Loan Group that are delinquent and resulting shortfalls in distributions to the
related Certificateholders could occur if the Certificate Insurer were unable to
perform its obligations under the Certificate Insurance Policy. Further,
liquidation expenses (such as legal fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance and
preservation expenses) will reduce the security for such Mortgage Loans and
thereby reduce the proceeds payable to the related Certificateholders. In the
event any of the Mortgaged Properties fail to provide adequate security for the
related Mortgage Loans, such Certificateholders could experience a loss if the
Certificate Insurer were unable to perform its obligations under the Certificate
Insurance Policy.
Overcollateralization and Crosscollateralization Provisions. The operation
of the overcollateralization provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
will affect the weighted average lives of the Offered Certificates and
consequently the yields to maturity of such Certificates. Unless and until the
Subordinated Amount equals the Required Subordinated Amount for a Certificate
Group, Net Monthly Excess Cashflow will be applied as distributions of principal
of the Offered Certificates in such Certificate Group, thereby reducing the
weighted average lives thereof. The actual Subordinated Amount for a Certificate
Group may change from Distribution Date to Distribution Date producing uneven
distributions of Net Monthly Excess Cash Flow. There can be no assurance as to
when or whether the Subordinated Amount for a Certificate Group will equal the
related Required Subordinated Amount.
Net Monthly Excess Cashflow generally is a function of the excess of
interest collected or advanced on the Mortgage Loans over the interest required
to pay interest on the Offered Certificates, the premium for the Certificate
Insurance Policy and certain Trust Fund expenses. Mortgage Loans with higher Net
Mortgage Rates will contribute more interest to the Net Monthly Excess Cashflow.
Mortgage Loans with higher Net Mortgage Rates may prepay faster than Mortgage
Loans with relatively lower Net Mortgage Rates in response to a given change in
market interest rates. Any such disproportionate prepayments of Mortgage Loans
in a Loan Group with higher Net Mortgage Rates may adversely affect the amount
of Net Monthly Excess Cashflow available to make accelerated payments of
principal of the Offered Certificates in the related Certificate Group.
In addition to the use of Net Monthly Excess Cashflow for a Loan Group to
pay interest and principal on the related Certificate Group, Net Monthly Excess
Cashflow for a Loan Group will be available to pay interest and principal on the
other Certificate Group to the extent described herein under 'Description of the
Certificates -- Allocation of Available Funds'. Furthermore, in addition to the
use of Net Monthly Excess Cashflow with respect to a Loan Group to distribute
Subordination Increase Amounts on the related Certificate
S-12
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Group, Net Monthly Excess Cashflow will be available to distribute Subordination
Increase Amounts on the other Certificate Group to the extent described herein.
As a result of the interaction of the foregoing factors, the effect of the
overcollateralization and crosscollateralization provisions on the weighted
average lives of the Offered Certificates in a Certificate Group may vary
significantly over time and, in the case of the Group 2 Certificates, from class
to class. See 'Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations' herein and 'Yield
and Prepayment Considerations' in the Prospectus.
Prepayment Considerations and Risks. The Trust Fund's prepayment experience
may be affected by a wide variety of factors, including general economic
conditions, interest rates, the availability of alternative financing and
homeowner mobility. In addition, substantially all of the Mortgage Loans contain
due-on-sale provisions and the Master Servicer intends to enforce such
provisions unless (i) such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law or
(ii) the Master Servicer, in a manner consistent with reasonable commercial
practice, permits the purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to assume the
Mortgage Loan. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such assumption will
not release the original borrower from its obligation under any such Mortgage
Loan. See 'Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations -- Prepayment
Considerations and Risks' herein and 'Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans -- Due-on-Sale Clauses' in the Prospectus for a description of certain
provisions of the Mortgage Loans that may affect the prepayment experience
thereof. The yield to maturity and weighted average life of the Offered
Certificates in a Certificate Group will be affected primarily by the rate and
timing of principal payments (including prepayments) of, and losses on, the
Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group and, in certain circumstances, the rate
and timing of principal payments (including prepayments) of, and losses on, the
Mortgage Loans in the other Loan Group. The yield to investors on the Class A-1
Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates will also be sensitive to the level
of One-Month LIBOR. In addition, the yield to investors on the Class A-1
Certificates will be sensitive to the level of the Mortgage Index and the
additional limitations on the Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates,
as described herein. The Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-2 Certificates is also
subject to certain limitations, as described herein. Although all of the
Mortgage Loans in Loan Group 1 bear interest at adjustable rates ('ARMs'), the
interest rates on a majority of the ARMs will not adjust for two years following
origination. In addition, the yield to maturity of the Offered Certificates
purchased at a discount or premium will be more sensitive to the rate and timing
of payments thereon. Certificateholders should consider, in the case of any
Offered Certificate purchased at a discount, the risk that a lower than
anticipated rate of principal payments could result in an actual yield that is
lower than the anticipated yield and, in the case of any Offered Certificate
purchased at a premium, the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of
principal payments could result in an actual yield that is lower than the
anticipated yield. Because certain of the Mortgage Loans contain prepayment
penalties, the rate of principal payments may be less than the rate of principal
payments for mortgage loans which do not contain prepayment penalties. No
representation is made as to the anticipated rate of prepayments on the Mortgage
Loans, the amount and timing of losses thereon, the level of One-Month LIBOR or
the Mortgage Index or the resulting yield to maturity of any Class of Offered
Certificates. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence
of payments on the Mortgage Loans will be borne entirely by the related Offered
Certificateholders. See 'Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations' herein
and 'Yield and Prepayment Considerations' in the Prospectus.
Certificate Rating. The rating of the Offered Certificates will depend
primarily on an assessment by the Rating Agencies of the Mortgage Loans and upon
the claims-paying ability of the Certificate Insurer. Any reduction in a rating
assigned to the claims-paying ability of the Certificate Insurer below the
rating initially given to the Offered Certificates may result in a reduction in
the rating of the Offered Certificates. The rating by the Rating Agencies of the
Offered Certificates is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the
Offered Certificates, inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to the market
price or suitability for a particular investor. There is no assurance that the
ratings will remain in place for any given period of time or that the ratings
will not be lowered or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies. In general, the ratings
address credit risk and do not address the likelihood of prepayments. The
ratings of the Certificates do not address the possibility of the imposition of
United States withholding tax with respect to non-U.S. persons.
Legal Considerations -- Lien Priority. The Group 2 Mortgage Loans are
secured predominantly by second mortgages. Mortgage Loans secured by second
mortgages are entitled to proceeds that remain from the sale of the related
Mortgaged Property after any related senior mortgage loan and prior statutory
liens have been satisfied. In the event that such proceeds are insufficient to
satisfy such loans and prior liens in the aggregate and
S-13
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the Certificate Insurer is unable to perform its obligations under the
Certificate Insurance Policy, the Holders of Group 2 Certificates will bear (i)
the risk of delay in distributions while a deficiency judgment, if any, against
the borrower is sought and (ii) the risk of loss if the deficiency judgment
cannot be obtained or is not realized upon. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans' in the Prospectus.
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks. The sale of the Mortgage Loans from
Countrywide to the Depositor will be treated as a sale of the Mortgage Loans.
However, in the event of an insolvency of Countrywide, the trustee in bankruptcy
of Countrywide may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as a
borrowing by Countrywide, secured by a pledge of the applicable Mortgage Loans.
If the trustee in bankruptcy decided to challenge such transfer, delays in
payments of the Offered Certificates and reductions in the amounts thereof could
occur. The Depositor will warrant in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement that
the transfer of the Mortgage Loans by it to the Trust Fund is either a valid
transfer and assignment of such Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund or the grant to
the Trust Fund of a security interest in such Mortgage Loans.
In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Offered Certificateholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.
Geographic Concentration. As of the Cut-off Date, not more than
approximately 17.0% and 37.0% (by Cut-off Date Principal Balance) of the
Mortgaged Properties relating to Loan Group 1 and Loan Group 2, respectively,
are expected to be located in the State of California. An overall decline in the
California residential real estate market could adversely affect the values of
the Mortgaged Properties securing such Mortgage Loans such that the Principal
Balances of the related Mortgage Loans could equal or exceed the value of such
Mortgaged Properties. As the residential real estate market is influenced by
many factors, including the general condition of the economy and interest rates,
no assurances may be given that the California residential real estate market
will not weaken. If the California residential real estate market should
experience an overall decline in property values after the dates of origination
of such Mortgage Loans, the rates of losses on such Mortgage Loans would be
expected to increase, and could increase substantially.
Delinquent Mortgage Loans. The Trust Fund will include Mortgage Loans which
are 59 or fewer days delinquent as of the Cut-off Date. It is expected that the
Cut-off Date Principal Balance of Group 1 Mortgage Loans and Group 2 Mortgage
Loans which are between 30 days and 59 days delinquent as of the Cut-off Date
will not exceed 1.0% and 1.0%, respectively. If there are not sufficient funds
from Available Funds for a Loan Group, or overcollateralization or
crosscollateralization for the related Certificate Group, and the Certificate
Insurer fails to perform its obligations under the Certificate Insurance Policy,
the aggregate amount of principal returned to the related Certificateholders may
be less than the respective Class Certificate Principal Balances on the day the
Certificates were issued.
Mortgage Loans with Balloon Payments. Approximately 21% (by Cut-off Date
Principal Balances) of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans are expected to be 'balloon
loans' that provide for the payment of the unamortized loan balance of such
Mortgage Loan in a single payment at maturity ('Balloon Loans'). Such Balloon
Loans provide for equal monthly payments, consisting of principal and interest,
generally based on a 30-year amortization schedule, and a single payment of the
remaining balance of the Balloon Loan 15 years after origination. Amortization
of a Balloon Loan based on a scheduled period that is longer than the term of
the loan results in a remaining principal balance at maturity that is
substantially larger than the regular scheduled payments. The Depositor does not
have any information regarding the default history or prepayment history of
payments on Balloon Loans. Because borrowers of Balloon Loans are required to
make substantial single payments upon maturity, it is possible that the default
risk associated with the Balloon Loans will be greater than that associated with
fully-amortizing Mortgage Loans.
For a discussion of additional risks pertaining to the Offered
Certificates, see 'Risk Factors' in the Prospectus.
S-14
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
THE MORTGAGE POOL
GENERAL
The following discussion applies to the origination, sales and servicing
practices of Countrywide in effect at the time of the origination of the
Mortgage Loans.
Certain information with respect to the Mortgage Loans expected to be
included in the Mortgage Pool is set forth below. A detailed description of the
Mortgage Loans actually delivered (the 'Detailed Description') will be available
to purchasers of the Certificates at or before, and will be filed on Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission within fifteen days after, delivery
of the Certificates. The Detailed Description will specify the aggregate of the
Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans included in the Mortgage Pool as of the
Cut-off Date (the 'Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance') and will also include,
among other things, the following information regarding such Mortgage Loans: the
outstanding Principal Balances of such Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date,
the lien priorities of such Mortgage Loans, the Mortgage Rates borne by such
Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date, the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of such
Mortgage Loans, the remaining term to scheduled maturity of such Mortgage Loans,
the type of properties securing such Mortgage Loans and the geographical
distribution of such Mortgage Loans by state, in each case as of the Cut-off
Date.
It is expected that the Mortgage Pool will consist of Mortgage Loans with a
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance of approximately $279,000,000. The Group 1
Mortgage Loans will provide for the amortization of the amount financed over a
series of monthly payments. The Group 2 Mortgage Loans will provide for the
amortization of the amount financed over a series of substantially equal monthly
payments. All of the Mortgage Loans will provide for payments due as of the
first day of each month. The Mortgage Loans to be included in the Mortgage Pool
will have been originated or purchased by Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.
('Countrywide') and will have been originated substantially in accordance with
Countrywide's underwriting criteria for sub-prime ('B&C') quality mortgage loans
described herein under ' -- Underwriting Standards -- B&C Quality Mortgage
Loans' or substantially in accordance with Countrywide's underwriting criteria
for closed end second mortgage loans described herein under ' -- Underwriting
Standards -- Closed End Second Mortgage Loans'. Sub-prime mortgage loans are
generally first mortgage loans made to borrowers with prior credit difficulties.
At origination, it is expected that at least 72.0% of the Mortgage Loans
had a stated term to maturity of 30 years. Scheduled monthly payments made by
the Mortgagors on the Mortgage Loans ('Scheduled Payments') either earlier or
later than the scheduled due dates thereof will not affect the amortization
schedule or the relative application of such payments to principal and interest.
All of the Mortgage Notes will provide for a fifteen (15) day grace period for
monthly payments. Any Mortgage Loan may be prepaid in full or in part at any
time; however, it is expected that at least 54.0% of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans
and 31.0% of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans provide for the payment by the borrower
of a prepayment charge in limited circumstances on full prepayments made within
five years from the date of execution of the related Mortgage Note. In general,
the Mortgage Note provides that a prepayment charge will apply if, during the
first five years from the date of origination of such Mortgage Loan, the
borrower prepays such Mortgage Loan in full. The amount of the prepayment charge
will generally be equal to six months' advance interest calculated on the basis
of the rate in effect at the time of such prepayment on the amount prepaid in
excess of 20% of the original balance of such Mortgage Loan.
It is expected that substantially all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will
have a Mortgage Rate which is subject to semi-annual adjustment on the first day
of the months specified in the related Mortgage Note (each such date, an
'Adjustment Date') to equal the sum, rounded to the nearest 0.125%, of (i) the
average of the London interbank offered rates for six-month U.S. dollar deposits
in the London market, as set forth in The Wall Street Journal, or, if such rate
ceases to be published in The Wall Street Journal or becomes unavailable for any
reason, then based upon a new index selected by the Trustee, as holder of the
related Mortgage Note, with the consent of the Certificate Insurer, based on
comparable information, in each case as most recently announced as of a date 45
days prior to such Adjustment Date (the 'Mortgage Index'), and (ii) a fixed
percentage amount specified in the related Mortgage Note (the 'Gross Margin');
provided, however, that the Mortgage Rate will not increase or decrease by more
than 1.50% on any Adjustment Date (the 'Periodic Rate Cap') for substantially
all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans. It is expected that substantially all of the
Group 1 Mortgage Loans will have been originated with Mortgage Rates less than
the sum of the then applicable Mortgage Index values and the related Gross
Margins, rounded as described herein. It is expected that not more than 60.0% of
S-15
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will have fixed Mortgage Rates for 24 months (the
'2/28 Mortgage Loans') after origination thereof before becoming subject to the
semi-annual adjustment described in the preceding sentences. It is expected that
substantially all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will provide that over the life
of each such Mortgage Loan the Mortgage Rate will in no event be more than the
initial Mortgage Rate plus 7.00% (the 'Maximum Mortgage Rate'). It is expected
that substantially all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will provide that in no
event will the Mortgage Rate for each such Mortgage Loan be less than the
initial Mortgage Rate (such rate, the 'Minimum Mortgage Rate'). Effective with
the first payment due on a Group 1 Mortgage Loan, after each related Adjustment
Date, the monthly payment will be adjusted to an amount which will fully
amortize the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan over its
remaining term.
The 'Loan-to-Value Ratio' of a Mortgage Loan is equal to (i) the principal
balance of such Mortgage Loan at the date of origination, divided by (ii) the
Collateral Value of the related Mortgaged Property. The 'Collateral Value' of a
Mortgaged Property is the lesser of (x) the appraised value based on an
appraisal made for Countrywide by an independent fee appraiser at the time of
the origination of the related Mortgage Loan, and (y) the sales price of such
Mortgaged Property at such time of origination. With respect to a Mortgage Loan
the proceeds of which were used to refinance an existing mortgage loan, the
Collateral Value is the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property based upon the
appraisal obtained at the time of refinancing. No assurance can be given that
the values of the Mortgaged Properties have remained or will remain at their
levels as of the dates of origination of the related Mortgage Loans.
It is expected that not more than 1.0% of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans and
1.0% of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans will be contractually delinquent for thirty
or more days as of the Cut-off Date.
GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS
The following information sets forth in tabular format certain information,
as of the Cut-off Date, as to the Mortgage Loans expected to be included in Loan
Group 1.
GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOAN STATISTICS*
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Number of Mortgage Loans........................................................ 1,750
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance............................................. $173,000,000
Cut-off Date Principal Balance:
Range...................................................................... $12,000 to $635,000
Average.................................................................... $98,800
Months Remaining to Scheduled Maturity:
Range...................................................................... 179 to 360 months
Weighted Average........................................................... At least 357 months
Mortgage Rate:
Range...................................................................... 5.625% to 13.750%
Weighted Average........................................................... 9.20%
Margins:
Range...................................................................... 4.50% to 9.25%
Weighted Average........................................................... 6.10%
Maximum Mortgage Rate:
Range...................................................................... 12.625% to 20.750%
Weighted Average........................................................... 16.20%
Weighted Average Loan-to-Value Ratio............................................ 72.0%
Loan-to-Value Ratio over 80%............................................... No more than 11.0%
Loan-to-Value Ratio over 90%............................................... No more than 1.0%
Next Adjustment Date (other than 2/28 Mortgage Loans)
Range...................................................................... 2 to 6 months
Weighted Average........................................................... At least 3.9 months
Next Adjustment Date for 2/28 Mortgage Loans
Range...................................................................... 20 to 24 months
Weighted Average........................................................... At least 21.8 months
</TABLE>
(table continued on next page)
S-16
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(table continued from previous page)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Purpose
Purchase................................................................... At least 29%
Refinance.................................................................. No more than 71%
State Distribution of Mortgaged Properties:
Located in California...................................................... No more than 17%
Located in Michigan........................................................ No more than 8%
Located in Colorado........................................................ No more than 6%
Number of other States and District of Columbia (concentrations of 5.0% or
less per State).......................................................... 47
Types of Mortgaged Properties:
Single Family.............................................................. At least 81%
Condominiums............................................................... No more than 4%
Planned Unit Developments (PUD)............................................ No more than 10%
Two- to Four-Family........................................................ No more than 5%
Lien Priorities:
First Lien................................................................. All
Second Lien................................................................ None
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Approximate. Actual amounts and percentages may vary depending on the actual
Loan Group 1 Mortgage Loans included in the Mortgage Pool.
GROUP 2 MORTGAGE LOANS
The following information sets forth in tabular format certain information,
as of the Cut-off Date, as to the Mortgage Loans expected to be included in Loan
Group 2.
GROUP 2 MORTGAGE LOAN STATISTICS*
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Number of Mortgage Loans........................................................ 2,660
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance............................................. $106,000,000
Cut-off Date Principal Balance:
Range...................................................................... $9,000 to $440,000
Average.................................................................... $39,900
Months Remaining to Scheduled Maturity:
Range...................................................................... 171 to 360 months
Weighted Average........................................................... At least 231 months
Mortgage Rate:
Range...................................................................... 7.875% to 14.250%
Weighted Average........................................................... 10.4%
Purpose
Purchase................................................................... At least 7.0%
Refinance.................................................................. No more than 93.0%
State Distribution of Mortgaged Properties:
Located in California...................................................... No more than 37.0%
Located in Washington...................................................... No more than 7.0%
Number of other States and District of Columbia (concentrations of 5.0% or
less per State).......................................................... 48
Types of Mortgaged Properties:
Single Family.............................................................. At least 85.0%
Condominiums............................................................... No more than 4.0%
Planned Unit Developments (PUD)............................................ No more than 8.0%
Two- to Four-Family........................................................ No more than 3.0%
Lien Priorities:
First Lien................................................................. At least 32.0%
Weighted Average Loan-to-Value Ratio.................................. 71.0%
</TABLE>
S-17
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Loan-to-Value Ratio over 80%.......................................... No more than 12.5%
Loan-to-Value Ratio over 90%.......................................... No more than 0.0%
Second Lien................................................................ No more than 68.0%
Weighted Average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio**....................... 86.0%
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio over 80%**............................... No more than 72.0%
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio over 90%**............................... No more than 17.0%
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Approximate. Actual amounts and percentages may vary depending on the actual
Loan Group 2 Mortgage Loans included in the Mortgage Pool.
** The Combined 'Loan-to-Value Ratio' of a Mortgage Loan is equal to (i) the sum
of (a) the principal balance of such second Mortgage Loan at the date of
origination and (b) the principal balance of the first mortgage loan and any
mortgage loan of equal priority, divided by (ii) the Collateral Value of the
related Mortgaged Property. The 'Collateral Value' of a Mortgaged Property is
the lesser of (x) the appraised value based on an appraisal made for
Countrywide by an independent fee appraiser at the time of the origination of
the related Mortgage Loan, and (y) the sales price of such Mortgaged Property
at such time of origination.
ASSIGNMENT OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS
Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor on the
Closing Date will sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey without
recourse to the Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders and
the Certificate Insurer all right, title and interest of the Depositor in and to
each Mortgage Loan and all right, title and interest in and to all other assets
included in the Trust Fund, including all principal and interest received on or
with respect to the Mortgage Loans on and after the Cut-off Date exclusive of
principal due prior to the Cut-off Date.
In connection with such transfer and assignment, the Depositor will deliver
on the Closing Date the following documents (collectively constituting the
'Trustee's Mortgage File') with respect to each Mortgage Loan:
(i) the original Mortgage Note, endorsed by Countrywide or the
originator of the Mortgage Loan, without recourse in the following form:
'Pay to the order of without recourse,' with all
intervening endorsements that show a complete chain of endorsement from the
originator to Countrywide;
(ii) the original recorded Mortgage;
(iii) a duly executed assignment of the Mortgage to 'The Bank of New
York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of February 27, 1997, CWABS, Inc.,
Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, without recourse'; in recordable
form, as described in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;
(iv) the original recorded assignment or assignments of the Mortgage
together with all interim recorded assignments of such Mortgage;
(v) the original or copies of each assumption, modification, written
assurance or substitution agreement, if any; and
(vi) the original or duplicate original lender's title policy and all
riders thereto or, in the event such original title policy has not been
received from the insurer, any one of an original title binder, an original
preliminary title report or an original title commitment, or a copy thereof
certified by the title company, with the original policy of title insurance
to be delivered within one year of the Closing Date.
Assignments of the Mortgage Loans to the Trustee (or its nominee) will be
recorded in the appropriate public office for real property records, except in
states (such as California) as to which an opinion of counsel is delivered to
the effect that such recording is not required to protect the Trustee's
interests in the Mortgage Loan against the claim of any subsequent transferee or
any successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the Seller. As to any Mortgage
Loan, the recording requirement exception described in the preceding sentence is
applicable only so long as the related Mortgage File is maintained in the
possession of the Trustee in one of the states to which such exception applies.
In the event any such assignment is delivered to the Trustee in blank and the
related Mortgage File is released by the Trustee pursuant to applicable
provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall complete
such assignment as provided in subparagraph (iii) above prior to any
S-18
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
such release. In the event such recording is required to protect the interest of
the Trustee in the Mortgage Loans, the Master Servicer is required to cause each
previously unrecorded assignment to be submitted for recording.
The Trustee will review the Mortgage Loan documents on or prior to the
Closing Date and will hold such documents in trust for the benefit of the
Holders of the Certificates and the Certificate Insurer. After the Closing Date,
if any document is found to be missing or defective in any material respect, the
Trustee is required to notify the Master Servicer, Countrywide and the
Certificate Insurer in writing. If Countrywide cannot or does not cure such
omission or defect within 90 days of its receipt of notice from the Trustee,
Countrywide is required to repurchase the related Mortgage Loan from the Trust
Fund at a price (the 'Purchase Price') equal to 100% of the Stated Principal
Balance thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, at a rate equal to the
difference between the Mortgage Rate and the Servicing Fee Rate (the 'Net
Mortgage Rate') (or, if Countrywide is no longer the Master Servicer, at the
applicable Mortgage Rate) to the first day of the month in which the Purchase
Price is to be distributed to holders of Certificates in the related Certificate
Group. Rather than repurchase the Mortgage Loan as provided above, Countrywide
may remove such Mortgage Loan (a 'Deleted Mortgage Loan') from the Trust Fund
and substitute in its place another Mortgage Loan of like kind (a 'Replacement
Mortgage Loan'); however, such substitution is only permitted within two years
after the Closing Date, and may not be made unless an opinion of counsel is
provided to the effect that such substitution would not disqualify the Trust
Fund as a REMIC or result in a prohibited transaction tax under the Code. Any
Replacement Mortgage Loan generally will, on the date of substitution, among
other characteristics set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (i) have
a Stated Principal Balance, after deduction of the principal portion of the
scheduled payment due in the month of substitution, not in excess of, and not
less than 90% of, the Stated Principal Balance of the Deleted Mortgage Loan (the
amount of any shortfall to be deposited by Countrywide in the Certificate
Account not later than the succeeding Determination Date and held for
distribution to the holders of Certificates in the related Certificate Group on
the related Distribution Date), (ii) (a) in the case of Group 1 Mortgage Loans,
(1) have a Maximum Mortgage Rate not more than 1% per annum higher or lower than
the Maximum Mortgage Rate of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (2) have a Minimum
Mortgage Rate not more than 1% per annum higher or lower than the Minimum
Mortgage Rate of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (3) have the same Mortgage Index and
Periodic Rate Cap as the Deleted Mortgage Loan and a Gross Margin not more than
1% per annum higher or lower than that of the Deleted Mortgage Loan and (4) have
the same or higher credit quality characteristics than that of the Deleted
Mortgage Loan, and (b) in the case of Group 2 Mortgage Loans, (1) have a
Mortgage Rate not more than 1% higher or lower than the Mortgage Rate of the
Deleted Mortgage Loan and (2) not be a Balloon Loan unless the Deleted Mortgage
Loan was a Balloon Loan, (iii) be accruing interest at a rate not more than 1%
per annum higher or lower than that of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (iv) have a
Loan-to-Value Ratio no higher than that of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (v) have a
remaining term to maturity not greater than (and not more than one year less
than) that of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (vi) (a) in the case of Group 1
Mortgage Loans, not permit conversion of the related Mortgage Rate to a fixed
Mortgage Rate and (b) in the case of Group 2 Mortgage Loans, not permit
conversion of the related Mortgage Rate to an adjustable Mortgage Rate, (vii)
have the same lien priority as the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (viii) provide for a
prepayment charge on terms substantially similar to those of the prepayment
charge, if any, of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (ix) constitute the same occupancy
type as the Deleted Mortgage Loan, and (x) comply with all of the
representations and warranties set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
as of the date of substitution. This cure, repurchase or substitution obligation
constitutes the sole remedy available to the Certificateholders, the Trustee or
the Depositor for omission of, or a material defect in, a Mortgage Loan
document.
UNDERWRITING STANDARDS
B&C Quality Mortgage Loans. The following is a description of the
underwriting procedures customarily employed by Countrywide with respect to B&C
quality mortgage loans. Countrywide produces its B&C quality mortgage loans
through its Consumer Markets and Wholesale Lending Divisions. Prior to the
funding of any B&C quality mortgage loan, Countrywide underwrites the related
mortgage loan in accordance with the underwriting standards established by
Countrywide. The mortgage loans are underwritten centrally by a specialized
group of underwriters who are familiar with the unique characteristics of B&C
quality mortgage loans. As a matter of policy, Countrywide does not purchase any
B&C quality mortgage loan that it has not itself underwritten.
S-19
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Countrywide's underwriting standards are primarily intended to evaluate the
value and adequacy of the mortgaged property as collateral for the proposed
mortgage loan but also take into consideration the borrower's credit standing
and repayment ability. On a case by case basis, Countrywide may determine that,
based upon compensating factors, a prospective borrower not strictly qualifying
under the underwriting risk category guidelines described below warrants an
underwriting exception. Compensating factors may include low loan-to-value
ratio, low debt-to-income ratio, stable employment and time in the same
residence. It is expected that a significant number of the Mortgage Loans
underwritten in accordance with Countrywide's B&C quality mortgage loan
underwriting guidelines, will have been originated based on such underwriting
exceptions.
Each prospective borrower completes an application which includes
information with respect to the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
history and employment history, as well as certain other personal information.
As part of its quality control process, Countrywide reverifies information with
respect to the foregoing matters that has been provided by the mortgage
brokerage company prior to funding a loan and periodically audits files based on
a random sample of closed loans. If the loan-to-value ratio is greater than 70%,
Countrywide generally verifies the source of funds for the down-payment;
Countrywide does not verify the source of such funds if the loan-to-value ratio
is 70% or less. Countrywide requires an independent credit bureau report on the
credit history of each applicant in order to evaluate the applicant's ability to
repay. The report typically contains information relating to such matters as
credit history with local and national merchants and lenders, installment debt
payments and any record of defaults, bankruptcy, repossession, suits or
judgments.
After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property information,
Countrywide uses a debt-to-income ratio to assist in determining whether the
prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to support the
payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loan in addition to other
monthly credit obligations. The 'debt-to-income ratio' is the ratio of the
borrower's total monthly payments to the borrower's gross monthly income. The
maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio varies depending upon a borrower's credit
grade and documentation level (as described below) but does not generally exceed
55%. Variations in the monthly debt-to-income ratios limit are permitted based
on compensating factors.
Countrywide's underwriting standards are applied in accordance with
applicable federal and state laws and regulations and require an independent
appraisal of the mortgaged property which conforms to Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation ('FHLMC') and Federal National Mortgage Corporation ('FNMA')
standards. Each appraisal includes a market data analysis based on recent sales
of comparable homes in the area and, where deemed appropriate, replacement cost
analysis based on the current cost of constructing a similar home and generally
is required to have been made not earlier than 180 days prior to the date of
origination of the mortgage loan. Every independent appraisal is reviewed by a
Countrywide representative before the loan is funded, and an additional drive-by
appraisal is generally performed in connection with loan amounts over $350,000
with 80% or higher loan-to-value ratios. A drive-by appraisal is an exterior
examination of the premises by the appraiser to determine that the property is
in good condition. In most cases, properties that are not in good condition
(including properties requiring major deferred maintenance) are not acceptable
as collateral for a B&C loan. The maximum loan amount varies depending upon a
borrower's credit grade and documentation level but does not generally exceed
$500,000. Variations in maximum loan amount limits are permitted based on
compensating factors.
Countrywide's underwriting standards permit loans with loan-to-value ratios
or combined loan-to-value ratios (for second mortgage loans) at origination of
up to 90% depending on the program, type and use of the property,
creditworthiness of the borrower and debt-to-income ratio.
Countrywide requires title insurance on all B&C quality mortgage loans.
Countrywide also requires that fire and extended coverage casualty insurance be
maintained on the mortgaged property in an amount at least equal to the
principal balance or the replacement cost of the mortgaged property, whichever
is less.
Countrywide's B&C mortgage loan underwriting standards are less stringent
than the standards generally acceptable to FNMA and FHLMC with regard to the
borrower's credit standing and repayment ability because the standards focus
more on the value of the mortgaged property. Borrowers who qualify generally
have payment histories and debt-to-income ratios which would not satisfy FNMA
and FHLMC underwriting guidelines and may have a record of major derogatory
credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. Countrywide's
B&C mortgage loan underwriting guidelines establish the maximum permitted
loan-to-value ratio for each loan type based upon these and other risk factors
with more risk factors resulting in lower loan-to-value ratios.
S-20
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Countrywide underwrites or originates B&C quality mortgage loans pursuant
to alternative sets of underwriting criteria under its Full Documentation Loan
Program (the 'Full Doc Program'), Simple Documentation Loan Program (the 'Simple
Doc Program') and Stated Income Loan Program (the 'Stated Income Program').
Under each of the underwriting programs, Countrywide verifies the loan
applicant's sources of income (except under the Stated Income Program),
calculates the amount of income from all sources indicated on the loan
application, reviews the credit history of the applicant, calculates the
debt-to-income ratio to determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan, and
reviews the appraisal of the mortgaged property for compliance with
Countrywide's underwriting standards.
The Simple Doc Program is an alternative documentation program whereby
income is verified using methods other than those employed by FNMA and FHLMC.
Under the Simple Doc Program, acceptable documentation of income consists of six
months' bank statements. In the case of self-employed individuals, acceptable
alternative documentation consists of a profit and loss statement supported by a
record of bank statements. Maximum loan-to-value ratios and maximum loan amounts
are generally lower than those permitted under the Full Doc Program.
Under the Stated Income Program, the borrower's employment and income
sources must be stated on the borrower's application. The borrower's income as
stated must be reasonable for the related occupation and such determination as
to reasonableness is subject to the loan underwriter's discretion. However, the
borrower's income as stated on the application is not independently verified.
Maximum loan-to-value ratios are generally lower than those permitted under the
Full Doc Program. Except as otherwise stated above, the same mortgage credit,
consumer credit and collateral related underwriting guidelines apply.
Under the Full Doc, Simple Doc, and Stated Income Programs, various risk
categories are used to grade the likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the
repayment conditions of the mortgage loan. These risk categories establish the
maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio, debt-to-income ratio and loan amount,
given the borrower's credit history, the occupancy status of the mortgaged
property and the type of mortgaged property. In general, higher debt-to-income
ratios and more (or more recent) major derogatory credit items such as
outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies result in a loan being graded in a
higher credit risk category.
Closed End Second Mortgage Loans. The following is a description of the
underwriting procedures customarily employed by Countrywide with respect to
closed end second mortgage loans. The underwriting process is intended to assess
the applicant's credit standing and repayment ability, and the value and
adequacy of the real property security as collateral for the proposed loan.
Exceptions to Countrywide's underwriting guidelines will be made when
compensating factors are present. Such factors include the borrower's employment
stability, credit history, disposable income, demonstrated savings ability,
equity in the related property and the nature of the underlying first mortgage
loan.
Each applicant for a closed end second mortgage loan is required to
complete an application which lists the applicant's assets, liabilities, income,
credit and employment history and other demographic and personal information. If
information in the loan application demonstrates that there is sufficient income
and equity in the real property to justify making a closed end second mortgage
loan, Countrywide will conduct a further credit investigation of the applicant.
This investigation includes obtaining and reviewing an independent credit bureau
report on the credit history of the applicant in order to evaluate the
applicant's ability to repay. The credit report typically contains information
relating to such matters as credit history with local merchants and lenders,
installment and revolving debt payments and any record of delinquencies,
defaults, bankruptcy, collateral repossessions, suits or judgments.
Countrywide originates or acquires mortgage loans pursuant to alternative
sets of underwriting criteria under its Alternative Documentation Loan Program
(the 'Alternative Documentation Program') and its Reduced Documentation Loan
Program (the 'Reduced Documentation Program'). The Alternative Documentation
Program permits a borrower to provide W-2 forms instead of tax returns covering
the most recent two years, permits bank statements in lieu of verifications of
deposits and permits alternative methods of employment verification. Under the
Reduced Documentation Program, relatively more emphasis is placed on property
underwriting than on credit underwriting and certain credit underwriting
documentation concerning income and employment verification therefore is waived.
Mortgage loans underwritten under the Reduced Documentation Program are limited
to self-employed borrowers with credit histories that demonstrate an established
ability to repay indebtedness in a timely fashion.
S-21
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Full appraisals are generally performed on all closed end second mortgage
loans which at origination had a principal balance greater than $100,000. Such
appraisals are determined on the basis of a Countrywide-approved, independent
third-party, fee-based appraisal completed on forms approved by FNMA or FHLMC.
For loans which had at origination a principal balance equal to or less than
$100,000, a drive-by evaluation is generally completed by a state licensed,
independent third-party, professional appraiser on forms approved by either FNMA
or FHLMC. The drive-by evaluation is an exterior examination of the premises by
the appraiser to determine that the property is in good condition. The appraisal
is based on various factors, including the market value of comparable homes and
the cost of replacing the improvement and generally is required to have been
made not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of origination of the Mortgage
Loan. The minimum and maximum loan amounts for closed end second mortgage loans
are currently $10,000 and $500,000, respectively.
After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property information,
Countrywide uses a debt-to-income ratio to assist in determining whether the
prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to support the
payments on the closed end second mortgage loan in addition to any senior
mortgage loan payments (including any escrows for property taxes and hazard
insurance premiums) and other monthly credit obligations. The 'debt-to-income
ratio' is the ratio of the borrower's total monthly payments (assumed to be
based on the applicable fully indexed interest rate) to the borrower's gross
monthly income. Based on the foregoing, for loans with Combined Loan-to-Value
Ratios of 90% or less, the maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio is 45%. For
loans with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios greater than 90%, the maximum monthly
debt-to-income ratio is generally 40%. Variations in the monthly debt-to-income
ratios limits are permitted based on compensating factors. Countrywide currently
offers closed end second mortgage loan products that allow maximum Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratios of 70%, 80%, 90% and 100%.
It is generally Countrywide's policy to require a title search or limited
coverage policy before it makes a closed end second mortgage loan for amounts
less than or equal to $100,000. In addition, if the closed end second mortgage
loan has an original principal balance of $100,000 or more, Countrywide requires
that the borrower obtain an American Land Title Association ('ALTA') policy, or
other assurance of title customary in the relevant jurisdiction. In addition,
ALTA title policies are generally obtained in situations where the property is
on leased land or there has been a change in title or such closed end second
mortgage loan is in first lien position.
S-22
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS
GENERAL
The Master Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the
terms set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer may
perform any of its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement through
one or more subservicers. Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, the
Master Servicer will remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as if the Master Servicer alone were
servicing the Mortgage Loans. As of the Closing Date, the Master Servicer will
service the Mortgage Loans without subservicing arrangements.
THE MASTER SERVICER
Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. ('Countrywide'), a New York corporation and a
subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc., will act as the Master
Servicer of the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Countrywide is engaged primarily in the mortgage banking business, and as such,
originates, purchases, sells and services mortgage loans. Countrywide originates
mortgage loans through a retail branch system and through mortgage loan brokers
and correspondents nationwide. Countrywide's mortgage loans are principally
first-lien, fixed or adjustable rate mortgage loans secured by single-family
residences.
As of December 31, 1996, Countrywide provided servicing for approximately
$573 million and $116 million in B&C quality mortgages and closed end second
mortgage loans, respectively. As of December 31, 1996, Countrywide also provided
servicing for prime quality mortgage loans with an aggregate principal balance
of approximately $154 billion, substantially all of which are being serviced for
unaffiliated persons.
The principal executive offices of Countrywide are located at 155 North
Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its telephone number is (818)
666-5205. Countrywide conducts operations from its headquarters in Pasadena and
from offices throughout the nation.
LOAN SERVICING
Countrywide services substantially all of the mortgage loans it originates
or acquires. Countrywide has established standard policies for the servicing and
collection of mortgage. Servicing includes, but is not limited to, collecting,
aggregating and remitting mortgage loan payments, accounting for principal and
interest, holding escrow (impound) funds for payment of taxes and insurance,
making inspections as required of the mortgaged properties, preparation of tax
related information in connection with the mortgage loans, supervision of
delinquent mortgage loans, loss mitigation efforts, foreclosure proceedings and,
if applicable, the disposition of mortgaged properties, and generally
administering the mortgage loans, for which it receives servicing fees.
Billing statements with respect to mortgage loans are mailed monthly by
Countrywide. The statement details all debits and credits and specifies the
payment due. Notice of changes in the applicable loan rate are provided by
Countrywide to the mortgagor with such statements. All payments are due by the
first day of the month.
COLLECTION PROCEDURES
B&C Quality Mortgage Loans. When a mortgagor fails to make a payment on a
B&C quality mortgage loan, Countrywide attempts to cause the deficiency to be
cured by corresponding with the mortgagor. In most cases, deficiencies are cured
promptly. Pursuant to Countrywide's B&C servicing procedures, Countrywide
generally mails to the mortgagor a notice of intent to foreclose after the loan
becomes 31 days past due (two payments due but not received) and, within 30 days
thereafter, if the loan remains delinquent, institutes appropriate legal action
to foreclose on the mortgaged property. Foreclosure proceedings may be
terminated if the delinquency is cured. Mortgage loans to borrowers in
bankruptcy proceedings may be restructured in accordance with law and with a
view to maximizing recovery of such loans, including any deficiencies.
Once foreclosure is initiated by Countrywide, a foreclosure tracking system
is used to monitor the progress of the proceedings. The system includes state
specific parameters to monitor whether proceedings are progressing within the
time frame typical for the state in which the mortgaged property is located.
During the
S-23
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
foreclosure proceeding, Countrywide determines the amount of the foreclosure bid
and whether to liquidate the mortgage loan.
If foreclosed, the mortgaged property is sold at a public or private sale
and may be purchased by Countrywide. After foreclosure, Countrywide may
liquidate the mortgaged property and charge-off the loan balance which was not
recovered through liquidation proceeds.
Servicing and charge-off policies and collection practices with respect to
B&C quality mortgage loans may change over time in accordance with, among other
things, Countrywide's business judgment, changes in the servicing portfolio and
applicable laws and regulations.
Closed End Second Mortgage Loans. With respect to closed end second
mortgage loans, the general policy of Countrywide is to initiate foreclosure in
the underlying property (i) after such loan is 60 days or more delinquent and
satisfactory arrangements cannot be made with the Mortgagor; or (ii) if a notice
of default on a senior lien is received by Countrywide. Foreclosure proceedings
may be terminated if the delinquency is cured. Closed end second mortgage loans
to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings may be restructured in accordance with
law and with a view to maximizing recovery of such loans, including any
deficiencies.
Once foreclosure is initiated by Countrywide, a foreclosure tracking system
is used to monitor the progress of the proceedings. The system includes state
specific parameters to monitor whether proceedings are progressing within the
time frame typical for the state in which the property is located. During the
foreclosure proceeding, Countrywide determines the amount of the foreclosure bid
and whether to liquidate the loan.
After foreclosure, if the closed end second mortgage loan is secured by a
first mortgage lien, Countrywide may liquidate the Mortgaged Property and charge
off the closed end second mortgage loan balance which was not recovered through
liquidation proceeds. If the Mortgaged Property was subject to a senior lien,
Countrywide will either directly manage the foreclosure sale of the property and
satisfy such lien at the time of sale or take other action as deemed necessary
to protect the interest in the Mortgaged Property. If in the judgment of
Countrywide, the cost of maintaining or purchasing the senior lien position
exceeds the economic benefit of such action, Countrywide will generally charge
off the entire closed end second mortgage loan and may seek a money judgment
against the borrower where permitted by applicable state law.
Servicing and charge-off policies and collection practices with respect to
closed end second mortgage loans may change over time in accordance with, among
other things, Countrywide's business judgment, changes in the portfolio and
applicable laws and regulations.
FORECLOSURE AND DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
B&C Quality Mortgage Loans. The following table summarizes the delinquency
experience of Countrywide's B&C quality mortgage loans as of December 31, 1996.
A B&C quality mortgage loan is characterized as delinquent if the borrower has
not paid the monthly payment due within one month of the Due Date. Since
Countrywide only began servicing B&C quality mortgage loans in August 1995, the
delinquency percentages may be affected by the size and relative lack of
seasoning of the servicing portfolio because many of such loans were not
outstanding long enough to give rise to some or all of the periods of
delinquency indicated in the chart below. Accordingly, the information should
not be considered as a basis for assessing the likelihood, amount, or severity
of delinquency or losses on the applicable Mortgage Loans, and no assurances can
be given that the delinquency experience presented in the table below or that
the foreclosure experience presented in the paragraph below the table will be
indicative of such experience on such Mortgage Loans.
S-24
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
DELINQUENCY STATUS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DOLLARS PERCENT UNITS PERCENT
--------------- ------- ----- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current............................................ $542,881,464.70 94.73% 5613 94.82%
30-59 days......................................... 18,628,526.03 3.25 201 3.40
60-90 days......................................... 3,537,330.99 0.62 40 0.68
90+ days........................................... 1,506,145.23 0.26 14 0.24
Foreclosures....................................... 3,695,954.20 0.65 29 0.49
Delinquent Bankruptcy.............................. 2,264,915.22 0.40 16 0.27
Current Bankruptcy................................. 491,886.57 0.09 6 0.10
--------------- ------- ----- -------
Total......................................... $573,006,222.94 100.00% 5,919 100.00%
--------------- ------- ----- -------
--------------- ------- ----- -------
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.
Historically, a variety of factors, including the appreciation of real
estate values, have limited the loss and delinquency experience on B&C quality
mortgage loans. There can be no assurance that factors beyond Countrywide's
control, such as national or local economic conditions or downturn in the real
estate markets of its lending areas, will not result in increased rates of
delinquencies and foreclosure losses in the future.
Closed End Second Mortgage Loans. The following table summarizes the
delinquency experience on the dates indicated, of closed end second mortgage
loans serviced by Countrywide. Since Countrywide only began servicing closed end
second mortgage loans in August 1995, the delinquency percentages may be
affected by the size and relative lack of seasoning of the servicing portfolio
because many of such loans were not outstanding long enough to give rise to some
or all of the periods of delinquency indicated in the chart below. Accordingly,
the information should not be considered as a basis for assessing the
likelihood, amount or severity of delinquency or losses on the applicable
Mortgage Loans and no assurances can be given that the delinquency experience
presented in the tables below or that the foreclosure experience presented in
the paragraphs below the tables will be indicative of such experience on such
Mortgage Loans:
DELINQUENCY STATUS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DOLLARS PERCENT UNITS PERCENT
--------------- ------- ----- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current............................................ $113,807,033.10 98.35% 3413 98.40%
30-59 days......................................... 1,746,973.10 1.51 47 1.36
60-90 days......................................... 48,700.21 0.04 2 0.06
90+ days........................................... 25,843.35 0.02 1 0.03
Foreclosures....................................... 0.00 0.00 0 0.00
Delinquent Bankruptcy.............................. 25,395,56 0.02 1 0.03
Current Bankruptcy................................. 74,661.63 0.06 4 0.12
--------------- ------- ----- -------
Total......................................... $115,728,606.95 100.00% 3,468 100.00%
--------------- ------- ----- -------
--------------- ------- ----- -------
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
The Master Servicer will be paid a monthly fee from interest collected with
respect to each Mortgage Loan (as well as from any liquidation proceeds from a
Liquidated Mortgage Loan that are applied to accrued and unpaid interest) equal
to one-twelfth of the Stated Principal Balance thereof multiplied by the
Servicing Fee Rate (such product, the 'Servicing Fee'). The 'Servicing Fee Rate'
for each Mortgage Loan will equal 0.50% per annum. The amount of the monthly
Servicing Fee is subject to adjustment with respect to prepaid Mortgage Loans,
as described herein under ' -- Adjustment to Servicing Fee in Connection with
Certain Prepaid Mortgage Loans.' The Master Servicer is also entitled to
receive, as additional servicing compensation, amounts in respect of interest
paid on Principal Prepayments (as defined below) received from the 2nd day
through the 15th day of a month ('Prepayment Interest Excess'), all late payment
fees, assumption fees, prepayment penalties and other
S-25
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
similar charges and all reinvestment income earned on amounts on deposit in the
Certificate Account and Distribution Account. The Master Servicer is obligated
to pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Mortgage Loans and incurred
by the Trustee in connection with its responsibilities under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.
ADJUSTMENT TO SERVICING FEE IN CONNECTION WITH CERTAIN PREPAID MORTGAGE LOANS
When a borrower prepays all or a portion of a Mortgage Loan between
scheduled monthly payment dates ('Due Dates'), the borrower pays interest on the
amount prepaid only to the date of prepayment. Principal Prepayments (as defined
below) received from the 2nd day through the 15th day of a month are included in
the related distribution on the 25th day of the same month, and accordingly no
shortfall in interest otherwise distributable to Holders of Certificates of the
related Certificate Group results. Conversely, Principal Prepayments received
from the 16th day of a month to the first day of the following month are not
distributed until the 25th day of such following month, and accordingly an
interest shortfall (a 'Prepayment Interest Shortfall') would result. In order to
mitigate the effect of any such shortfall in interest distributions to Holders
of Certificates of the related Certificate Group on any Distribution Date,
one-half of the amount of the Servicing Fee otherwise payable to the Master
Servicer in respect of the related Loan Group for such month shall, to the
extent of such shortfall, be deposited by the Master Servicer in the Certificate
Account for distribution to Holders of Certificates of the related Certificate
Group on such Distribution Date. However, any such reduction in the Servicing
Fee will be made only to the extent of one-half of the Servicing Fee otherwise
payable to the Master Servicer with respect to Scheduled Payments on Mortgage
Loans in the related Loan Group having the Due Date to which such Distribution
Date relates. Any such deposit by the Master Servicer will be reflected in the
distributions to Holders of Certificates of the related Certificate Group made
on the Distribution Date on which the Principal Prepayment received would be
distributed.
ADVANCES
Subject to the following limitations, on the Business Day prior to each
Distribution Date, the Master Servicer will be required to advance its own
funds, or funds in the Certificate Account that do not constitute Available
Funds (as defined herein) for such Distribution Date, in an amount equal to the
aggregate of payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Loans (adjusted
to the applicable Net Mortgage Rate) that were due during the related Due Period
and delinquent on the related Determination Date, together with an amount
equivalent to interest (adjusted to the applicable Net Mortgage Rate) deemed due
on each Mortgage Loan as to which the related Mortgaged Property has been
acquired by the Master Servicer through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of
foreclosure in connection with a defaulted Mortgage Loan ('REO Property'), such
latter amount to be calculated after taking into account any rental income from
such Mortgaged Property (any such advance, an 'Advance', and the date of any
such Advance, as described herein, a 'Master Servicer Advance Date').
Advances are intended to maintain a regular flow of scheduled interest and
principal payments on the Offered Certificates rather than to guarantee or
insure against losses. The Master Servicer is obligated to make Advances with
respect to delinquent payments of principal of or interest on each Mortgage Loan
(with such payments of interest adjusted to the related Net Mortgage Rate) to
the extent that such Advances are, in its judgment, reasonably recoverable from
future payments and collections or insurance payments or proceeds of liquidation
of the related Mortgage Loan. If the Master Servicer determines on any
Determination Date to make an Advance, such Advance will be included with the
distribution to Holders of Certificates of the related Certificate Group on the
related Distribution Date. Any failure by the Master Servicer to make an Advance
as required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will constitute an event
of default thereunder, in which case the Trustee, as successor master servicer,
or such other entity as may be appointed as successor master servicer, will be
obligated to make any such Advance in accordance with the terms of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.
S-26
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
GENERAL
The Offered Certificates will be issued pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997 (the 'Pooling and Servicing
Agreement'), among the Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Seller and the
Trustee. Set forth below are summaries of the material terms and provisions
pursuant to which the Offered Certificates will be issued. The following
summaries are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to,
the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. When particular
provisions or terms used in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are referred to,
the actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by
reference.
The CWABS, Inc. Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1 will consist of
(i) the Class A-1 Certificates (the 'Class A-1 Certificates'), (ii) the Class
A-2 Certificates (the 'Class A-2 Certificates'), (iii) the Class A-3
Certificates (the 'Class A-3 Certificates'), (iv) the Class A-4 Certificates
(the 'Class A-4 Certificates'), (v) the Class A-5 Certificates (the 'Class A-5
Certificates' and, together with the Class A-1 Certificates, Class A-2
Certificates, Class A-3 Certificates and the Class A-4 Certificates, the
'Offered Certificates') and (vi) the Class R Certificates (the 'Residual
Certificates'). The Offered Certificates and the Residual Certificates are
collectively referred to herein as the 'Certificates.' Only the Offered
Certificates are offered hereby.
The Offered Certificates are expected to have an initial Certificate
Principal Balance of approximately $279,000,000 and will evidence a senior
beneficial ownership interest in the Trust Fund. The remaining beneficial
ownership interest in the Trust Fund will be evidenced by the Residual
Certificates, which do not have a principal balance and will evidence a residual
interest in the Trust Fund. The rights of the Residual Certificateholders to
receive distributions with respect to the Mortgage Loans will be subordinate to
the rights of the Offered Certificateholders, to the extent described herein.
The Offered Certificates will be issued in book-entry form as described
below. The Offered Certificates will be issued in minimum dollar denominations
of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The assumed final
maturity date of the Class A-1 Certificates is the Distribution Date occurring
in March 2027, which is the Distribution Date immediately following the latest
scheduled maturity date of any Group 1 Mortgage Loan. The assumed final maturity
date of the Class A-5 Certificates is the Distribution Date occurring in
February 2027, which is the Distribution Date immediately following the latest
scheduled maturity date of any Group 2 Mortgage Loan. The assumed final maturity
date of the Class A-2 Certificates, the Class A-3 Certificates and the Class A-4
Certificates is the Distribution Date occurring in March 2009, February 2012 and
May 2021, respectively, and has been calculated on the basis of the 'Assumed
Group 1 Mortgage Loan Characteristics' and the 'Assumed Group 2 Mortgage Loan
Characteristics' set forth under 'Yield, Prepayment and Maturity
Considerations -- Weighted Average Lives of the Offered Certificates', the
assumption that there are no prepayments on the Mortgage Loans, no Net Excess
Cashflow is used, and the Master Servicer does not exercise its right of
optional termination as described herein.
BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES
The Offered Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the 'Book-Entry
Certificates'). Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the Offered
Certificates ('Certificate Owners') may elect to hold their Offered Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ('DTC') in the United States, or CEDEL or
Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of such systems, or indirectly
through organizations which are participants in such systems. The Book-Entry
Certificates will be issued in one or more certificates which equal the
aggregate principal balance of the Offered Certificates and will initially be
registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. CEDEL and Euroclear
will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers'
securities accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of their
respective depositaries which in turn will hold such positions in customers'
securities accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Citibank
will act as depositary for CEDEL and Chase will act as depositary for Euroclear
(in such capacities, individually the 'Relevant Depositary' and collectively the
'European Depositaries'). Investors may hold such beneficial interests in the
Book-Entry Certificates in minimum denominations representing Class Certificate
Principal Balances of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof. Except as described below, no person acquiring a Book-Entry Certificate
(each, a 'beneficial owner') will be entitled to receive a physical certificate
representing such Offered Certificate (a 'Definitive Certificate'). Unless and
until Definitive
S-27
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Certificates are issued, it is anticipated that the only Certificateholder of
the Offered Certificates will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Certificate
Owners will not be Certificateholders as that term is used in the Agreement.
Certificate Owners are only permitted to exercise their rights indirectly
through the participating organizations that utilize the services of DTC,
including securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies and clearing
corporations and certain other organizations ('Participants') and DTC.
The beneficial owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Certificate will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial intermediary (each, a 'Financial Intermediary') that maintains the
beneficial owner's account for such purpose. In turn, the Financial
Intermediary's ownership of such Book-Entry Certificate will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating firm that acts as agent for the Financial
Intermediary, whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the beneficial owner's Financial Intermediary is not a DTC participant and on
the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).
Certificate Owners will receive all distributions of principal of, and
interest on, the Offered Certificates from the Trustee through DTC and DTC
participants. While the Offered Certificates are outstanding (except under the
circumstances described below), under the rules, regulations and procedures
creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the 'Rules'), DTC is required to
make book-entry transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with
respect to the Offered Certificates and is required to receive and transmit
distributions of principal of, and interest on, the Offered Certificates.
Participants and organizations which have indirect access to the DTC system,
such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or
indirectly ('Indirect Participants'), with whom Certificate Owners have accounts
with respect to Offered Certificates are similarly required to make book-entry
transfers and receive and transmit such distributions on behalf of their
respective Certificate Owners. Accordingly, although Certificate Owners will not
possess certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Certificate Owners
will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.
Certificate Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive certificates
representing their respective interests in the Offered Certificates, except
under the limited circumstances described below. Unless and until Definitive
Certificates are issued, Certificate Owners who are not Participants may
transfer ownership of Offered Certificates only through Participants and
Indirect Participants by instructing such Participants and Indirect Participants
to transfer Offered Certificates, by book-entry transfer, through DTC for the
account of the purchasers of such Offered Certificates, which account is
maintained with their respective Participants. Under the Rules and in accordance
with DTC's normal procedures, transfers of ownership of Offered Certificates
will be executed through DTC and the accounts of the respective Participants at
DTC will be debited and credited. Similarly, the Participants and Indirect
Participants will make debits or credits, as the case may be, on their records
on behalf of the selling and purchasing Certificate Owners.
Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in CEDEL,
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made
during, subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day
following, the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such
securities, settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear, as a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL Participant
(as defined, below) or Euroclear Participant (as defined below) to a DTC
Participant, will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be
available in the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the
business day following settlement in DTC. For information with respect to tax
documentation procedures, relating to the Offered Certificates, see 'Federal
Income Tax Consequences -- Foreign Investors' and ' -- Backup Withholding'
herein and 'Global, Clearance, Settlement And Tax Documentation
Procedures -- Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements' in
Annex I hereto.
Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by the Relevant Depositary; however, such cross market
transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European
international clearing system by the counterpart in such system in accordance
with its rules and
S-28
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the Relevant Depositary to take
action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving
securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal
procedures for same day funds settlement applicable to DTC. CEDEL Participants
and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the European
Depositaries.
DTC, which is a New York-chartered limited purpose trust company, performs
services for its participants, some of which (and/or their representatives) own
DTC. In accordance with its normal procedures, DTC is expected to record the
positions held by each DTC participant in the Book-Entry Certificates, whether
held for its own account or as a nominee for another person. In general,
beneficial ownership of Book-Entry Certificates will be subject to the rules,
regulations and procedures governing DTC and DTC participants as in effect from
time to time.
CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ('CEDEL
Participants') and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates. Transactions may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL provides to its CEDEL
Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration,
clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities
lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg Monetary Institute. CEDEL participants are recognized financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear ('Euroclear Participants') and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the 'Euroclear Operator'), under contract
with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
'Cooperative'). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and
other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the 'Terms and Conditions'). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in
Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of
Euroclear Participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.
Distributions on the Book-Entry Certificates will be made on each
Distribution Date by the Trustee to DTC. DTC will be responsible for crediting
the amount of such payments to the accounts of the applicable DTC participants
in accordance with DTC's normal procedures. Each DTC participant will be
responsible for
S-29
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
disbursing such payments to the beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Certificates
that it represents and to each Financial Intermediary for which it acts as
agent. Each such Financial Intermediary will be responsible for disbursing funds
to the beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Certificates that it represents.
Under a book-entry format, beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Certificates
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede. Distributions with respect to Offered
Certificates held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the cash
accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with the
relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent received by the Relevant
Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting in accordance
with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. See 'Federal Income Tax
Consequences -- Foreign Investors' and ' -- Backup Withholding' herein. Because
DTC can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a
beneficial owner to pledge Book-Entry Certificates to persons or entities that
do not participate in the depository system, or otherwise take actions in
respect of such Book-Entry Certificates, may be limited due to the lack of
physical certificates for such Book-Entry Certificates. In addition, issuance of
the Book-Entry Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such
Offered Certificates in the secondary market since certain potential investors
may be unwilling to purchase Offered Certificates for which they cannot obtain
physical certificates.
Monthly and annual reports on the Trust Fund provided by the Master
Servicer to CEDE, as nominee of DTC, may be made available to beneficial owners
upon request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures creating
and affecting DTC or the Relevant Depositary, and to the Financial
Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry Certificates of such
beneficial owners are credited.
DTC has advised the Depositor and the Trustee that, unless and until
Definitive Certificates are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be
taken by the holders of the Book-Entry Certificates under the Agreement only at
the direction of one or more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the
Book-Entry Certificates are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Financial Intermediaries whose holdings include such Book-Entry
Certificates. CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any
other action permitted to be taken by a Holder of a Offered Certificate under
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL Participant or
Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures
and subject to the ability of the Relevant Depositary to effect such actions on
its behalf through DTC. DTC may take actions, at the direction of the related
Participants, with respect to some Offered Certificates which conflict with
actions taken with respect to other Offered Certificates.
Definitive Certificates will be issued to beneficial owners of the
Book-Entry Certificates, or their nominees, rather than to DTC, only if (a) DTC
or the Depositor advises the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing,
qualified or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as nominee and
depositary with respect to the Book-Entry Certificates and the Depositor or the
Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor, (b) the Depositor at its sole
option, elects to terminate a book-entry system through DTC or (c) after the
occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined herein), beneficial owners having
not less than 51% of the Voting Rights (as defined herein) evidenced by the
Offered Certificates advise the Trustee and DTC through the Financial
Intermediaries and the DTC participants in writing that the continuation of a
book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) is no longer in the best
interests of beneficial owners.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Trustee will be required to notify all beneficial
owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability through DTC of
Definitive Certificates. Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
certificates representing the Book-Entry Certificates and instructions for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Certificates, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Certificates as
Holders of Offered Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants of DTC,
CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
DISTRIBUTIONS
General. Distributions on the Certificates will be made by the Trustee on
the 25th day of each month, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the first
Business Day thereafter, commencing in March 1997 (each, a
S-30
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
'Distribution Date'), to the persons in whose names such Certificates are
registered at the close of business on the last Business Day of the month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date (the 'Record Date').
Distributions on each Distribution Date will be made by check mailed to the
address of the person entitled thereto as it appears on the Certificate Register
or, in the case of any Certificateholder that holds 100% of a Class of
Certificates or who holds a Class of Certificates with an aggregate initial
Class Certificate Principal Balance of $1,000,000 or more and that has so
notified the Trustee in writing in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account of
such Certificateholder at a bank or other depository institution having
appropriate wire transfer facilities; provided, however, that the final
distribution in retirement of the Certificates will be made only upon
presentation and surrender of such Certificates at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee. On each Distribution Date, a Holder of a Certificate will receive
such Holder's Percentage Interest of the amounts required to be distributed with
respect to the applicable Class of Certificates. The 'Percentage Interest'
evidenced by a Certificate will equal the percentage derived by dividing the
denomination of such Certificate by the aggregate denominations of all
Certificates of the applicable Class.
DEPOSITS TO THE CERTIFICATE ACCOUNT
The Trustee shall establish and, initially, maintain an account (the
'Certificate Account') on behalf of the Certificateholders and the Certificate
Insurer. Within two Business Days after receipt, the Master Servicer shall remit
to the Trustee (or, in the event the Certificate Account is maintained with
another institution pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to such
institution) for deposit into the Certificate Account the following payments and
collections received or made by it on or subsequent to the Cut-off Date (to the
extent not applied in computing the Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance):
(i) all payments on account of principal, including Principal
Prepayments, on the Mortgage Loans;
(ii) all payments on account of interest (other than interest accruing
on the Mortgage Loans prior to the Cut-off Date) on the Mortgage Loans, net
of the related Servicing Fee;
(iii) all proceeds of any insurance policies (to the extent such
proceeds are not applied to the restoration of the property or released to
the mortgagor in accordance with the Master Servicer's normal servicing
procedures), other than proceeds that represent reimbursement of the Master
Servicer's costs and expenses incurred in connection with presenting claims
under the related insurance policies ('Insurance Proceeds'), all other net
proceeds received in connection with the partial or complete liquidation of
Mortgage Loans (whether through trustee's sale, foreclosure sale or
otherwise) or in connection with any condemnation or partial release of a
Mortgaged Property, together with the net proceeds received with respect to
any Mortgage Properties acquired by the Master Servicer by foreclosure or
deed in lieu of foreclosure in connection with defaulted Mortgage Loans
(other than the amount of such net proceeds representing any profit
realized by the Master Servicer in connection with the disposition of any
such properties) (together with Insurance Proceeds, 'Liquidation
Proceeds');
(iv) all payments made by the Master Servicer in respect of Prepayment
Interest Shortfalls;
(v) any amount required to be deposited by the Master Servicer in
connection with any losses on investment of funds in the Certificate
Account;
(vi) any amounts required to be deposited by the Master Servicer with
respect to any deductible clause in any blanket hazard insurance policy
maintained by the Master Servicer in lieu of requiring each mortgagor to
maintain a primary hazard insurance policy;
(vii) all amounts required to be deposited in connection with
shortfalls in the principal amount of Replacement Mortgage Loans; and
(viii) all Advances.
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE CERTIFICATE ACCOUNT
The Master Servicer (or the Depositor or the Seller, as applicable) may
from time to time direct the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Certificate
Account prior to the close of business on the related Determination Date for the
following purposes:
S-31
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(i) to pay to the Master Servicer the Servicing Fee to the extent not
previously paid to or withheld by the Master Servicer (subject to reduction
as described above under 'Servicing of the Mortgage Loans -- Adjustment to
Servicing Fee in Connection with Prepaid Mortgage Loans') and, as
additional servicing compensation, prepayment penalties, assumption fees,
late payment charges, net earnings on or investment income with respect to
funds in or credited to the Certificate Account, the amount of Prepayment
Interest Excess for the related Prepayment Period and any Excess Proceeds;
(ii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for Advances, such right of
reimbursement with respect to any Mortgage Loan pursuant to this clause
(ii) being limited to amounts received that represent late recoveries of
payments of principal and/or interest on the related Mortgage Loan (or
Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds with respect thereto) with
respect to which such Advance was made;
(iii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for any Advances previously
made that the Master Servicer has determined to be nonrecoverable, such
right of reimbursement with respect to any Mortgage Loan pursuant to this
clause (iii) being limited to amounts received in respect of Mortgage Loans
in the Loan Group with respect to which such Advance was made;
(iv) to reimburse the Master Servicer from Insurance Proceeds for
expenses incurred by the Master Servicer and covered by the related
insurance policies;
(v) to pay the Master Servicer any unpaid Servicing Fees and to
reimburse it for any unreimbursed ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket
costs and expenses incurred by the Master Servicer in the performance of
its master servicing obligations, such right of reimbursement pursuant to
this clause (v) being limited to amounts received representing late
recoveries of the payments of such costs and expenses (or Liquidation
Proceeds, purchase proceeds or repurchase proceeds with respect thereto);
(vi) to pay to the Seller or the Master Servicer, as applicable, with
respect to each Mortgage Loan or mortgaged property acquired in respect
thereof that has been purchased by the Seller or the Master Servicer from
the Trust Fund pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, all amounts
received thereon and not taken into account in determining the related
Stated Principal Balance of such repurchased Mortgage Loan;
(vii) to reimburse the Seller, the Master Servicer or the Depositor
for expenses incurred and reimbursable pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, such right of reimbursement pursuant to this clause
(vii) being limited to amounts received in respect of the related Loan
Group;
(viii) to withdraw any amount deposited in the Certificate Account and
not required to be deposited therein; and
(ix) to clear and terminate the Certificate Account upon termination
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
In addition, not later than 1:00 p.m. Pacific Time on each Master Servicer
Advance Date, the Trustee shall withdraw from the Certificate Account the amount
of Available Funds for each Loan Group, to the extent on deposit, and the
Trustee shall deposit such amount in the Distribution Account, as described
below.
DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
The Trustee shall establish and maintain a distribution account (the
'Distribution Account') on behalf of the Certificateholders and the Certificate
Insurer. The Trustee shall, promptly upon receipt, deposit in the Distribution
Account and retain therein (i) the aggregate amount withdrawn by it from the
Certificate Account; (ii) any amount required to be deposited by the Master
Servicer in connection with any losses on investment of funds in the
Distribution Account; and (iii) any Insured Payment made by the Certificate
Insurer.
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
The Trustee shall withdraw funds from the Distribution Account for
distribution to the Certificate Insurer and the Certificateholders as described
below under ' -- Allocation of Available Funds' and may from time to time make
withdrawals from the Distribution Account (i) to pay to the Master Servicer, as
additional servicing compensation, earnings on or investment income with respect
to funds in or credited to the Distribution Account;(ii) to withdraw any amount
deposited in the Distribution Account and not required to be deposited
S-32
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
therein; and (iii) to clear and terminate the Distribution Account upon the
termination of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
ALLOCATION OF AVAILABLE FUNDS
Distributions to Holders of Certificates in each Certificate Group will be
made on each Distribution Date. 'Available Funds' as of any Distribution Date
and with respect to a Loan Group, is the sum of the following amounts (without
duplication):
(i) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Certificate Account in
respect of such Loan Group as of the close of business on the immediately
preceding Determination Date;
(ii) Advances in respect of such Loan Group for such Distribution
Date; and
(iii) any amounts deposited by the Master Servicer in the Certificate
Account in respect of Prepayment Interest Shortfalls in respect of such
Loan Group during the related Prepayment Period,
less the sum of:
(x) the portion thereof representing (A) Principal Prepayments and
Liquidation Proceeds received in respect of such Loan Group after the
last day of the related Prepayment Period and (B) all Scheduled Payments
or portions thereof received in respect of scheduled principal and
interest on the Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group due after the
preceding Due Date; and
(y) amounts relating to such Loan Group permitted to be withdrawn
from the Certificate Account pursuant to clauses (i)-(viii), inclusive,
under ' -- Withdrawals from the Certificate Account' above.
On each Distribution Date, the Trustee will withdraw from the Distribution
Account (a) the amount of any Insured Payment and (b) all Available Funds then
on deposit and will distribute the same as follows:
A. Group 1 Certificates. With respect to the Group 1 Certificates, the
Available Funds and Insured Payment relating to such Certificate Group in the
following order of priority:
(i) to the Certificate Insurer, Certificate Group 1's share of the
Premium Amount (except during the continuation of a payment default under
the Certificate Insurance Policy);
(ii) to the Class A-1 Certificateholders, an amount equal to the
Interest Distribution Amount for the Class A-1 Certificates;
(iii) to the Class A-1 Certificateholders, an amount equal to the
related Group Principal Distribution Amount (excluding any Subordination
Increase Amounts included therein); and
(iv) to the Certificate Insurer, the portion of the Reimbursement
Amount relating to Certificate Group 1.
B. Group 2 Certificates. With respect to the Group 2 Certificates, the
Available Funds and Insured Payment relating to such Certificate Group in the
following order of priority:
(i) to the Certificate Insurer, Certificate Group 2's share of the
Premium Amount (except during the continuation of a payment default under
the Certificate Insurance Policy);
(ii) to the Holders of the Group 2 Certificates, pro rata without any
priority among such Certificates, an amount equal to the respective
Interest Distribution Amounts for the classes of Group 2 Certificates;
(iii) sequentially, to the Holders of the Class A-2 Certificates, the
Class A-3 Certificates, the Class A-4 Certificates and the Class A-5
Certificates, in that order, an amount equal to the related Group Principal
Distribution Amount (excluding any Subordination Increase Amount included
therein), until the respective Class Certificate Principal Balances thereof
are reduced to zero; and
(iv) to the Certificate Insurer, the portion of the Reimbursement
Amount relating to Certificate Group 2.
C. Crosscollateralization. On any Distribution Date, to the extent
Available Funds and Insured Payments for a Certificate Group are insufficient to
make distributions specified above pursuant to (i)-(iv) of the applicable
subclause, the Available Funds for the other Certificate Group remaining after
making the distributions required to be made pursuant to (i)-(iv) of the
applicable subclause for such Certificate Group, if any, shall be distributed
S-33
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
to the extent of such insufficiency in accordance with the priorities for
distribution set forth in the subclauses above with respect to the Certificate
Group experiencing such insufficiency.
D. Overcollateralization. On any Distribution Date, to the extent that
there are Available Funds for a Certificate Group remaining after making
distributions required to be made pursuant to (i)-(iv) of the applicable
subclause for such Certificate Group and pursuant to subclause C. above, such
amount shall be applied to the Class Certificate Principal Balance of the
Certificates in such Certificate Group until the Subordinated Amount for such
Certificate Group on such Distribution Date is equal to the Required
Subordinated Amount for such Certificate Group on such Distribution Date.
Thereafter, any remaining Available Funds for such Certificate Group shall be
applied to the other Certificate Group to the extent necessary to provide that
the Subordinated Amount for the other Certificate Group on such Distribution
Date equals the related Required Subordinated Amount for such Certificate Group
and Distribution Date. Any distribution to the Group 2 Certificates pursuant to
this subclause D will be made as provided in subclause B (iii) above.
E. Basis Risk Carryover Amount. After making distributions referred to in
subclauses A, B, C and D above, the Trustee shall make distributions to the
extent of the Available Funds for either Loan Group, to the Class A-1
Certificateholders, the aggregate Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount.
F. Residual Payment. As more fully described in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the remaining Available Funds for each Loan Group, if any, for such
Distribution Date will be distributed to the Holders of the Residual
Certificates.
OVERCOLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS
Overcollateralization Resulting from Cash Flow Structure. The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement requires that, on each Distribution Date, the Net Monthly
Excess Cashflow, if any, with respect to a Loan Group is to be applied to
accelerate payment of principal on the Offered Certificates of the related
Certificate Group until the Subordinated Amount for such Certificate Group is
equal to the Required Subordinated Amount for such Certificate Group and
Distribution Date. This application of the Net Monthly Excess Cashflow has the
effect of accelerating the amortization of the Offered Certificates relative to
the amortization of the related Mortgage Loan Group, and of increasing the
Subordinated Amount for the related Certificate Group.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that in the event of a
permitted reduction in the Required Subordinated Amount for a Certificate Group,
a portion of the amount that would otherwise be distributed as principal to
Holders of the Offered Certificates of such Certificate Group on such date shall
instead be distributed to the Holders of the Residual Certificates (to the
extent not applied to the other Certificate Group). This application of
principal has the effect of decelerating the amortization of such Offered
Certificates relative to the amortization of the related Mortgage Loan Group,
and of reducing the Subordinated Amount for the related Certificate Group.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, on any Distribution
Date, all unscheduled collections on account of principal in respect of a Loan
Group (other than any such amounts applied to the payment of a Subordination
Reduction Amount for the related Certificate Group) during the period beginning
on the opening of business on the 16th day of the month preceding the month in
which the related Distribution Date occurs and ending on the close of business
on the fifteenth day of the month in which such Distribution Date occurs (the
'Prepayment Period') are to be distributed to the Holders of the Offered
Certificates of the related Certificate Group on such Distribution Date. If any
Mortgage Loan in such Loan Group became a Liquidated Loan during such Prepayment
Period, a Realized Loss could result. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement does
not contain any provision that requires the amount of any Realized Loss to be
distributed to the Holders of the Offered Certificates of the related
Certificate Group on the Distribution Date immediately following the event of
loss; i.e., the Pooling and Servicing Agreement does not require the current
recovery of losses. However, the occurrence of a Realized Loss with respect to a
Loan Group would reduce the Subordinated Amount for the related Certificate
Group, which, to the extent that such reduction caused the Subordinated Amount
for such Certificate Group to be less than the Required Subordinated Amount for
such Certificate Group and such Distribution Date, would require the payment of
a Subordination Increase Amount for such Certificate Group on such Distribution
Date (or, in the event of insufficient Available Funds for the related Loan
Group on such Distribution Date, on subsequent Distribution Dates, until such
Subordinated Amount equaled the Required Subordinated Amount). The effect of the
foregoing is to allocate losses to the Holders of the Residual
S-34
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Certificates by reducing, or eliminating entirely, payments of Net Monthly
Excess Cashflow and of Subordination Reduction Amounts that such Holders would
otherwise receive. Investors in the Offered Certificates should realize that,
under extreme loss or delinquency scenarios, they may temporarily receive no
distributions of principal.
Overcollateralization and the Certificate Insurance Policy. The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement requires the Trustee to make a claim for an Insured Payment
for a Certificate Group under the Certificate Insurance Policy not later than
the second Business Day prior to any Distribution Date as to which the Trustee
has determined that an Available Funds Shortfall with respect to the related
Loan Group is likely to occur, for the purpose of applying the proceeds of such
Insured Payment as a payment of Insured Distribution Amount for such Certificate
Group on such Distribution Date.
CROSSCOLLATERALIZATION
In addition to the use of Net Monthly Excess Cashflow for a Loan Group to
pay interest and principal on the related Certificate Group, Net Monthly Excess
Cashflow for a Loan Group will be available to pay interest and principal on the
other Certificate Group to the extent described under ' -- Allocation of
Available Funds' above. Furthermore, in addition to the use of Net Monthly
Excess Cashflow with respect to a Loan Group to distribute Subordination
Increase Amounts on the related Certificate Group, Net Monthly Excess Cashflow
will be available to distribute Subordination Increase Amounts on the other
Certificate Group.
DEFINITIONS
The 'Accrual Period' for a Distribution Date is (a) in the case of the
Class A-1 Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates, the period commencing on
the Distribution Date occurring in the month immediately preceding the month in
which such Distribution Date occurs (or, in the case of the initial Accrual
Period, commencing on the Closing Date) and ending on the day immediately
preceding such Distribution Date, and (b) in the case of the Class A-3
Certificates, the Class A-4 Certificates and the Class A-5 Certificates, the
calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.
The 'Available Funds Shortfall' with respect to a Loan Group as of any
Distribution Date is an amount equal to the excess of (i) the sum of (a) the
Interest Distribution Amount for the related Certificate Group for such
Distribution Date and (b) the Subordination Deficit for such Certificate Group
over (ii) Available Funds for such Loan Group (after giving effect to the
cross-collateralization provisions and net of the related Certificate Group's
share of the Premium Amount) for such Distribution Date (but not less than
zero).
The 'Carry-Forward Amount' for any Certificate Group as of any Distribution
Date equals the sum of (i) the amount, if any, by which (a) the Insured
Distribution Amount for such Certificate Group for the immediately preceding
Distribution Date exceeded (b) the amount actually distributed to the Holders of
each class of Certificates in such Certificate Group on such Distribution Date
in respect of such Insured Distribution Amount (including, without limitation,
any related Insured Payments (as defined herein)) and (ii) 30 days' interest on
the interest portion of the amount in clause (i) at (a) in the case of the Group
1 Certificates, the applicable Pass-Through Rate for such Distribution Date and
(b) in the case of the Group 2 Certificates, at the weighted average of the
Pass-Through Rates for the Class A-2 Certificates, the Class A-3 Certificates,
the Class A-4 Certificates and the Class A-5 Certificates.
The 'Class A-1 Available Funds Cap' as of any Distribution Date is a per
annum rate equal to a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of
which is equal to the excess of (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of
interest due on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans on the related Due Date (to the
extent received or advanced) and (b) the Subordination Reduction Amount, if any,
for Certificate Group 1 and such Distribution Date, over (ii) the sum of (a)
Loan Group 1's share of the Servicing Fee, (b) Loan Group 1's share of the
Premium Amount payable to the Certificate Insurer and (c) the Group 1 Available
Funds Rate Adjustment for such Distribution Date, and the denominator of which
is equal to (1) the Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A-1
Certificates for such Distribution Date multiplied by (2) the actual number of
days elapsed in the related Accrual Period divided by 360.
The 'Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount' as of any Distribution Date is
equal to the sum of (A) if on such Distribution Date the Pass-Through Rate for
the Class A-1 Certificates is based upon the Class A-1 Available Funds Cap, the
excess of (i) the amount of interest the Class A-1 Certificates would otherwise
be
S-35
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
entitled to receive on such Distribution Date had such rate been calculated as
the sum of One-Month LIBOR and the applicable Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin for
such Distribution Date, up to the Class A-1 Weighted Maximum Rate Cap for such
Distribution Date over (ii) the amount of interest payable on the Class A-1
Certificates at the Class A-1 Available Funds Cap for such Distribution Date and
(B) the Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount for all previous Distribution
Dates not previously paid pursuant to the ' -- Allocation of Available Funds'
above together with interest thereon at a rate equal to the sum of One-Month
LIBOR and the applicable Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin for such Distribution
Date. The Certificate Insurance Policy does not cover the payment, nor do the
ratings assigned to the Class A-1 Certificates address the likelihood of the
payment, of any Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount.
The 'Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin' will equal 0.20% (20 basis points) per
annum until the first Accrual Period after the Optional Termination Date, at
which time the Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin will equal 0.40% (40 basis points)
per annum.
The 'Class A-1 Weighted Maximum Rate Cap' as of any Distribution Date is
equal to (i) the weighted average of the Maximum Mortgage Rates on the Group 1
Mortgage Loans on such Distribution Date minus (ii) the sum of (a) the Servicing
Fee Rate and (b) the Premium Percentage.
The 'Class A-2 Net Funds Cap' as of any Distribution Date is equal to (i)
the weighted average of the Mortgage Rates on the Group 2 Mortgage Loans on such
Distribution Date minus (ii) the sum of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate and (b)
Premium Percentage.
The 'Class A-2 Pass-Through Margin' will equal 0.08% (8 basis points) per
annum.
The 'Class Certificate Principal Balance' of any class of Offered
Certificates, as of any Distribution Date, will be equal to the Class
Certificate Principal Balance thereof on the Closing Date (the 'Original Class
Certificate Principal Balance') minus all distributions in respect of principal
allocated thereto on previous Distribution Dates.
A 'Deficiency Amount' for a Certificate Group and Distribution Date is the
Available Funds Shortfall for the related Loan Group for such Distribution Date.
A 'Due Period' with respect to any Distribution Date is the period
beginning on the second day of the calendar month preceding the calendar month
in which such Distribution Date occurs and ending on the Due Date in the month
in which such Distribution Date occurs.
'Excess Proceeds' with respect to any Liquidated Loan, is the amount by
which Liquidation Proceeds (as defined herein) in respect of such Liquidated
Loan exceeds the sum of (i) the Stated Principal Balance of such Liquidated Loan
as of the date of such liquidation and (ii) interest at the related Mortgage
Rate from the Due Date as to which interest was last paid or advanced to
Certificateholders up to the Due Date in the month in which such Liquidation
Proceeds are required to be distributed on the Stated Principal Balance of such
Liquidated Loan outstanding during each Due Period as to which such interest was
not paid or advanced.
The 'Excess Subordinated Amount' for a Certificate Group and Distribution
Date is the amount, if any, by which (i) the Subordinated Amount for such
Certificate Group that would apply on such Distribution Date after taking into
account all distributions to be made on such Distribution Date (without giving
effect to any reductions in such Subordination Amount attributable to
Subordination Reduction Amounts for such Certificate Group on such Distribution
Date) exceeds (ii) the Required Subordinated Amount for such Certificate Group
and such Distribution Date.
The 'Group 1 Available Funds Rate Adjustment' as of any Distribution Date
(a) prior to the thirteenth Distribution Date will equal zero and (b) beginning
on the thirteenth Distribution Date will be equal to the product of (i) the
Group 1 Stated Principal Balance on such date and (ii) one-twelfth of 0.50% (50
basis points).
The 'Group Principal Distribution Amount' for any Distribution Date and
Certificate Group equals the lesser of (a) the excess of (i) the sum, as of such
Distribution Date, of (A) the Available Funds for the related Loan Group less
such Certificate Group's share of the Premium Amount for such Distribution Date
and (B) any Insured Payment relating to such Certificate Group over (ii) the
related Interest Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date and (b) the sum,
without duplication, of (i) the portion of any related Carry-Forward Amount that
relates to a shortfall in a distribution of a Subordination Deficit relating to
such Certificate Group, (ii) all scheduled installments of principal of the
Mortgage Loans due during the related Due Period that were received by the
Master Servicer on or before the related Determination Date or as to which the
Master Servicer made an
S-36
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Advance on the related Master Servicer Advance Date, together with all
unscheduled recoveries of principal on the Mortgage Loans received by the Master
Servicer during the related Prepayment Period (excluding certain amounts
received in respect of scheduled principal on the Mortgage Loans due after the
related Due Date), in each case in respect of the related Loan Group, (iii) the
Stated Principal Balance of each Mortgage Loan in the related Loan Group that
either was purchased or repurchased, as the case may be, by the Seller, the
Depositor or the Master Servicer during the related Prepayment Period, (iv) any
Substitution Adjustment Amounts delivered by the Seller during the related
Prepayment Period in connection with the substitution of Mortgage Loans in the
related Loan Group, (v) all Liquidation Proceeds collected by the Master
Servicer in respect of the related Loan Group during the related Prepayment
Period (to the extent such Liquidation Proceeds are related to principal), (vi)
the amount of any Subordination Deficit for such Certificate Group for such
Distribution Date, (vii) such Certificate Group's share of the proceeds received
by the Trustee of any termination of the Trust Fund (to the extent such proceeds
are related to principal) and (viii) the amount of any Subordination Increase
Amount for such Certificate Group for such Distribution Date (to the extent of
any Net Excess Monthly Cash Flow available for such purpose); minus (ix) the
amount of any Subordination Reduction Amount for such Certificate Group for such
Distribution Date. In no event will the Group Principal Distribution Amount with
respect to any Certificate Group and Distribution Date be less than zero or
greater than the then outstanding aggregate Class Certificate Principal Balance
of the Certificates in such Certificate Group.
The 'Insured Distribution Amount' for a Certificate Group and Distribution
Date is the sum of (i) on each Distribution Date, the Interest Distribution
Amount for such Certificate Group (ii) on each Distribution Date, the amount of
the Subordination Deficit for such Certificate Group, if any, and (iii) any
Preference Amounts, in each case with respect to such Distribution Date.
The 'Interest Distribution Amount' for any Distribution Date and
Certificate Group equals the sum of (i) interest accrued for the related Accrual
Period on the Class Certificate Principal Balance of each class of Certificates
in such Certificate Group at the applicable Pass-Through Rate, as reduced by the
sum of (a) Prepayment Interest Shortfalls in the related Loan Group, if any, for
such Distribution Date to the extent not covered by one-half of the applicable
portion of the Servicing Fee as described above under 'Servicing of the Mortgage
Loans -- Adjustment to Servicing Fee in Connection with Certain Prepaid Mortgage
Loans' and (b) shortfalls resulting from the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
Act of 1940 ('Relief Act Shortfalls') in the related Loan Group and (ii) that
portion of the Carry-Forward Amount relating to a shortfall (other than a
Prepayment Interest Shortfall or Relief Act Shortfall) in a distribution of an
Interest Distribution Amount in respect of such Certificate Group. The Interest
Distribution Amount is calculated on the basis of (a) in the case of the Class
A-1 Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates, a 360-day year and the actual
number of days elapsed during the related Accrual Period and (b) in the case of
the Class A-3 Certificates, the Class A-4 Certificates and the Class A-5
Certificates, a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
The 'Loan Group Stated Principal Balance' of a Loan Group as of any date is
the aggregate Stated Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group
as of such date.
The 'Net Monthly Excess Cashflow' for any Loan Group and Distribution Date
equals the amount, if any, by which (i) the Available Funds for such Loan Group
and Distribution Date (less the related Certificate Group's share of the Premium
Amount for such Distribution Date) exceeds (ii) the sum of (a) the aggregate
Interest Distribution Amount for such Certificate Group and Distribution Date
plus the amount described in clause (b) of the definition of Group Principal
Distribution Amount for such Certificate Group (calculated for this purpose
without regard to any Subordination Increase Amount for such Certificate Group
or portion thereof included therein) and (b) any Reimbursement Amount relating
to such Certificate Group owed to the Certificate Insurer.
The 'Pass-Through Rate' as to the Class A-1 Certificates for any
Distribution Date shall be the per annum rate equal to the lesser of (i) the sum
of (a) One-Month LIBOR (as defined in ' -- Calculation of One-Month LIBOR'
below) and (b) the applicable Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin and (ii) the Class
A-1 Available Funds Cap for such Distribution Date. The Pass-Through Rate for
the Class A-2 Certificates and a particular Distribution Date will be equal to
the lesser of (i) the sum of (a) One-Month LIBOR and (b) the Class A-2 Pass-
Through Margin and (ii) the Class A-2 Net Funds Cap. The Pass-Through Rate for
the Class A-3 Certificates, the Class A-4 Certificates and the Class A-5
Certificates for any Distribution Date will be as set forth on the cover page
hereof.
The 'Premium Amount' allocable to a Certificate Group and payable to the
Certificate Insurer on any Distribution Date (commencing with the second
Distribution Date) equals one-twelfth of the product of a per
S-37
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
annum rate (the 'Premium Percentage') set forth in the Insurance Agreement and
the aggregate Class Certificate Principal Balance of the related Offered
Certificates for such Distribution Date; provided, however, that for any
Distribution Date on which a Certificate Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Premium Amount will be equal to zero.
A 'Principal Prepayment' with respect to any Distribution Date is any
mortgagor payment or other recovery of principal on a Mortgage Loan (including
all proceeds allocable to principal of any Mortgage Loan or property acquired in
respect thereof that has been repurchased by the Seller or purchased by the
Master Servicer) that is received in advance of its scheduled Due Date and is
not accompanied by an amount representing scheduled interest due on any date or
dates in any month or months subsequent to the month of prepayment.
The 'Pool Stated Principal Balance' as of any date is the aggregate Stated
Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans in all Loan Groups as of such date.
A 'Realized Loss' (i) with respect to any defaulted Mortgage Loan that is
finally liquidated (a 'Liquidated Loan') is the amount of loss realized equal to
the portion of the Stated Principal Balance remaining unpaid after application
of all amounts recovered (net of amounts reimbursable to the Master Servicer for
related Advances, expenses and Servicing Fees) towards interest and principal
owing on such Liquidated Loan and (ii) with respect to certain Mortgage Loans
the principal balances or the scheduled payments of principal and interest of
which have been reduced in connection with bankruptcy proceedings, the amount of
such reduction.
The 'Reimbursement Amount' for a Certificate Group as of any Distribution
Date is the amount of all Insured Payments relating to such Certificate Group
made by the Certificate Insurer pursuant to the Certificate Insurance Policy and
certain other amounts owed in respect of such Certificate Group to the
Certificate Insurer pursuant to the Insurance Agreement (together with interest
thereon at the Late Payment Rate (as defined in the Insurance Agreement) that
have not been previously repaid as of such Distribution Date.
The 'Required Subordinated Amount' for a Certificate Group as of any
Distribution Date will initially equal a percentage, calculable in accordance
with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Insurance Agreement dated as of
February 1, 1997 (the 'Insurance Agreement') among the Certificate Insurer, the
Depositor, Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and the Trustee, of the Cut-off Date
Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group. The Pooling
and Servicing Agreement and Insurance Agreement generally provide that the
Required Subordinated Amount for a Certificate Group may, over time, decrease or
increase, subject to certain floors, caps and triggers.
The 'Stated Principal Balance' of any Mortgage Loan or related REO Property
equals (i) as of the Cut-off Date and each day thereafter to and including the
first Distribution Date, the Cut-off Date Principal Balance thereof, and (ii) as
of any Distribution Date after the first Distribution Date, such Cut-off Date
Principal Balance minus the sum of (a) the principal portion of the Scheduled
Payments due with respect to such Mortgage Loan or REO Property during each Due
Period ending prior to the immediately preceding Distribution Date which were
received by the Master Servicer as of the close of business on the Determination
Date related to such preceding Distribution Date or with respect to which
Advances were made on the Master Servicer Advance Date prior to such preceding
Distribution Date, (b) all Principal Prepayments with respect to such Mortgage
Loan or REO Property, and all Liquidation Proceeds to the extent applied by the
Master Servicer as recoveries of principal with respect to such Mortgage Loan or
REO Property, which were received by the Master Servicer as of the close of
business on the Determination Date related to such preceding Distribution Date,
and (c) any Realized Loss with respect thereto applied prior to the close of
business on the Determination Date relating to such preceding Distribution Date;
provided, however, that the Stated Principal Balance of any Mortgage Loan that
becomes a Liquidated Loan will be zero immediately following the Distribution
Date that follows the Prepayment Period in which such Mortgage Loan becomes a
Liquidated Loan.
The 'Subordinated Amount' for a Certificate Group with respect to any
Distribution Date is the amount (not less than zero), if any, by which (i) the
related Loan Group Stated Principal Balance immediately following such
Distribution Date exceeds (ii) the aggregate Class Certificate Principal Balance
of the related Certificates as of such Distribution Date after giving effect to
the payment of the Group Principal Distribution Amount for such Certificate
Group on such Distribution Date.
A 'Subordination Deficiency Amount' for a Certificate Group with respect to
any Distribution Date is the amount, if any, by which the Required Subordinated
Amount for such Certificate Group as of such Distribution
S-38
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Date exceeds the Subordinated Amount for such Certificate Group as of such
Distribution Date before taking into account the payment of any related
Subordination Increase Amounts on such Distribution Date.
A 'Subordination Deficit' for a Certificate Group with respect to any
Distribution Date is the amount, if any, by which (i) the aggregate Class
Certificate Principal Balance of the related Certificates as of such
Distribution Date, after giving effect to the payment of the Group Principal
Distribution Amount for such Certificate Group on such Distribution Date (except
for any payment to be made as to principal constituting a related Insured
Payment), exceeds (ii) the related Loan Group Stated Principal Balance
immediately following such Distribution Date.
A 'Subordination Increase Amount' for a Certificate Group with respect to
any Distribution Date is the lesser of (a) the Subordination Deficiency Amount
for such Certificate Group as of such Distribution Date (after taking into
account the payment of the related Group Principal Distribution Amount on such
Distribution Date (other than any Subordination Increase Amount for such
Certificate Group)) and (b) the amount of Net Monthly Excess Cashflow for the
related Loan Group on such Distribution Date.
The 'Subordination Reduction Amount' for a Certificate Group with respect
to any Distribution Date equals the lesser of (i) the Excess Subordinated Amount
for such Certificate Group for such Distribution Date and (ii) the sum, without
duplication, of the amounts specified in clauses (b)(ii) through (v) and (vii)
of the definition of 'Group Principal Distribution Amount' above.
The 'Substitution Adjustment Amount' as of the date of substitution by the
Seller of one or more Replacement Mortgage Loans for one or more Mortgage Loans
that are removed from a Loan Group equals the amount (if any) by which the
aggregate principal balance of such Replacement Mortgage Loans is less than the
aggregate Stated Principal Balance (after application of the scheduled principal
portion of the monthly payments due in the month of substitution) of all such
removed Mortgage Loans.
CALCULATION OF ONE-MONTH LIBOR
On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) preceding the
commencement of each Accrual Period for the Variable Rate Certificates (each
such date, an 'Interest Determination Date'), the Trustee will determine the
London interbank offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits
('One-Month LIBOR') for such Accrual Period for the Variable Rate Certificates
on the basis of the offered rates of the Reference Banks for one-month United
States dollar deposits, as such rates appear on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, as
of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Interest Determination Date. As used in this
section, 'LIBOR Business Day' means a day on which banks are open for dealing in
foreign currency and exchange in London and New York City; 'Reuters Screen LIBO
Page' means the display designated as page 'LIBO' on the Reuters Monitor Money
Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that service
for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks);
and 'Reference Banks' means leading banks selected by the Trustee and engaged in
transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market (i)
with an established place of business in London, (ii) whose quotations appear on
the Reuters Screen LIBO Page on the Interest Determination Date in question,
(iii) which have been designated as such by the Trustee and (iv) not
controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Depositor,
Countrywide or any successor Master Servicer.
On each Interest Determination Date, One-Month LIBOR for the related
Accrual Period for the Variable Rate Certificates will be established by the
Trustee as follows:
(a) If on such Interest Determination Date two or more Reference Banks
provide such offered quotations, One-Month LIBOR for the related Accrual
Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such offered quotations (rounded
upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 0.03125%).
(b) If on such Interest Determination Date fewer than two Reference
Banks provide such offered quotations, One-Month LIBOR for the related
Accrual Period shall be the higher of (x) One-Month LIBOR as determined on
the previous Interest Determination Date and (y) the Reserve Interest Rate.
The 'Reserve Interest Rate' shall be the rate per annum that the Trustee
determines to be either (i) the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards if
necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 0.03125%) of the one-month
United States dollar lending rates which New York City banks selected by
the Trustee are quoting on the relevant Interest Determination Date to the
principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market
or, in the event that the Trustee can determine no such arithmetic mean,
(ii) the lowest one-month United States
S-39
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
dollar lending rate which New York City banks selected by the Trustee are
quoting on such Interest Determination Date to leading European banks.
The establishment of One-Month LIBOR on each Interest Determination Date by
the Trustee and the Trustee's calculation of the rates of interest applicable to
the Variable Rate Certificates for the related Accrual Period shall (in the
absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
On each Distribution Date, the Trustee will forward to each
Certificateholder, the Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Certificate
Insurer a statement generally setting forth, among other information:
(i) the amount of the related distribution to Holders of each Class of
Offered Certificates allocable to principal, separately identifying (A) the
aggregate amount of any Principal Prepayments included therein, and (B) the
aggregate of all scheduled payments of principal included therein;
(ii) the amount of such distribution to Holders of each Class of
Offered Certificates allocable to interest;
(iii) the amount of any Insured Payment for a Certificate Group
included in the amounts distributed to each Class of Offered
Certificateholders on such Distribution Date;
(iv) the Carry-Forward Amount for each Certificate Group;
(v) the Class Certificate Principal Balance of each Class of Offered
Certificates after giving effect to the distribution of principal on such
Distribution Date;
(vi) the Pool Stated Principal Balance and the Loan Group Stated
Principal Balance for each Loan Group for the following Distribution Date;
(vii) the Required Subordinated Amount for each Certificate Group and
the Subordinated Amount for each Certificate Group as of such Distribution
Date;
(viii) the related amount of the Servicing Fee for each Loan Group
paid to or retained by the Master Servicer;
(ix) the Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates and the
Class A-2 Certificates for such Distribution Date;
(x) the amount of Advances for each Loan Group included in the
distribution to the related Certificate Group on such Distribution Date;
(xi) the number and aggregate principal amounts of Mortgage Loans in
each Loan Group (A) delinquent (exclusive of Mortgage Loans in foreclosure)
(1) 30 days, (2) 31 to 60 days, (3) 61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or more days,
and (B) in foreclosure and delinquent (1) 30 days, (2) 31 to 60 days, (3)
61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or more days, in each case as of the close of
business on the last day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution
Date;
(xii) with respect to any Mortgage Loan that became an REO Property
during the preceding calendar month, the loan number, Stated Principal
Balance and Loan Group of such Mortgage Loan as of the close of business on
the Determination Date preceding such Distribution Date and the date of
acquisition thereof;
(xiii) the total number and principal balance of any REO Properties in
each Loan Group as of the close of business on the Determination Date
preceding such Distribution Date;
(xiv) the aggregate Stated Principal Balance of all Liquidated Loans
in each Loan Group and the aggregate of all Realized Losses relating
thereto;
(xv) with respect to any Liquidated Loan, the loan number, Loan Group
Stated Principal Balance and Realized Losses relating thereto; and
(xvi) the amount of any Subordination Deficiency Amount for each
Certificate Group after giving effect to the distribution of principal on
such Distribution Date.
In addition, within a reasonable period of time after the end of each
calendar year, the Trustee will prepare and deliver to each Certificateholder of
record during the previous calendar year a statement containing
S-40
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
information necessary to enable Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns.
Such statements will not have been examined and reported upon by an independent
public accountant.
AMENDMENT
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the
Master Servicer, the Seller and the Trustee, without the consent of
Certificateholders but only with the consent of the Certificate Insurer, for any
of the purposes set forth under 'The Agreements -- Amendment' in the Prospectus.
In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the
Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Seller and the Trustee with the consent of
the Certificate Insurer and the Holders of a Majority in Interest of each Class
of Certificates affected thereby for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment may (i) reduce in
any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments required to be
distributed on any Certificate without the consent of the Holder of such
Certificate; (ii) adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the
Holders of any Class of Certificates in a manner other than as described in
clause (i) above, without the consent of the Holders of Certificates of such
Class evidencing, as to such Class, Percentage Interests aggregating 66%; or
(iii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of aggregate outstanding principal amounts
of Certificates of each Class, the Holders of which are required to consent to
any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of all Certificates of
such Class.
OPTIONAL TERMINATION
The Master Servicer will have the right to repurchase all remaining
Mortgage Loans and REO Properties in the Trust Fund and thereby effect early
retirement of all the Certificates, subject to the Pool Stated Principal Balance
of the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties at the time of repurchase being less
than or equal to 10% of Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance (the 'Optional
Termination Date'). Any such purchase of Mortgage Loans requires the consent of
the Certificate Insurer if it would result in a draw on the Certificate
Insurance Policy. In the event that the Master Servicer does not exercise this
option and the Certificate Insurer did not refuse consenting to such option, the
Certificate Insurer will have the option to purchase, in whole, the Mortgage
Loans and REO Properties, if any, remaining in the Trust Fund on any such
Distribution Date. In the event such option is exercised by the Master Servicer
or the Certificate Insurer, the repurchase will be made at a price equal to the
sum of (i) 100% of the Stated Principal Balance of each Mortgage Loan (other
than in respect of REO Property) plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable
Mortgage Rate (or, if such option is exercised by the Master Servicer, at the
applicable Net Mortgage Rate), (ii) the appraised value of any REO Property (up
to the Stated Principal Balance of the related Mortgage Loan), (iii) any
unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs and expenses and the principal portion of
Advances, in each case previously incurred by the Master Servicer in the
performance of its servicing obligations and (iv) all amounts owed to the
Certificate Insurer. Proceeds from such repurchase will be included in Available
Funds and will be distributed to the Certificateholders. Any repurchase of the
Mortgage Loans and REO Properties will result in an early retirement of the
Certificates.
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED LOANS
As to any Mortgage Loan which is delinquent in payment by 91 days or more,
the Master Servicer may, at its option, purchase such Mortgage Loan from the
Trust Fund at a price equal to 100% of the Stated Principal Balance thereof plus
accrued interest thereon at the applicable Net Mortgage Rate from the date
through which interest was last paid by the related mortgagor or advanced to the
first day of the month in which such amount is to be distributed.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; MASTER SERVICER TERMINATION TRIGGER EVENT
Events of Default will consist of: (i) any failure by the Master Servicer
to deposit in the Certificate Account or the Distribution Account the required
amounts or remit to the Trustee any payment (including an Advance required to be
made under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) which continues
unremedied for five Business Days after written notice of such failure shall
have been given to the Master Servicer by the Trustee, the Certificate Insurer
or the Depositor, or to the Master Servicer and the Trustee by the Holders of
S-41
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the Voting Rights evidenced by the
Certificates; (ii) any failure by the Master Servicer to observe or perform in
any material respect any other of its covenants or agreements, or any breach of
a representation or warranty made by the Master Servicer, in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, which continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving of
written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer by the Trustee, the
Certificate Insurer or the Depositor, or to the Master Servicer and the Trustee
by the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the Voting Rights
evidenced by the Certificates; or (iii) insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, and certain
actions by or on behalf of the Master Servicer indicating its insolvency or
inability to pay its obligations. A 'Master Servicer Termination Trigger Event'
will occur if certain loss or delinquency levels are exceeded with respect to
the Mortgage Loans, as described in the Insurance Agreement. As of any date of
determination, (i) Holders of the Offered Certificates will be allocated a
percentage of all of the Voting Rights equal to 100% minus the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) whose numerator is the sum of the Required
Subordinated Amounts for each Certificate Group on such date and whose
denominator is the Pool Stated Principal Balance on such date and (ii) Holders
of the Residual Certificates will in the aggregate be allocated all of the
remaining Voting Rights. Voting Rights will be allocated among the Certificates
of each such class in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT OR MASTER SERVICER TERMINATION TRIGGER EVENT
So long as an Event of Default under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
remains unremedied, the Trustee shall, but only upon the receipt of instructions
from the Certificate Insurer or the Holders of Certificates having not less than
25% of the Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates (with the prior written
consent of the Certificate Insurer), terminate all of the rights and obligations
of the Master Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in and to
the Mortgage Loans, whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all of the
responsibilities and duties of the Master Servicer under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, including the obligation to make Advances. If a Master
Servicer Termination Trigger Event occurs, the Trustee shall, but only upon
receipt of written instructions from the Certificate Insurer, terminate all of
the rights and obligations of the Master Servicer under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans as described in the
preceding sentence. No assurance can be given that termination of the rights and
obligations of the Master Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
would not adversely affect the servicing of the Mortgage Loans, including the
delinquency experience of the Mortgage Loans.
No Certificateholder, solely by virtue of such Holder's status as a
Certificateholder, will have any right under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
to institute any proceeding with respect thereto, unless such Holder previously
has given to the Trustee written notice of the continuation of an Event of
Default and unless the Holders of Certificates having not less than 25% of the
Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates have made written request to the
Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee thereunder and
have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, the Certificate Insurer shall
have consented thereto and the Trustee for 60 days has neglected or refused to
institute any such proceeding.
THE TRUSTEE
The Bank of New York will be the Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. The Depositor and Countrywide may maintain other banking
relationships in the ordinary course of business with the Trustee. Offered
Certificates may be surrendered at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
located at 101 Barclay Street, 12 E., New York, New York 10286, Attention:
Corporate Trust Window or at such other addresses as the Trustee may designate
from time to time.
THE CERTIFICATE GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY
The following information and the information under ' -- The Certificate
Insurer' herein have been supplied by MBIA Insurance Corporation (the
'Certificate Insurer') for inclusion in this Prospectus Supplement. No
representation is made by the Underwriters, the Seller, the Master Servicer, the
Depositor or any of their affiliates as to the accuracy or completeness of such
information. Terms defined herein are exclusive to this section and ' -- The
Certificate Insurer' herein.
S-42
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
The Certificate Insurer, in consideration of the payment of the premium and
subject to the terms of the Certificate Insurance Policy, thereby
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to any Owner that an amount equal to
each full and complete Insured Payment will be received by the Trustee, or its
successor, on behalf of the Owners from the Insurer, for distribution by the
Trustee to each Owner of each Owner's proportionate share of the Insured
Payment. The Certificate Insurer's obligations under the Certificate Insurance
Policy with respect to a particular Insured Payment shall be discharged to the
extent funds equal to the applicable Insured Payment are received by the
Trustee, whether or not such funds are properly applied by the Trustee. Insured
Payments shall be made only at the time set forth in the Certificate Insurance
Policy, and no accelerated Insured Payments shall be made regardless of any
acceleration of the Offered Certificates, unless such acceleration is at the
sole option of the Certificate Insurer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Certificate Insurance Policy
does not cover shortfalls, if any, attributable to the liability of the Trust,
the REMIC or the Trustee for withholding taxes, if any (including interest and
penalties in respect of any such liability).
The Certificate Insurer will pay any Insured Payment that is a Preference
Amount on the Business Day following receipt on a Business Day by the Fiscal
Agent (as described below) of (i) a certified copy of the order requiring the
return of a preference payment, (ii) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
Certificate Insurer that such order is final and not subject to appeal, (iii) an
assignment in such form as is reasonably required by the Certificate Insurer,
irrevocably assigning to the Certificate Insurer all rights and claims of the
Owner relating to or arising under the related Offered Certificates against the
debtor which made such preference payment or otherwise with respect to such
preference payment and (iv) appropriate instruments to effect the appointment of
the Certificate Insurer as agent for such Owner in any legal proceeding related
to such preference payment, such instruments being in a form satisfactory to the
Certificate Insurer, provided that if such documents are received after 12:00
noon New York City time on such Business Day, they will be deemed to be received
on the following Business Day. Such payments shall be disbursed to the receiver
or trustee in bankruptcy named in the final order of the court exercising
jurisdiction on behalf of the Owner and not to any Owner directly unless such
Owner has returned principal or interest paid on the related Offered
Certificates to such receiver or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case such
payment shall be disbursed to such Owner.
The Certificate Insurer will pay any other amount payable under the
Certificate Insurance Policy no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on
the later of the Distribution Date on which the related Deficiency Amount (as
defined below) is due or the second Business Day following receipt in New York,
New York on a Business Day by State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., as
Fiscal Agent for the Certificate Insurer or any successor fiscal agent appointed
by the Certificate Insurer (the 'Fiscal Agent') of a Notice (as described
below); provided that if such Notice is received after 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on such Business Day, it will be deemed to be received on the following
Business Day. If any such Notice received by the Fiscal Agent is not in proper
form or is otherwise insufficient for the purpose of making a claim under the
Certificate Insurance Policy it shall be deemed not to have been received by the
Fiscal Agent for purposes of this paragraph, and the Certificate Insurer or the
Fiscal Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly so advise the Trustee and the
Trustee may submit an amended Notice.
Insured Payments due under the Policy, unless otherwise stated therein,
will be disbursed by the Fiscal Agent to the Trustee on behalf of the Owners by
wire transfer of immediately available funds in the amount of the Insured
Payment less, in respect of Insured Payments related to Preference Amounts, any
amount held by the Trustee for payment of such Insured Payment and legally
available therefor.
The Fiscal Agent is the agent of the Certificate Insurer only and the
Fiscal Agent shall in no event be liable to Owners for any acts of the Fiscal
Agent or any failure of the Certificate Insurer to deposit, or cause to be
deposited, sufficient funds to make payments due under the Certificate Insurance
Policy.
As used in the Certificate Insurance Policy, the following terms shall have
the following meanings:
'Agreement' means the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February
27, 1997 among CWABS, Inc., as Depositor, Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., as
Master Servicer and as Seller, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, without
regard to any amendent or supplement thereto, unless such amendment or
supplement has been approved in writing by the Certificate Insurer.
'Business Day' means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day
on which the Certificate Insurer or banking institutions in New York City
or in the city in which the corporate trust office of the
S-43
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Certificate
Insurer is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to
close.
'Deficiency Amount' means, with respect to a Certificate Group as of
any Distribution Date, the Available Funds Shortfall for the related Loan
Group.
'Insured Payment' means (i) as of any Distribution Date, any
Deficiency Amount and (ii) any Preference Amount.
'Notice' means the telephonic or telegraphic notice, promptly
confirmed in writing by telecopy substantially in the form of Exhibit A
attached to the Certificate Insurance Policy, the original of which is
subsequently delivered by registered or certified mail, from the Trustee
specifying the Insured Payment which shall be due and owing on the
applicable Distribution Date.
'Owner' means each Holder (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement) of any Offered Certificate who, on the applicable Distribution
Date, is entitled under the terms of the Offered Certificates to payment
thereunder.
'Preference Amount' means any amount previously distributed to an
Owner on the related Offered Certificates that is recoverable and sought to
be recovered as a voidable preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant
to the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.), as amended from time to
time in accordance with a final nonappealable order of a court having
competent jurisdiction.
Capitalized terms used in the Certificate Insurance Policy and not
otherwise defined in the Certificate Insurance Policy shall have the respective
meanings set forth in the Agreement as of the date of execution of the
Certificate Insurance Policy, without giving effect to any subsequent amendment
or modification to the Agreement unless such amendment or modification has been
approved in writing by the Certificate Insurer.
Any notice under the Certificate Insurance Policy or service of process on
the Fiscal Agent may be made at the address listed below for the Fiscal Agent or
such other address as the Certificate Insurer shall specify in writing to the
Trustee.
The notice address of the Fiscal Agent is 61 Broadway, 15th Floor, New
York, New York, 10006, Attention: Municipal Registrar and Paying Agency, or such
other address as the Fiscal Agent shall specify in writing to the Trustee.
The Certificate Insurance Policy is being issued under and pursuant to and
shall be construed under, the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
The insurance provided by the Certificate Insurance Policy is not covered
by the Property/Casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in Article 76 of the
New York Insurance Law.
The Certificate Insurance Policy is not cancelable for any reason. The
premium on the Certificate Insurance Policy is not refundable for any reason
including payment, or provision being made for payment, prior to maturity of the
Offered Certificates.
THE CERTIFICATE INSURER
The Certificate Insurer is the principal operating subsidiary of MBIA Inc.,
a New York Stock Exchange listed company. MBIA Inc. is not obligated to pay the
debts of or claims against the Certificate Insurer. The Certificate Insurer is
domiciled in the State of New York and licensed to do business in and is subject
to regulations under the laws of all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
the Virgin Islands of the United States and the Territory of Guam. The
Certificate Insurer has two European branches, one in the Republic of France and
the other in the Kingdom of Spain. New York has laws prescribing minimum capital
requirements, limited classes and concentrations of investments and requiring
the approval of policy rates and forms. State laws also regulate the amount of
both the aggregate and individual risks that may be insured, the payment of
dividends by the Certificate Insurer, changes in control and transactions among
affiliates. Additionally, the Certificate Insurer is required to maintain
contingency reserves on its liabilities in certain amounts and for certain
periods of time.
The consolidated financial statements of the Certificate Insurer, a wholly
owned subsidiary of MBIA Inc., and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and
December 31, 1994 and for the three years ended December 31, 1995, prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, included in the
S-44
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Annual Report on Form 10-K of MBIA Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
the consolidated financial statements of the Certificate Insurer and its
subsidiaries for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and for the periods
ending September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995 included in the Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q of MBIA Inc. for the period ending September 30, 1996, are
hereby incorporated by reference into this Prospectus Supplement and shall be
deemed to be a part hereof. Any statement contained in a document incorporated
by reference herein shall be modified or superseded for purposes of this
Prospectus Supplement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any
other subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference herein
modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part
of this Prospectus Supplement.
All financial statements of the Certificate Insurer and its subsidiaries
included in documents filed by MBIA Inc. pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subsequent to the date
of this Prospectus Supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of
the Offered Certificates shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into
this Prospectus Supplement and to be a part hereof from the respective dates of
filing such documents.
The tables below present selected financial information of the Certificate
Insurer determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed
or permitted by insurance regulatory authorities ('SAP') and generally accepted
accounting principles ('GAAP').
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SAP
---------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1995 SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
----------------- ------------------
(AUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Admitted Assets................................................. $ 3,814 $4,348
Liabilities..................................................... 2,540 2,911
Capital and Surplus............................................. 1,274 1,437
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GAAP
---------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1995 SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
----------------- ------------------
(AUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Assets.......................................................... $ 4,463 $4,861
Liabilities..................................................... 1,937 2,161
Shareholder's Equity............................................ 2,526 2,700
</TABLE>
Copies of the financial statements of the Certificate Insurer incorporated
by reference herein and copies of the Certificate Insurer's 1995 year-end
audited financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting
practices are available, without charge, from the Certificate Insurer. The
address of the Certificate Insurer is 113 King Street, Armonk, New York 10504.
The telephone number of the Certificate Insurer is (914) 273-4545.
The Certificate Insurer does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy
or completeness of this Prospectus Supplement or any information or disclosure
contained herein, or omitted herefrom, other than with respect to the accuracy
of the information regarding the Certificate Insurance Policy and the
Certificate Insurer set forth under the heading 'Description of the
Certificates -- The Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policy' herein. Additionally,
the Certificate Insurer makes no representation regarding the Offered
Certificates or the advisability of investing in the Offered Certificates.
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. rates the claims paying ability of the
Insurer 'Aaa.'
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., rates the claims paying ability of the Certificate Insurer
'AAA.'
Fitch Investors Service, L.P. rates the claims paying ability of the
Certificate Insurer 'AAA.'
Each rating of the Certificate Insurer should be evaluated independently.
The ratings reflect the respective rating agency's current assessment of the
creditworthiness of the Certificate Insurer and its ability to pay claims on its
policies of insurance. Any further explanation as to the significance of the
above ratings may be obtained only from the applicable rating agency.
S-45
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
The above ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the Offered
Certificates, and such ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any
time by the rating agencies. Any downward revision or withdrawal of any of the
above ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Offered
Certificates. The Insurer does not guaranty the market price of the Offered
Certificates nor does it guaranty that the ratings on the Offered Certificates
will not be revised or withdrawn.
RIGHTS OF THE CERTIFICATE INSURER
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Trustee is permitted
to distribute Insured Payments only for purposes of paying the Holders of the
Offered Certificates any Insured Distribution Amount for which a claim was made
to the Certificate Insurer.
In the event an Insured Payment is made, the Certificate Insurer, until all
such Insured Payments have been fully reimbursed, will be entitled to receive
the Reimbursement Amount.
Provided no Certificate Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Certificate Insurer shall have the right to direct certain actions of the Master
Servicer and Trustee and shall control all Certificateholder consents, approvals
and directions under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
The Certificate Insurance Policy does not guarantee to the Holders of the
Offered Certificates any specified rate of Principal Prepayments.
S-46
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
GENERAL
The effective yields to the holders of the Class A-3 Certificates, Class
A-4 Certificates and Class A-5 Certificates will be lower than the yields
otherwise produced by the applicable rate at which interest is passed through to
such holders and the purchase price of such Certificates because monthly
distributions will not be payable to such holders until the 25th day (or, if
such day is not a Business Day, the following Business Day) of the month
following the month in which interest accrues on the Group 2 Mortgage Loans
(without any additional distribution of interest or earnings thereon in respect
of such delay).
Each Accrual Period for the Class A-1 Certificates and the Class A-2
Certificates will consist of the actual number of days elapsed from the 25th day
of the month preceding the month of the applicable Distribution Date (or, in the
case of the first Accrual Period, from the Closing Date) through the 24th day of
the month of such Distribution Date.
INTEREST RATE FLUCTUATIONS
The yield to investors on the Class A-1 Certificates will be sensitive to,
among other things, the level of One-Month LIBOR, the level of the Mortgage
Index on each Interest Determination Date and to the additional limitations
specified herein affecting the Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates.
As described herein, the Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates may in
no event exceed the applicable Class A-1 Available Funds Cap, which depends, in
large part, on the Net Mortgage Rates of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans in effect
during the preceding calendar month. Disproportionate principal payments
(whether resulting from full or partial prepayments) on Group 1 Mortgage Loans
having Net Mortgage Rates higher or lower than the Pass-Through Rate for the
Class A-1 Certificates (as calculated solely pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of
the definition of 'Pass-Through Rate' for the Class A-1 Certificates herein)
could therefore affect the yield on such Certificates. In particular, the yield
to maturity of the Class A-1 Certificates could be lower than that otherwise
produced if disproportionate principal payments (including prepayments) are made
on Group 1 Mortgage Loans having Net Mortgage Rates that exceed the related
Pass-Through Rate. Although each of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans bears interest at
an adjustable rate, the interest rate on a majority of such Mortgage Loans will
not adjust for two years, and thereafter, adjustments to such rate is subject to
a Periodic Rate Cap and a Maximum Mortgage Rate. If the Mortgage Index changes
substantially between Adjustment Dates, the adjusted Mortgage Rate on a related
Mortgage Loan may not equal the Mortgage Index plus the related Gross Margin due
to the constraint of such caps. In such event, the related Net Mortgage Rate
will be less than would have been the case in the absence of such caps.
The yield to investors on the Class A-2 Certificates will be sensitive to,
among other things, the level of One-Month LIBOR, and to the additional
limitations specified herein affecting the Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-2
Certificates. As described herein, the Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-2
Certificates may in no event exceed the applicable Class A-2 Net Funds Cap,
which depends, in large part, on the Net Mortgage Rates of the Group 2 Mortgage
Loans in effect during the preceding calendar month. Disproportionate principal
payments (whether resulting from full or partial prepayments) on Group 2
Mortgage Loans having Net Mortgage Rates higher or lower than the Pass-Through
Rate for the Class A-2 Certificates (as calculated solely pursuant to clauses
(i) and (ii) of the definition of 'Pass-Through Rate' for the Class A-2
Certificates herein) could therefore affect the yield on such Certificates. In
particular, the yield to maturity of the Class A-2 Certificates could be lower
than that otherwise produced if disproportionate principal payments (including
prepayments) are made on Group 2 Mortgage Loans having Net Mortgage Rates that
exceed the related Pass-Through Rate.
Although the Mortgage Rates on the Group 1 Mortgage Loan also are subject
to adjustment, the Mortgage Rates adjust less frequently than the Class A-1
Pass-Through Rate and adjust by reference to the Mortgage Index. Changes in
One-Month LIBOR may not correlate with changes in the Mortgage Index and also
may not correlate with prevailing interest rates. It is possible that an
increased level of One-Month LIBOR could occur simultaneously with a lower level
of prevailing interest rates which would be expected to result in faster
prepayments, thereby reducing the weighted average life of the Class A-1
Certificates. In addition, the Mortgage Rate applicable to the Group 1 Mortgage
Loans and any Adjustment Date will be based on the Mortgage Index value most
recently announced generally as of a date 45 days prior to such Adjustment Date.
Thus, if the
S-47
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Mortgage Index value with respect to a Group 1 Mortgage Loan rises, the lag in
time before the corresponding Mortgage Rate increases will, all other things
being equal, slow the upward adjustment of the Class A-1 Available Funds Cap.
See 'The Mortgage Pool' herein.
Although the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides a mechanism to pay
any Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount, there is no assurance that funds will
be available to pay such amount. In addition, the Certificate Insurance Policy
will not cover the payment of, and the ratings assigned to the Class A-1
Certificates do not address the likelihood of the payment of, any such amount.
The extent to which the yield to maturity of a Offered Certificate may vary
from the anticipated yield will depend upon the degree to which it is purchased
at a discount or premium and, correspondingly, the degree to which the timing of
payments thereon is sensitive to prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the
Mortgage Loans. In particular, in the case of a Offered Certificate purchased at
a discount, an investor should consider the risk that a slower than anticipated
rate of principal payments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans in
the related Loan Group could result in an actual yield to such investor that is
lower than the anticipated yield and, in the case of any Offered Certificate
purchased at a premium, the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of
principal payments, liquidations and purchases of such Mortgage Loans could
result in an actual yield to such investor that is lower than the anticipated
yield.
DEFAULTS AND DELINQUENT PAYMENTS
The yield to maturity of the Offered Certificates will be sensitive to
defaults and delinquent payments on the Mortgage Loans. If a purchaser of a
Offered Certificate calculates its anticipated yield based on an assumed rate of
default and amount of losses that is lower than the default rate and amount of
losses actually incurred and not covered by the Certificate Insurance Policy,
its actual yield to maturity will be lower than that so calculated and could, in
the event of substantial losses, be negative. The timing of Realized Losses that
are not covered by payments under the Certificate Insurance Policy will also
affect an investor's actual yield to maturity even if the rate of defaults and
severity of such losses are consistent with an investor's expectations. Realized
Losses will reduce the Available Funds for the related Loan Group which, if not
covered by Net Monthly Excess Cashflow from the other Loan Group, will slow the
amortization of the related Offered Certificates. A draw on the Certificate
Insurance Policy in respect of principal will not be made unless a Subordination
Deficit exists. Thus, Holders of the Offered Certificates may not receive
reimbursement for Realized Losses in the month following the occurrence of such
losses. However, such Holders are entitled to receive ultimate reimbursement for
Realized Losses under the Certificate Insurance Policy. In general, the earlier
a loss occurs, the greater is the effect on an investor's yield to maturity.
There can be no assurance as to the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience
with respect to the Mortgage Loans. Because the Mortgage Loans are underwritten
in accordance with standards less stringent than those generally acceptable to
FNMA and FHLMC with regard to a borrower's credit standing and repayment
ability, the risk of delinquencies with respect to, and losses on, the Mortgage
Loans will be greater than that of mortgage loans underwritten in accordance
with FNMA and FHLMC standards.
PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISKS
The rates of principal payments on the Offered Certificates, the aggregate
amount of distributions on the Offered Certificates and the yield to maturity of
the Offered Certificates will be related to, among other things, the rate and
timing of payments of principal on the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group.
The rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans will in turn be affected by
the amortization schedules of the Mortgage Loans (which, in the case of the
Group 1 Mortgage Loans, will change periodically to accommodate adjustments to
the Mortgage Rates) and by the rate of Principal Prepayments thereon (including
for this purpose, prepayments resulting from (i) refinancing, (ii) liquidations
of the Mortgage Loans due to defaults, casualties and condemnations and (iii)
repurchases by Countrywide or the Master Servicer). The Mortgage Loans may be
prepaid by the mortgagors at any time; however, it is expected that no more than
54.0% and 31.0% of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans and Group 2 Mortgage Loans (by
Loan Group Stated Principal Balance as of the Cut-off Date), respectively, will
have a prepayment charge which may be applied to full prepayments by borrowers
during the first five years after origination under the limited circumstances
described above under 'The Mortgage Pool -- General.' Increases in the required
monthly payments on the Mortgage Loans in excess of those assumed in
underwriting such Mortgage Loans may result in a default rate higher than that
which may
S-48
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
have been experienced had the Mortgage Loans borne fixed interest rates. The
Mortgage Loans are subject to the 'due-on-sale' provisions included therein.
Prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans in a Loan
Group (including any optional purchase by the Master Servicer of a defaulted
Mortgage Loan or any purchase by the Master Servicer or the Certificate Insurer
of the remaining Mortgage Loans and REO Property in such Loan Group in
connection with the optional termination of the Trust Fund) will, subject to
certain conditions, result in distributions to the related Offered
Certificateholders of principal amounts that would otherwise be distributed over
the remaining terms of the Mortgage Loans. Since the rate of payment of
principal on the Mortgage Loans will depend on future events and a variety of
factors, no assurance can be given as to such rate or the rate of Principal
Prepayments.
The rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on pools of mortgage
loans may vary significantly over time and may be influenced by a variety of
economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors'
housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors net equity in the
mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. No assurances can be given as to
the rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans in stable or changing interest
rate environments. In general, if prevailing interest rates were to fall
significantly below the Mortgage Rates on the Mortgage Loans in Loan Group 2 or
the Mortgage Rates on the 2/28 Mortgage Loans prior to their first Adjustment
Dates, such Mortgage Loans could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if
prevailing interest rates were to remain at or above the Mortgage Rates on such
Mortgage Loans. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates were to rise
significantly, the rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans in Loan Group 2
would generally be expected to decrease.
All of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans are adjustable rate mortgage loans
('ARMs'). The rate of principal prepayments with respect to ARMs has fluctuated
in recent years. As is the case with conventional fixed-rate mortgage loans,
ARMs may be subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining
interest rate environment. For example, if prevailing interest rates were to
fall significantly, ARMs could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if
prevailing interest rates were to remain constant because the availability of
fixed-rate mortgage loans at competitive interest rates may encourage mortgagors
to refinance their ARMs to 'lock in' lower fixed interest rates. The existence
of the applicable Periodic Rate Cap and Maximum Mortgage Rate also may affect
the likelihood of prepayments resulting from refinancings. In addition, the 2/28
Mortgage Loans may experience prepayments at rates which differ from the other
ARMs. Finally, the delinquency and loss experience of the ARMs may differ from
that on the fixed rate Mortgage Loans because the amount of the monthly payments
on the ARMs are subject to adjustment on each Adjustment Date. If such different
experience were to occur, the prepayment experience on the Class A-1
Certificates may differ from that on the other classes of Offered Certificates.
The timing of changes in the rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans may
significantly affect an investor's actual yield to maturity, even if the average
rate of principal payments is consistent with an investor's expectation. In
general, the earlier a prepayment of principal on the Mortgage Loans, the
greater the effect on an investor's yield to maturity. The effect on an
investor's yield of principal payments occurring at a rate higher (or lower)
than the rate anticipated by the investor during the period immediately
following the issuance of the Offered Certificates may not be offset by a
subsequent like decrease (or increase) in the rate of principal payments.
OVERCOLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS
The operation of the overcollateralization provisions of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement will affect the weighted average lives of the Offered
Certificates and consequently the yields to maturity of such Certificates.
Unless and until the Subordinated Amount equals the Required Subordinated Amount
for a Certificate Group, Net Monthly Excess Cashflow will be applied as
distributions of principal of the Offered Certificates in such Certificate
Group, thereby reducing the weighted average lives thereof. The actual
Subordinated Amount for a Certificate Group may change from Distribution Date to
Distribution Date producing uneven distributions of Net Monthly Excess Cash
Flow. There can be no assurance as to when or whether any Subordinated Amount
will equal the related Required Subordinated Amount.
Net Monthly Excess Cashflow generally is a function of the excess of
interest collected or advanced on the Mortgage Loans over the interest required
to pay interest on the Offered Certificates, the premium for the
S-49
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Certificate Insurance Policy and certain Trust Fund expenses. Mortgage Loans
with higher Net Mortgage Rates will contribute more interest to the Net Monthly
Excess Cashflow. Mortgage Loans with higher Net Mortgage Rates may prepay faster
than Mortgage Loans with relatively lower Net Mortgage Rates in response to a
given change in market interest rates. Any such disproportionate prepayments of
Mortgage Loans in a Loan Group with higher Net Mortgage Rates may adversely
affect the amount of Net Monthly Excess Cashflow available to make accelerated
payments of principal of the Offered Certificates in the related Certificate
Group.
As a result of the interaction of the foregoing factors, the effect of the
overcollateralization provisions on the weighted average lives of the Offered
Certificates in a Certificate Group may vary significantly over time and, in the
case of the Group 2 Certificates, from class to class.
LIMITATION ON ADJUSTMENTS
Although each of the Mortgage Loans in Loan Group 1 bears interest at an
adjustable Mortgage Rate, a majority of the Mortgage Rates will not adjust for
two years. In addition, the adjustments of the Mortgage Rate for any such
Mortgage Loan will not exceed the Periodic Rate Cap, and the Mortgage Rate will
in no event exceed the Maximum Mortgage Rate for such Mortgage Loan, regardless
of the level of interest rates generally or the rate otherwise produced by
adding the Index and the Gross Margin. In addition, such adjustments will be
subject to rounding to the nearest one-eighth of 1%. Substantially all of the
ARMs were originated at rates that were lower than the sum of the
then-applicable Mortgage Index and the related Gross Margin. Such Mortgage Loans
are more likely to be subject to the applicable Periodic Rate Cap on their
first, and possibly subsequent, Adjustment Dates.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Depositor intends to file certain additional yield tables and other
computational materials with respect to one or more Classes of Offered
Certificates with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a report on Form 8-K
to be dated February 24, 1997. Such tables and materials were prepared by the
Underwriters at the request of certain prospective investors, based on
assumptions provided by, and satisfying the special requirements of, such
prospective investors. Such tables and assumptions may be based on assumptions
that differ from the Structuring Assumptions. Accordingly, such tables and other
materials may not be relevant to or appropriate for investors other than those
specifically requesting them.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES
The following information is given solely to illustrate the effect of
prepayments on the Mortgage Loans on the weighted average lives of the
Certificates under the stated assumptions and is not a prediction of the
prepayment rate that might actually be experienced by the Mortgage Loans.
Weighted average life refers to the average amount of time from the date of
issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of such security will be
repaid to the investor. The weighted average life of the Offered Certificates
will be affected primarily by the rate at which principal on the Mortgage Loans
in the related Loan Group is paid. Principal payments on the Mortgage Loans may
be in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments (for this purpose, the
term 'prepayment' includes repayments and liquidations due to default or other
dispositions of the Mortgage Loans). Prepayments on contracts may be measured by
a prepayment standard or model. The model used in this Prospectus Supplement
('Prepayment Model') is based on an assumed rate of prepayment each month of the
then unpaid principal balance of a pool of mortgage loans similar to the
Mortgage Loans. For the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, 100% of the Prepayment Model
assumes a conditional prepayment rate ('CPR') of 2.5% per annum of the then
unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loans in the first month of the life
of the mortgage loans and an additional 2.5% per annum in each month thereafter
until the 10th month. Beginning in the 10th month and in each month thereafter
during the life of the mortgage loans, 100% of the Prepayment Model for the
Group 1 Mortgage Loans assumes a CPR of 25%. For the Group 2 Mortgage Loans,
100% of the Prepayment Model assumes a CPR of 2.3% per annum of the then unpaid
principal balance of such mortgage loans in the first month of the life of the
mortgage loans and an additional 2.3% per annum in each month thereafter until
the 10th month. Beginning in the 10th month and in each month thereafter during
the life of the mortgage loans, 100% of the Prepayment Model for the Group 2
Mortgage Loans assumes a CRP of 23% per annum.
S-50
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
As used in the following tables '0% of the Prepayment Model' assumes no
prepayments on the Mortgage Loans; '100% of the Prepayment Model' assumes the
Mortgage Loans will prepay at rates equal to 100% of the Prepayment Model
assumed prepayment rates; '175% of the Prepayment Model' assumes the Mortgage
Loans will prepay at rates equal to 175% of the Prepayment Model assumed
prepayment rates; '250% of the Prepayment Model' assumes the Mortgage Loans will
prepay at rates equal to 250% of the Prepayment Model assumed prepayment rates;
and '350% of the Prepayment Model' assumes the Mortgage Loans will prepay at
rates equal to 350% of the Prepayment Model assumed prepayment rates.
There is no assurance, however, that prepayments on the Mortgage Loans will
conform to any level of the Prepayment Model, and no representation is made that
the Mortgage Loans will prepay at the prepayment rates shown or any other
prepayment rate. The rate of principal payments on pools of mortgage loans is
influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors,
including the level of interest rates. Other factors affecting prepayment of
mortgage loans include changes in obligors' housing needs, job transfers and
unemployment. In the case of mortgage loans in general, if prevailing interest
rates fall significantly below the interest rates on such mortgage loans, the
mortgage loans are likely to be subject to higher prepayment rates than if
prevailing interest rates remain at or above the rates borne by such mortgage
loans. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise above the interest on such
mortgage loans, the rate of prepayment would be expected to decrease.
The tables set forth below assume that there are no delinquencies on the
Mortgage Loans and that there will be sufficient Available Funds to distribute
interest on the Certificates and the Group Principal Distribution Amount to the
Certificateholders then entitled thereto.
The percentages and weighted average lives in the following tables were
determined assuming that (i) scheduled interest and principal payments on the
Mortgage Loans are received in a timely manner and prepayments are made at the
indicated percentages of the Prepayment Model set forth in the tables (except
that with respect to the March 1997 Distribution Date no prepayments were
received); (ii) the Master Servicer does exercise its right of optional
termination described above; (iii) the Mortgage Loans will, as of the Cut-off
Date, have the characteristics set forth below under 'Assumed Group 1 Mortgage
Loan Characteristics' and 'Assumed Group 2 Mortgage Loan Characteristics'; (iii)
a servicing fee of 0.50% per annum will be paid to the Master Servicer; (iv) the
closing date of the sale of the Offered Certificates is as set forth in 'Summary
of Terms' herein; and (v) with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, the
Mortgage Index is 5.6133% per annum. No representation is made that the Mortgage
Loans will experience delinquencies or losses at the respective rates assumed
above or at any other rates.
ASSUMED GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOAN CHARACTERISTICS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL ORIGINAL REMAINING
CURRENT GROSS TERM TO TERM TO MAXIMUM NEXT RATE
PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE MATURITY MATURITY GROSS RATE PERIODIC ADJUSTMENT
AMORTIZATION METHODOLOGY BALANCE RATE (MONTHS) (MONTHS) MARGIN CAP RATE CAP DATE
- ------------------------------- -------------- -------- --------- --------- ------ ------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Level Pay...................... $25,638,328.83 8.722% 352 351 5.8180% 15.2220% 1.5000% May 1997
Level Pay...................... $16,721,740.60 8.723% 358 358 5.9370% 15.2230% 1.5000% June 1997
Level Pay...................... $27,559,600.00 8.528% 356 356 5.8820% 15.0280% 1.5000% July 1997
Level Pay...................... $37,965,459.86 9.661% 360 359 6.3360% 16.1610% 1.5000% November 1998
Level Pay...................... $34,259,277.50 9.835% 359 359 6.4100% 16.3350% 1.5000% December 1998
Level Pay...................... $30,855,593.22 9.639% 360 360 6.1590% 16.1390% 1.5000% January 1999
<CAPTION>
RATE
ADJUSTMENT
AMORTIZATION METHODOLOGY FREQUENCY
- ------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
Level Pay...................... 6 Months
Level Pay...................... 6 Months
Level Pay...................... 6 Months
Level Pay...................... 6 Months
Level Pay...................... 6 Months
Level Pay...................... 6 Months
</TABLE>
ASSUMED GROUP 2 MORTGAGE LOAN CHARACTERISTICS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ORIGINAL REMAINING ORIGINAL
CURRENT GROSS TERM TO TERM TO AMORTIZATION
PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE MATURITY MATURITY TERM
AMORTIZATION METHODOLOGY BALANCE RATE (MONTHS) (MONTHS) (MONTHS)
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------- -------- --------- --------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Level Pay..................................... $47,405,375.49 10.447% 180 180 180
Level Pay..................................... $ 4,755,868.05 10.081% 180 180 180
Balloon....................................... $20,812,446.29 10.464% 180 180 360
Level Pay..................................... $33,026,310.17 10.442% 360 360 360
</TABLE>
S-51
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Since the tables were prepared on the basis of the assumptions in the
preceding paragraph, there are discrepancies between the characteristics of the
actual Mortgage Loans in each Loan Group and the characteristics of the mortgage
loans assumed in preparing the tables. Any such discrepancy may have an effect
upon the percentages of the Original Class Certificate Principal Balance for the
Offered Certificates outstanding and weighted average lives of such Classes of
Certificates set forth in the tables. In addition, since the actual Mortgage
Loans and the Trust Fund have characteristics which differ from those assumed in
preparing the tables set forth below, the distributions of principal on the
Offered Certificates may be made earlier or later than as indicated in the
tables.
It is not likely that the Mortgage Loans will prepay at any constant
percentage of the Prepayment Model to maturity or that all the Mortgage Loans
will prepay at the same rate. In addition, the diverse remaining terms to
maturity of the Mortgage Loans (which include recently originated Mortgage
Loans) could produce slower distributions of principal than as indicated in the
tables at the various percentages of the Prepayment Model specified even if the
weighted average remaining term to maturity of the Mortgage Loans is the same as
the weighted average remaining term to maturity of the Assumed Group 1 Mortgage
Loan Characteristics or the Assumed Group 2 Mortgage Loan Characteristics.
Investors are urged to make their investment decisions on a basis that
includes their determination as to anticipated prepayment rates under a variety
of the assumptions discussed herein.
Based on the foregoing assumptions, the following tables indicate the
percentage of the Original Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Offered
Certificates that would be outstanding after each of the dates shown at the
indicated percentages of the Prepayment Model and the corresponding weighted
average lives of such Classes of Certificates.
S-52
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CLASS CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THE CLASS A-1
CERTIFICATES AT THE RESPECTIVE PERCENTAGES OF THE
PREPAYMENT MODEL SET FORTH BELOW:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREPAYMENTS (% OF PREPAYMENT MODEL)
------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE 0% 100% 175% 250% 300%
- ----------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Percentage......................................................... 100 100 100 100 100
February 1998.............................................................. 97 81 68 54 44
February 1999.............................................................. 96 59 37 19 9
February 2000.............................................................. 96 44 21 0 0
February 2001.............................................................. 95 33 12 0 0
February 2002.............................................................. 95 24 0 0 0
February 2003.............................................................. 94 18 0 0 0
February 2004.............................................................. 93 14 0 0 0
February 2005.............................................................. 92 10 0 0 0
February 2006.............................................................. 91 0 0 0 0
February 2007.............................................................. 90 0 0 0 0
February 2008.............................................................. 89 0 0 0 0
February 2009.............................................................. 87 0 0 0 0
February 2010.............................................................. 86 0 0 0 0
February 2011.............................................................. 84 0 0 0 0
February 2012.............................................................. 82 0 0 0 0
February 2013.............................................................. 80 0 0 0 0
February 2014.............................................................. 77 0 0 0 0
February 2015.............................................................. 74 0 0 0 0
February 2016.............................................................. 71 0 0 0 0
February 2017.............................................................. 68 0 0 0 0
February 2018.............................................................. 63 0 0 0 0
February 2019.............................................................. 59 0 0 0 0
February 2020.............................................................. 54 0 0 0 0
February 2021.............................................................. 48 0 0 0 0
February 2022.............................................................. 42 0 0 0 0
February 2023.............................................................. 35 0 0 0 0
February 2024.............................................................. 27 0 0 0 0
February 2025.............................................................. 18 0 0 0 0
February 2026.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2027.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2028.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life (years)(1)........................................... 21.4 3.3 1.9 1.3 1.1
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The weighted average life of the Class A-1 Certificates is determined by (i)
multiplying the amount of each principal distribution by the number of years
from the initial date of issuance of the Class A-1 Certificates to the
related Distribution Date, (ii) summing the results and (iii) dividing the
sum by the initial Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A-1
Certificates.
S-53
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CLASS CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THE CLASS A-2
CERTIFICATES AT THE RESPECTIVE PERCENTAGES OF THE
PREPAYMENT MODEL SET FORTH BELOW:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREPAYMENTS (% OF PREPAYMENT MODEL)
------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE 0% 100% 175% 250% 300%
- ----------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Percentage......................................................... 100 100 100 100 100
February 1998.............................................................. 85 49 20 0 0
February 1999.............................................................. 80 0 0 0 0
February 2000.............................................................. 75 0 0 0 0
February 2001.............................................................. 69 0 0 0 0
February 2002.............................................................. 62 0 0 0 0
February 2003.............................................................. 55 0 0 0 0
February 2004.............................................................. 47 0 0 0 0
February 2005.............................................................. 37 0 0 0 0
February 2006.............................................................. 27 0 0 0 0
February 2007.............................................................. 16 0 0 0 0
February 2008.............................................................. 4 0 0 0 0
February 2009.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2010.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2011.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2012.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2013.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2014.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2015.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2016.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2017.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2018.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2019.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2020.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2021.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2022.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2023.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2024.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2025.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2026.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2027.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2028.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life (years)(1)........................................... 6.1 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.6
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The weighted average life of the Class A-2 Certificates is determined by (i)
multiplying the amount of each principal distribution by the number of years
from the initial date of issuance of the Class A-2 Certificates to the
related Distribution Date, (ii) summing the results and (iii) dividing the
sum by the initial Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A-2
Certificates.
S-54
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CLASS CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THE CLASS A-3
CERTIFICATES AT THE RESPECTIVE PERCENTAGES OF THE
PREPAYMENT MODEL SET FORTH BELOW:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREPAYMENTS (% OF PREPAYMENT MODEL)
------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE 0% 100% 175% 250% 300%
- ----------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Percentage......................................................... 100 100 100 100 100
February 1998.............................................................. 100 100 100 89 63
February 1999.............................................................. 100 94 31 0 0
February 2000.............................................................. 100 47 0 0 0
February 2001.............................................................. 100 14 0 0 0
February 2002.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2003.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2004.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2005.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2006.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2007.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2008.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2009.............................................................. 88 0 0 0 0
February 2010.............................................................. 70 0 0 0 0
February 2011.............................................................. 51 0 0 0 0
February 2012.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2013.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2014.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2015.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2016.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2017.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2018.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2019.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2020.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2021.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2022.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2023.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2024.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2025.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2026.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2027.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2028.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life (years)(1)........................................... 13.8 3.0 1.8 1.3 1.1
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The weighted average life of the Class A-3 Certificates is determined by (i)
multiplying the amount of each principal distribution by the number of years
from the initial date of issuance of the Class A-3 Certificates to the
related Distribution Date, (ii) summing the results and (iii) dividing the
sum by the initial Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A-3
Certificates.
S-55
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CLASS CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THE CLASS A-4
CERTIFICATES AT THE RESPECTIVE PERCENTAGES OF THE
PREPAYMENT MODEL SET FORTH BELOW:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREPAYMENTS (% OF PREPAYMENT MODEL)
------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE 0% 100% 175% 250% 300%
- ----------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Percentage......................................................... 100 100 100 100 100
February 1998.............................................................. 100 100 100 100 100
February 1999.............................................................. 100 100 100 48 0
February 2000.............................................................. 100 100 59 0 0
February 2001.............................................................. 100 100 0 0 0
February 2002.............................................................. 100 72 0 0 0
February 2003.............................................................. 100 27 0 0 0
February 2004.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2005.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2006.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2007.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2008.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2009.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2010.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2011.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2012.............................................................. 65 0 0 0 0
February 2013.............................................................. 60 0 0 0 0
February 2014.............................................................. 54 0 0 0 0
February 2015.............................................................. 48 0 0 0 0
February 2016.............................................................. 41 0 0 0 0
February 2017.............................................................. 34 0 0 0 0
February 2018.............................................................. 25 0 0 0 0
February 2019.............................................................. 16 0 0 0 0
February 2020.............................................................. 6 0 0 0 0
February 2021.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2022.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2023.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2024.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2025.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2026.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2027.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2028.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life (years)(1)........................................... 18.2 5.5 3.2 2.0 1.6
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The weighted average life of the Class A-4 Certificates is determined by (i)
multiplying the amount of each principal distribution by the number of years
from the initial date of issuance of the Class A-4 Certificates to the
related Distribution Date, (ii) summing the results and (iii) dividing the
sum by the initial Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A-4
Certificates.
S-56
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CLASS CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THE CLASS A-5
CERTIFICATES AT THE RESPECTIVE PERCENTAGES OF THE
PREPAYMENT MODEL SET FORTH BELOW:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREPAYMENTS (% OF PREPAYMENT MODEL)
------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE 0% 100% 175% 250% 300%
- ----------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Percentage......................................................... 100 100 100 100 100
February 1998.............................................................. 100 100 100 100 100
February 1999.............................................................. 100 100 100 100 81
February 2000.............................................................. 100 100 100 0 0
February 2001.............................................................. 100 100 91 0 0
February 2002.............................................................. 100 100 0 0 0
February 2003.............................................................. 100 100 0 0 0
February 2004.............................................................. 100 93 0 0 0
February 2005.............................................................. 100 69 0 0 0
February 2006.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2007.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2008.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2009.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2010.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2011.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2012.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2013.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2014.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2015.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2016.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2017.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2018.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2019.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2020.............................................................. 100 0 0 0 0
February 2021.............................................................. 95 0 0 0 0
February 2022.............................................................. 83 0 0 0 0
February 2023.............................................................. 69 0 0 0 0
February 2024.............................................................. 55 0 0 0 0
February 2025.............................................................. 38 0 0 0 0
February 2026.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2027.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
February 2028.............................................................. 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life (years)(1)........................................... 27.0 8.0 4.4 2.8 2.2
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The weighted average life of the Class A-5 Certificates is determined by (i)
multiplying the amount of each principal distribution by the number of years
from the initial date of issuance of the Class A-5 Certificates to the
related Distribution Date, (ii) summing the results and (iii) dividing the
sum by the initial Class Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A-5
Certificates.
S-57
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Depositor will apply the net proceeds of the sale of the Offered
Certificates against the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
An election will be made to treat the Trust Fund as a 'real estate mortgage
investment conduit' (a 'REMIC') for federal income tax purposes. The Offered
Certificates will constitute 'regular interests' in the REMICs and the Residual
Certificates will constitute the sole class of 'residual interests' in the
REMIC.
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
The Offered Certificates may be issued with original issue discount for
federal income tax purposes. For purposes of determining the amount and rate of
accrual of original issue discount and market discount, the Depositor intends to
assume that there will be prepayments on the Mortgage Loans at a rate equal to
100% of the Prepayment Model. No representation is made as to whether the
Mortgage Loans will prepay at that rate or any other rate. See 'Yield,
Prepayment and Maturity Considerations' herein and 'Federal Income Tax
Consequences' in the Prospectus.
The Offered Certificates may be treated as being issued at a premium. In
such case, the Offered Certificateholders may elect under Section 171 of the
Code to amortize such premium under the constant yield method and to treat such
amortizable premium as an offset to interest income on the Certificates. Such
election, however, applies to all the Certificateholder's debt instruments
acquired on or after the first taxable year in which the election is first made,
and should only be made after consulting with a tax adviser.
If the method for computing original issue discount described in the
Prospectus results in a negative amount for any period with respect to a
Certificateholder, such Certificateholder will be permitted to offset such
amounts only against the respective future income, if any, from such
Certificate. Although the tax treatment is uncertain, a Certificateholder may be
permitted to deduct a loss to the extent that such Holder's respective remaining
basis in such Certificate exceeds the maximum amount of future payments to which
such Holder is entitled, assuming no further Principal Prepayments of the
Mortgage Loans are received. Although the matter is not free from doubt, any
such loss might be treated as a capital loss.
SPECIAL TAX ATTRIBUTES OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES
As is described more fully under 'Federal Income Tax Consequences' in the
Prospectus, the Offered Certificates will represent qualifying assets under
Sections 856(c)(5)(A) and 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code, and net interest income
attributable to the Offered Certificates will be 'interest on obligations
secured by mortgages on real property' within the meaning of Section
856(c)(3)(B) of the Code, to the extent the assets of the Trust Fund are assets
described in such sections. The Offered Certificates will represent qualifying
assets under Section 860G(a)(3) if acquired by a REMIC within the prescribed
time periods of the Code.
PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS TAX AND OTHER TAXES
The Code imposes a tax on REMICs equal to 100% of the net income derived
from 'prohibited transactions' (the 'Prohibited Transactions Tax'). In general,
subject to certain specified exceptions, a prohibited transaction means the
disposition of a Mortgage Loan, the receipt of income from a source other than a
Mortgage Loan or certain other permitted investments, the receipt of
compensation for services, or gain from the disposition of an asset purchased
with the payments on the Mortgage Loans for temporary investment pending
distribution on the Certificates. It is not anticipated that the Trust Fund will
engage in any prohibited transactions in which it would recognize a material
amount of net income.
In addition, certain contributions to a trust fund that elects to be
treated as a REMIC made after the day on which such trust fund issues all of its
interests could result in the imposition of a tax on the trust fund equal to
100% of the value of the contributed property (the 'Contributions Tax'). The
Trust Fund will not accept contributions that would subject it to such tax.
S-58
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
In addition, a trust fund that elects to be treated as a REMIC may also be
subject to federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on 'net income from
foreclosure property,' determined by reference to the rules applicable to real
estate investment trusts. 'Net income from foreclosure property' generally means
gain from the sale of a foreclosure property other than qualifying rents and
other qualifying income for a real estate investment trust. It is not
anticipated that the Trust Fund will recognize net income from foreclosure
property subject to federal income tax.
Where any Prohibited Transactions Tax, Contributions Tax, tax on net income
from foreclosure property or state or local income or franchise tax that may be
imposed on the REMIC arises out of a breach of the Master Servicer's or the
Trustee's obligations, as the case may be, under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and in respect of compliance with then applicable law, such tax will
be borne by the Master Servicer or Trustee in either case out of its own funds.
In the event that either the Master Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be,
fails to pay or is not required to pay any such tax as provided above, such tax
will be paid by the Trust Fund first with amounts otherwise distributable to the
Holders of Certificates in the manner provided in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. It is not anticipated that any material state or local income or
franchise tax will be imposed on the Trust Fund.
For further information regarding the federal income tax consequences of
investing in the Offered Certificates, see 'Federal Income Tax
Consequences -- REMIC Certificates' in the Prospectus.
STATE TAXES
The Depositor makes no representations regarding the tax consequences of
purchase, ownership or disposition of the Offered Certificates under the tax
laws of any state. Investors considering an investment in the Offered
Certificates should consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax
consequences.
All investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the federal,
state, local or foreign income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Offered Certificates.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ('ERISA'), prohibits 'parties in interest' with respect to an employee
benefit plan subject to ERISA and/or a plan or other arrangement subject to the
excise tax provisions set forth under Section 4975 of the Code (each of the
foregoing, a 'Plan') from engaging in certain transactions involving such Plan
and its assets unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies to the
transaction. Section 4975 of the Code imposes certain excise taxes on prohibited
transactions involving plans described under that Section; ERISA authorizes the
imposition of civil penalties for prohibited transactions involving plans not
covered under Section 4975 of the Code. Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to
cause a Plan to acquire any of the Offered Certificates should consult with its
counsel with respect to the potential consequences under ERISA and the Code of
the Plan's acquisition and ownership of such Certificates. See 'ERISA
Considerations' in the Prospectus.
Certain employee benefit plans, including governmental plans and certain
church plans, are not subject to ERISA's requirements. Accordingly, assets of
such plans may be invested in the Offered Certificates without regard to the
ERISA considerations described herein and in the Prospectus, subject to the
provisions of other applicable federal and state law. Any such plan which is
qualified and exempt from taxation under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code
may nonetheless be subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in
Section 503 of the Code.
Except as noted above, investments by Plans are subject to ERISA's general
fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan. A fiduciary which decides to
invest the assets of a Plan in the Offered Certificates should consider, among
other factors, the extreme sensitivity of the investments to the rate of
principal payments (including prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans.
The U.S. Department of Labor has granted to Prudential Securities
Incorporated an administrative exemption (Prohibited Transaction Exemption
90-32; Exemption Application No. D-8145, 55 Fed. Reg. 23147 (1990)) (the
'Exemption') from certain of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the
related excise tax provisions of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the
initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent
S-59
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
resale by Plans of certificates in pass-through trusts that consist of certain
receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Exemption. The Exemption applies to mortgage loans such as
the Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund.
Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply are
the following:
(1) the acquisition of the certificates by a Plan is on terms
(including the price for the certificates) that are at least as favorable
to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction with an
unrelated party;
(2) the rights and interest evidenced by the certificates acquired by
the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced by
other certificates of the trust fund;
(3) the certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating at
the time of such acquisition that is one of the three highest generic
rating categories from Standard & Poor's, a division of the McGraw-Hill
Companies ('S&P'), Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ('Moody's'), Duff &
Phelps Credit Rating Co. ('DCR') or Fitch Investors Service, L.P.
('Fitch');
(4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of the
Restricted Group (as defined below);
(5) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the underwriters
in connection with the distribution of the certificates represents not more
than reasonable compensation for underwriting the certificates; the sum of
all payments made to and retained by the seller pursuant to the assignment
of the loans to the trust fund represents not more than the fair market
value of such loans; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the
servicer and any other servicer represents not more than reasonable
compensation for such person's services under the agreement pursuant to
which the loans are pooled and reimbursements of such person's reasonable
expenses in connection therewith; and
(6) the Plan investing in the certificates is an 'accredited investor'
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.
The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:
(i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets of
the type that have been included in other investment pools;
(ii) certificates in such other investment pools must have been
rated in one of the three highest rating categories of S&P, Moody's,
Fitch or DCR for at least one year prior to the Plan's acquisition of
certificates; and
(iii) certificates evidencing interests in such other investment
pools must have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at
least one year prior to any Plan's acquisition of certificates.
Moreover, the Exemption provides relief from certain self-dealing/conflict
of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when the Plan fiduciary
causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust as to which the fiduciary (or
its affiliate) is an obligor on the receivables held in the trust provided that,
among other requirements, (i) in the case of an acquisition in connection with
the initial issuance of certificates, at least fifty percent (50%) of each class
of certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired by persons independent
of the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor
with respect to five percent (5%) or less of the fair market value of the
obligations contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's investment in certificates
of any class does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all of the
certificates of that class outstanding at the time of the acquisition; and (iv)
immediately after the acquisition, no more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the
assets of the Plan with respect to which such person is a fiduciary are invested
in certificates representing an interest in one or more trusts containing assets
sold or serviced by the same entity. The Exemption does not apply to Plans
sponsored by either Underwriter, the Trustee, the Master Servicer, any obligor
with respect to Mortgage Loans included in the Trust Fund constituting more than
five percent of the aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the
Trust Fund, or any affiliate of such parties (the 'Restricted Group').
It is expected that the Exemption will apply to the acquisition and holding
of the Offered Certificates by Plans and that all conditions of the Exemption
other than those within the control of the investors will be met. In addition,
as of the date hereof, there is no single Mortgagor that is the obligor on five
percent (5%) of the Mortgage Loans included in the Trust Fund by aggregate
unamortized principal balance of the assets of the Trust Fund.
S-60
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Prospective Plan investors should consult with their legal advisors
concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the applicability of PTCE 83-1
described in the Prospectus and the Exemption, and the potential consequences in
their specific circumstances, prior to making an investment in the Offered
Certificates. Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the
general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, an
investment in the Offered Certificates is appropriate for the Plan, taking into
account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the
Plan's investment portfolio.
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
between the Depositor, Prudential Securities Incorporated and Countrywide
Securities Corporation (an affiliate of the Depositor, the Seller and the Master
Servicer and, together with Prudential Securities Incorporated, the
'Underwriters'), the Depositor has agreed to sell the Offered Certificates to
the Underwriters, and the Underwriters have respectively agreed to purchase from
the Depositor the respective initial Class Certificate Principal Balance of
Offered Certificates from the Depositor set forth below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS CERTIFICATE CLASS CERTIFICATE CLASS CERTIFICATE CLASS CERTIFICATE CLASS CERTIFICATE
PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
OF CLASS A-1 OF CLASS A-2 OF CLASS A-3 OF CLASS A-4 OF CLASS A-5
UNDERWRITERS CERTIFICATES CERTIFICATES CERTIFICATES CERTIFICATES CERTIFICATES
- ---------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Prudential Securities
Incorporated........ $ 86,500,000 $20,350,000 $17,500,000 $ 7,338,500 $ 7,811,500
Countrywide Securities
Corporation......... $ 86,500,000 $20,350,000 $17,500,000 $ 7,338,500 $ 7,811,500
----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total....... $ 173,000,000 $40,700,000 $35,000,000 $14,677,000 $15,623,000
----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
</TABLE>
The Depositor has been advised that the Underwriters propose initially to
offer the Certificates to certain dealers at such price less a selling
concession not to exceed the percentage of the Certificate denomination set
forth below, and that the Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow a
reallowance discount not to exceed the percentage of the Certificate
denomination set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SELLING REALLOWANCE
CLASS OF CERTIFICATE CONCESSION DISCOUNT
---------------------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Class A-1 Certificates.............................................. 0.135% 0.0675%
Class A-2 Certificates.............................................. 0.100% 0.0500%
Class A-3 Certificates.............................................. 0.135% 0.0675%
Class A-4 Certificates.............................................. 0.150% 0.0750%
Class A-5 Certificates.............................................. 0.195% 0.0975%
</TABLE>
After the initial public offering, the public offering price, such
concessions and such discounts may be changed.
The Depositor has been advised by each Underwriter that it intends to make
a market in the Offered Certificates, but neither Underwriter has any obligation
to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the Offered
Certificates will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue or that
such market will provide sufficient liquidity to Certificateholders.
The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against, or make
contributions to the Underwriters with respect to, certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Certificates, including certain federal income tax
consequences with respect thereto, will be passed upon for the Depositor by
Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York. Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York,
New York, will pass upon certain legal matters on behalf of the Underwriters.
S-61
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
RATINGS
It is a condition of the issuance of the Offered Certificates that they be
rated AAA and Aaa by S&P and Moody's, respectively (Moody's, together with S&P,
the 'Rating Agencies').
The security ratings assigned to the Offered Certificates should be
evaluated independently from similar ratings on other types of securities. A
security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may
be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the Rating Agencies. The
ratings on the Offered Certificates do not, however, constitute statements
regarding the likelihood or frequency of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans, the
payment of the Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount or the anticipated yields
in light of prepayments.
The ratings assigned by S&P to mortgage pass-through certificates address
the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the mortgage loans by the
related certificateholders under the agreements pursuant to which such
certificates are issued. S&P's ratings take into consideration the credit
quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent
to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool is adequate to make payments
required by such certificates. S&P's ratings on such certificates do not,
however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the
related mortgage loans.
The ratings assigned by Moody's to mortgage pass-through certificates
address the likelihood of the receipt by certificateholders of all distributions
to which such certificateholders are entitled. Moody's ratings on mortgage
pass-through certificates do not represent any assessment of the likelihood or
rate of principal prepayments. The ratings do not address the possibility that
certificateholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield as a result of
prepayments.
The Depositor has not requested a rating of the Offered Certificates by any
rating agency other than S&P and Moody's. However, there can be no assurance as
to whether any other rating agency will rate the Offered Certificates or, if it
does, what ratings would be assigned by such other rating agency. The ratings
assigned by such other rating agency to the Offered Certificates could be lower
than the respective ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of MBIA Insurance Corporation and its
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994 and for the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1995, incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus Supplement, have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P.,
independent accountants, as set forth in their report thereon and are
incorporated by reference herein in reliance on the authority of that firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
S-62
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2/28 Mortgage Loans...................................................................................... S-16
Accrual Period...........................................................................................S-7, S-35
Adjustment Date.......................................................................................... S-15
Advance.................................................................................................. S-26
Advances................................................................................................. S-10
Agreement................................................................................................ S-43
ALTA..................................................................................................... S-22
Alternative Documentation Program........................................................................ S-21
ARMs...............................................................................................S-2, S-13, S-49
Available Funds.......................................................................................... S-33
Available Funds Shortfall................................................................................ S-35
B&C...................................................................................................... S-15
Beneficial owner......................................................................................... S-27
Book-Entry Certificates.................................................................................. S-27
Business Day............................................................................................. S-44
Carry-Forward Amount..................................................................................... S-35
Cede..................................................................................................... S-6
CEDEL.................................................................................................... S-6
CEDEL Participants....................................................................................... S-29
Certificate Account...................................................................................... S-31
Certificate Group 1...................................................................................... S-5
Certificate Group 2...................................................................................... S-5
Certificate Insurance Policy.......................................................................Cover, S-3, S-9
Certificate Insurer.................................................................................S-3, S-5, S-42
Certificate Owners.......................................................................................S-6, S-27
Certificates........................................................................................S-2, S-5, S-27
Chase.................................................................................................... S-6
Citibank................................................................................................. S-6
Class A-1 Available Funds Cap............................................................................S-8, S-35
Class A-1 Basis Risk Carryover Amount.................................................................... S-35
Class A-1 Certificates............................................................................Cover, S-5, S-27
Class A-1 Pass-Through Margin............................................................................S-8, S-36
Class A-1 Weighted Maximum Rate Cap...........................................................................S-36
Class A-2 Certificates............................................................................Cover, S-5, S-27
Class A-2 Pass-Through Margin............................................................................S-8, S-36
Class A-2 Net Funds Cap..................................................................................S-8, S-36
Class A-3 Certificates............................................................................Cover, S-5, S-27
Class A-4 Certificates............................................................................Cover, S-5, S-27
Class A-5 Certificates............................................................................Cover, S-5, S-27
Class Certificate Principal Balance...................................................................... S-36
Closing Date............................................................................................. Cover
Collateral Value......................................................................................... S-18
Contributions Tax........................................................................................ S-56
Cooperative.............................................................................................. S-29
Countrywide...................................................................................S-2, S-5, S-15, S-23
CPR...................................................................................................... S-50
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance...................................................................... S-15
</TABLE>
S-63
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
DCR...................................................................................................... S-58
debt-to-income ratio....................................................................................S-22, S-34
Deficiency Amount.......................................................................................S-36, S-44
Definitive Certificate................................................................................... S-27
Deleted Mortgage Loan.................................................................................... S-19
Depositor................................................................................................ S-5
Detailed Description..................................................................................... S-15
Determination Date....................................................................................... S-7
Distribution Account..................................................................................... S-32
Distribution Date...................................................................................S-2, S-6, S-31
DTC......................................................................................................S-6, S-27
Due Dates................................................................................................ S-26
Due Period............................................................................................... S-36
ERISA...................................................................................................S-11, S-57
Euroclear................................................................................................ S-6
Euroclear Operator....................................................................................... S-29
Euroclear Participants................................................................................... S-29
European Depositaries....................................................................................S-6, S-27
Excess Proceeds.......................................................................................... S-36
Excess Subordinated Amount............................................................................... S-36
Exemption................................................................................................ S-57
FHLMC.................................................................................................... S-20
Financial Intermediary................................................................................... S-28
Fiscal Agent............................................................................................. S-43
Fitch.................................................................................................... S-58
FNMA..................................................................................................... S-20
Full Doc Program......................................................................................... S-21
GAAP..................................................................................................... S-45
Gross Margin............................................................................................. S-15
Group 1 Available Funds Rate Adjustment..................................................................S-8, S-36
Group 1 Cut-off Date Principal Balance................................................................... S-6
Group 1 Mortgage Loans....................................................................................S-2, S-6
Group 2 Cut-off Date Principal Balance................................................................... S-6
Group 2 Mortgage Loans....................................................................................S-2, S-6
Group Principal Distribution Amount......................................................................S-8, S-36
Indirect Participants.................................................................................... S-28
Insurance Agreement...................................................................................... S-38
Insurance Proceeds....................................................................................... S-31
Insured Distribution Amount.............................................................................S-10, S-37
Insured Payment.......................................................................................... S-44
Interest Determination Date.............................................................................. S-39
Interest Distribution Amount.............................................................................S-7, S-50
LIBOR Business Day....................................................................................... S-39
Liquidated Loan.......................................................................................... S-38
Liquidation Proceeds..................................................................................... S-31
Loan Group................................................................................................S-2, S-6
Loan Group Stated Principal Balance...................................................................... S-37
Loan-to-Value Ratio...................................................................................... S-18
Master Servicer...........................................................................................S-2, S-5
</TABLE>
S-64
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Master Servicer Advance Date............................................................................. S-26
Master Servicer Termination Trigger Event................................................................ S-42
Maximum Mortgage Rate.................................................................................... S-16
Minimum Mortgage Rate.................................................................................... S-16
Moody's.................................................................................................S-11, S-58
Mortgage Index......................................................................................S-2, S-6, S-15
Mortgage Loans............................................................................................S-2, S-6
Mortgage Pool.............................................................................................S-2, S-5
mortgage related securities.............................................................................. S-11
Mortgaged Properties..................................................................................... S-6
Net Monthly Excess Cashflow.............................................................................. S-37
Net Mortgage Rate........................................................................................ S-19
Notice................................................................................................... S-44
Offered Certificates..............................................................................Cover, S-5, S-29
One-Month LIBOR..........................................................................................S-2, S-39
Optional Termination Date...............................................................................S-10, S-41
Original Class Certificate Principal Balance............................................................. S-36
Owner.................................................................................................... S-44
Participants............................................................................................. S-28
Pass-Through Rate.......................................................................................S-37, S-47
Percentage Interest...................................................................................... S-31
Periodic Rate Cap........................................................................................ S-15
Plan....................................................................................................S-11, S-57
Pool Stated Principal Balance............................................................................ S-38
Pooling and Servicing Agreement..........................................................................S-5, S-27
Preference Amount........................................................................................ S-44
Premium Amount........................................................................................... S-38
Premium Percentage....................................................................................... S-38
Prepayment Interest Excess............................................................................... S-26
Prepayment Interest Shortfall............................................................................ S-26
Prepayment Model......................................................................................... S-50
Prepayment Period........................................................................................ S-34
Principal Prepayment..................................................................................... S-38
prohibited transaction................................................................................... S-11
Prohibited Transactions Tax.............................................................................. S-56
Prospectus............................................................................................... S-3
Purchase Price........................................................................................... S-19
Rating Agencies.........................................................................................S-11, S-60
Realized Loss............................................................................................ S-38
Record Date..............................................................................................S-6, S-31
Reduced Documentation Program............................................................................ S-21
Reference Banks.......................................................................................... S-39
regular interests.......................................................................................S-10, S-56
Reimbursement Amount..................................................................................... S-38
Relevant Depositary...................................................................................... S-27
Relief Act Shortfalls.................................................................................... S-37
REMIC..............................................................................................S-3, S-10, S-56
REO Property............................................................................................. S-26
Replacement Mortgage Loan................................................................................ S-19
</TABLE>
S-65
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Required Subordinated Amount............................................................................. S-38
Reserve Interest Rate.................................................................................... S-39
Residual Certificates.............................................................................Cover, S-5, S-27
residual interests......................................................................................S-10, S-56
Restricted Group......................................................................................... S-58
Reuters Screen LIBO Page................................................................................. S-39
Rules.................................................................................................... S-28
S&P.....................................................................................................S-11, S-58
SAP...................................................................................................... S-45
Scheduled Payments....................................................................................... S-15
Seller....................................................................................................S-2, S-5
Servicing Fee...........................................................................................S-10, S-25
Servicing Fee Rate....................................................................................... S-25
Simple Doc Program....................................................................................... S-21
SMMEA.................................................................................................... S-11
Stated Income Program.................................................................................... S-21
Stated Principal Balance................................................................................. S-38
Subordinated Amount...................................................................................... S-38
Subordination Deficiency Amount.......................................................................... S-39
Subordination Deficit.................................................................................... S-39
Subordination Increase Amount............................................................................ S-39
Subordination Reduction Amount........................................................................... S-39
Substitution Adjustment Amount........................................................................... S-39
Terms and Conditions..................................................................................... S-29
Trust Fund................................................................................................S-2, S-5
Trustee...................................................................................................S-2, S-5
Trustee's Mortgage File.................................................................................. S-18
Underwriter.............................................................................................. S-3
Underwriters............................................................................................. S-59
</TABLE>
S-66
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ANNEX I
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered CWABS, Inc.
Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1 (the 'Global Securities') will be
available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Securities may hold
such Global Securities through any of The Depository Trust Company ('DTC'),
CEDEL or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradeable as home market
instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement
and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through CEDEL and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with
conventional Eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior mortgage pass-through certificate
issues.
Secondary cross-market trading between CEDEL or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through the respective Depositaries of CEDEL and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, CEDEL and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to prior mortgage pass-through certificate
issues. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their
holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional Eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no 'lock-up' or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior mortgage
pass-through certificate issues in same-day funds.
Trading between CEDEL and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market
trading between CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional Eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC Seller and CEDEL or Euroclear Purchaser. When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
account of a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment date to and
A-1
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days or 365 days, as
applicable. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will
include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.
Payment will then be made by the respective Depositary of the DTC Participant's
account against delivery of the Global Securities. After settlement has been
completed, the Global Securities will be credited to the respective clearing
system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to
the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account. The securities
credit will appear the next day (European time) and the cash debt will be
back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Securities will accrue from, the
value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in New
York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the
trade fails), the CEDEL or Euroclear cash debt will be valued instead as of the
actual settlement date.
CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within CEDEL or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to CEDEL or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
As an alternative, if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under
this procedure, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore,
in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges, although this result will depend on each CEDEL Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective European Depositary for the benefit of CEDEL Participants or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
Trading between CEDEL or Euroclear Seller and DTC Purchaser. Due to time
zone differences in their favor, CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants
may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the
respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send instructions
to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant at
least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global
Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment will
include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last
coupon payment to and excluding the settlement date on the basis of the actual
number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days
or 365 days, as applicable. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month,
payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the
following month. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash
proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would be
back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement
occurred in New York). Should the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant
have a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect to be in
debt in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the
back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that one-day period.
If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade
fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
Finally, day traders that use CEDEL or Euroclear and that purchase Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to CEDEL Participants or Euroclear
Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
(a) borrowing through CEDEL or Euroclear for one day (until the
purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
A-2
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear
account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
(c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at
least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL Participant
or Euroclear Participant.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution
that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate:
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of Global
Securities that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status). If
the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with Effectively Connected Income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
States).
Exemption or Reduced Rate for non-U.S. Persons Resident in Treaty Countries
(Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or reduced
tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001 (Ownership,
Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only for a
reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer
alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Certificate Owners
or his agent.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds
(the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of
the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar
years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
The term 'U.S. Person' means (i) a citizen or resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate the income
of which is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes,
regardless of its source or a trust if a court within the United States is able
to exercise primary supervision of the administration of the trust and one or
more United States fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S.
Federal income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the
Global Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for
specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global
Securities.
A-3
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
CWABS, INC.
Depositor
$2,000,000,000
(Aggregate Amount)
Asset Backed Securities
(Issuable in Series)
------------------------------
This Prospectus relates to the issuance of Asset Backed Certificates (the
'Certificates') and Asset Backed Notes (the 'Notes' and, together with the
Certificates, the 'Securities'), which may be sold from time to time in one or
more series (each, a 'Series') by CWABS, Inc. (the 'Depositor') or by a Trust
Fund (as defined below) on terms determined at the time of sale and described in
this Prospectus and the related Prospectus Supplement. The Securities of a
Series will consist of Certificates which evidence beneficial ownership of a
trust established by the Depositor (each, a 'Trust Fund'), and/or Notes secured
by the assets of a Trust Fund. As specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Trust Fund for a Series of Securities will include certain
assets (the 'Trust Fund Assets') which will consist of the following types of
single family mortgage loans (the 'Loans'): (i) mortgage loans secured by first
and/or subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties, (ii)
closed-end and/or revolving home equity loans (the 'Home Equity Loans') secured
by first and/or subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties
and (iii) home improvement installment sale contracts and installment loan
agreements (the 'Home Improvement Contracts') that are either unsecured or
secured by first or subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential
properties, or by purchase money security interests in the home improvements
financed thereby (the 'Home Improvements'). The Trust Fund Assets will be
acquired by the Depositor, either directly or indirectly, from one or more
institutions (each, a 'Seller'), which may be affiliates of the Depositor, and
conveyed by the Depositor to the related Trust Fund. A Trust Fund also may
include insurance policies, surety bonds, cash accounts, reinvestment income,
guaranties or letters of credit to the extent described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See 'Index of Defined Terms' on Page 95 of this
Prospectus for the location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.
Each Series of Securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each class
of Certificates of a Series will evidence beneficial ownership of a specified
percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments and a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future principal payments
on the related Trust Fund Assets. Each class of Notes of a Series will be
secured by the related Trust Fund Assets or, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a portion thereof. A Series of Securities may include one
or more classes that are senior in right of payment to one or more other classes
of Securities of such Series. One or more classes of Securities of a Series may
be entitled to receive distributions of principal, interest or any combination
thereof prior to one or more other classes of Securities of such Series or after
the occurrence of specified events, in each case as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
(cover continued on next page)
------------------------------
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGE 14.
------------------------------
THE CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN,
AND THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, THE RELATED TRUST
FUND ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,
THE MASTER SERVICER, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. THE SECURITIES AND THE LOANS
WILL NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY
OR BY THE DEPOSITOR OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, EXCEPT IN EACH CASE TO THE
EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS OR THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
------------------------------
Prior to issuance there will have been no market for the Securities of any
Series and there can be no assurance that a secondary market for any Securities
will develop, or if it does develop, that it will continue or provide
Securityholders with a sufficient level of liquidity of investment. This
Prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of Securities of any Series
unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement. Offers of the Securities may be
made through one or more different methods, including offerings through
underwriters, as more fully described under 'Method of Distribution' herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
February 21, 1997
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(continued from cover page)
Distributions to Securityholders will be made monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually or at such other intervals and on the dates specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions on the Securities of a Series will
be made from the related Trust Fund Assets or proceeds thereof pledged for the
benefit of the Securityholders as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
The related Prospectus Supplement will describe any insurance or guarantee
provided with respect to the related Series of Securities including, without
limitation, any insurance or guarantee provided by the Department of Housing and
Urban Development, the United States Department of Veterans' Affairs or any
private insurer or guarantor. The only obligations of the Depositor with respect
to a Series of Securities will be to obtain certain representations and
warranties from each Seller and to assign to the Trustee for the related Series
of Securities the Depositor's rights with respect to such representations and
warranties. The principal obligations of the Master Servicer named in the
related Prospectus Supplement with respect to the related Series of Securities
will be limited to obligations pursuant to certain representations and
warranties and to its contractual servicing obligations, including any
obligation it may have to advance delinquent payments on the related Trust Fund
Assets.
The yield on each class of Securities of a Series will be affected by,
among other things, the rate of payments of principal (including prepayments) on
the related Trust Fund Assets and the timing of receipt of such payments as
described under 'Risk Factors -- Prepayment and Yield Considerations' and 'Yield
and Prepayment Considerations' herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
A Trust Fund may be subject to early termination under the circumstances
described under 'The Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more elections
may be made to treat a Trust Fund or specified portions thereof as a 'real
estate mortgage investment conduit' ('REMIC') for federal income tax purposes.
See 'Federal Income Tax Consequences.'
2
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF EACH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES COVERED BY SUCH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, MAY BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER SUCH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K
The Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the
Securities of each Series to be offered hereunder will, among other things, set
forth with respect to such Securities, as appropriate: (i) the aggregate
principal amount, interest rate and authorized denominations of each class of
such Series of Securities; (ii) information as to the assets comprising the
Trust Fund, including the general characteristics of the related Trust Fund
Assets included therein and, if applicable, the insurance policies, surety
bonds, guaranties, letters of credit or other instruments or agreements included
in the Trust Fund or otherwise, and the amount and source of any reserve account
or other cash account; (iii) the circumstances, if any, under which the Trust
Fund may be subject to early termination; (iv) the circumstances, if any, under
which the Notes of such Series are subject to redemption; (v) the method used to
calculate the amount of principal to be distributed or paid with respect to each
class of Securities; (vi) the order of application of distributions or payments
to each of the classes within such Series, whether sequential, pro rata, or
otherwise; (vii) the Distribution Dates with respect to such Series; (viii)
additional information with respect to the method of distribution of such
Securities; (ix) whether one or more REMIC elections will be made with respect
to the Trust Fund and, if so, the designation of the regular interests and the
residual interests; (x) the aggregate original percentage ownership interest in
the Trust Fund to be evidenced by each class of Certificates; (xi) the stated
maturity of each class of Notes of such Series; (xii) information as to the
nature and extent of subordination with respect to any class of Securities that
is subordinate in right of payment to any other class; and (xiii) information as
to the Seller, the Master Servicer and the Trustee.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Depositor has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
'Commission') a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, with respect to the Securities. This Prospectus, which forms a part of
the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus Supplement relating to each
Series of Securities contain descriptions of the material terms of the documents
referred to herein and therein, but do not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the
Commission. For further information, reference is made to such Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. Such Registration Statement and exhibits can
be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at its Public Reference Section, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its Regional Offices located as follows:
Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661; and Northeast Regional Office, Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048. The Commission also maintains a Web site at
http://www.sec.gov from which such Registration Statement and exhibits may be
obtained.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement with respect hereto and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon. This Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement with respect hereto do not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Securities offered
hereby and thereby nor an offer of the Securities to any person in any state or
other jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful. The delivery of this
Prospectus at any time does not imply that information herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to its date.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
All documents subsequently filed by or on behalf of the Trust Fund referred
to in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the 'Exchange Act'), after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of any offering of the Securities issued by such Trust Fund shall be
deemed to be incorporated by
3
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
reference in this Prospectus and to be a part of this Prospectus from the date
of the filing of such documents. Any statement contained in a document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded for all purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that
a statement contained herein (or in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement) or
in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference modifies or replaces such statement. Any such
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus. Neither the Depositor
nor the Master Servicer for any Series intends to file with the Commission
periodic reports with respect to the related Trust Fund following completion of
the reporting period required by Rule 15d-1 or Regulation 15D under the Exchange
Act.
The Trustee or such other entity specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement on behalf of any Trust Fund will provide without charge to each
person to whom this Prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of
such person, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to above that have
been or may be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus (not including
exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless such
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that
this Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee or the address of such other entity specified in the
accompanying Prospectus Supplement. Included in the accompanying Prospectus
Supplement is the name, address, telephone number, and, if available, facsimile
number of the office or contact person at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee or such other entity.
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
Periodic and annual reports concerning the related Trust Fund for a Series
of Securities will be forwarded to Securityholders. However, such reports will
neither be examined nor reported on by an independent public accountant. See
'Description of the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders'.
4
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF TERMS
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus
Supplement with respect to the Series of Securities offered thereby and to the
related Agreement (as such term is defined below) which will be prepared in
connection with each Series of Securities. Unless otherwise specified,
capitalized terms used and not defined in this Summary of Terms have the
meanings given to them in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. See 'Index of Defined Terms' on page 95 of this Prospectus for the
location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Title of Securities....................... Asset Backed Certificates (the 'Certificates') and Asset Backed Notes
(the 'Notes' and, together with the Certificates, the 'Securities'),
which are issuable in Series.
Depositor................................. CWABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Trustee................................... The trustee(s) (the 'Trustee') for each Series of Securities will be
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. See 'The Agreements'
herein for a description of the Trustee's rights and obligations.
Master Servicer........................... The entity or entities named as Master Servicer (the 'Master
Servicer') in the related Prospectus Supplement, which may be an
affiliate of the Depositor. See 'The Agreements -- Certain Matters
Regarding the Master Servicer and the Depositor'.
Trust Fund Assets......................... Assets of the Trust Fund for a Series of Securities will include
certain assets (the 'Trust Fund Assets') which will consist of the
Loans, together with payments in respect of such Trust Fund Assets,
as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. At the time of
issuance of the Securities of the Series, the Depositor will cause
the Loans comprising the related Trust Fund to be assigned to the
Trustee, without recourse. The Loans will be collected in a pool
(each, a 'Pool') as of the first day of the month of the issuance of
the related Series of Securities or such other date specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the 'Cut-off Date'). Trust Fund Assets
also may include insurance policies, surety bonds, cash accounts,
reinvestment income, guaranties or letters of credit to the extent
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. See 'Credit
Enhancement'. In addition, if the related Prospectus Supplement so
provides, the related Trust Fund Assets will include the funds on
deposit in an account (a 'Pre-Funding Account') which will be used to
purchase additional Loans during the period specified in such
Prospectus Supplement. See 'The Agreements -- Pre-Funding Account'.
Loans..................................... The Loans will consist of (i) mortgage loans secured by first and/or
subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties or
security interests in shares issued by cooperative housing
corporations (each, a 'Mortgage Loan'), (ii) closed-end loans (the
'Closed-End Loans') and/or revolving home equity loans or certain
balances thereof (the 'Revolving Credit Line Loans', together with
the Closed-End Loans, the 'Home Equity Loans'), and (iii) home
improvement installment sales contracts and installment loan
agreements (the 'Home Improvement Contracts'). All Loans will have
been purchased by the Depositor, either directly or through an
affiliate, from one or more Sellers.
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Home Equity
Loans will, and the Home Improvement Contracts may, be secured by
mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar security instruments
creating a lien on a Mortgaged Property, which may be subordinated to
one or more senior liens on the Mortgaged Property, as described in
the related Prospectus Supplement. As specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, Home Improvement Contracts may be unsecured or
secured by purchase money security interests in the Home Improvements
financed thereby. The Mortgaged Properties and the Home Improvements
are collectively referred to herein as the 'Properties'.
Description of the Securities............. Each Security will represent a beneficial ownership interest in, or
be secured by the assets of, a Trust Fund created by the Depositor
pursuant to an Agreement among the Depositor, the Master Servicer and
the Trustee for the related Series. The Securities of any Series may
be issued in one or more classes as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. A Series of Securities may include one or more
classes of senior Securities (collectively, the 'Senior Securities')
and one or more classes of subordinate Securities (collectively, the
'Subordinated Securities'). Certain Series or classes of Securities
may be covered by insurance policies or other forms of credit
enhancement, in each case as described under 'Credit Enhancement'
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
One or more classes of Securities of each Series (i) may be entitled
to receive distributions allocable only to principal, only to
interest or to any combination thereof; (ii) may be entitled to
receive distributions only of prepayments of principal throughout the
lives of the Securities or during specified periods; (iii) may be
subordinated in the right to receive distributions of scheduled
payments of principal, prepayments of principal, interest or any
combination thereof to one or more other classes of Securities of
such Series throughout the lives of the Securities or during
specified periods; (iv) may be entitled to receive such distributions
only after the occurrence of events specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement; (v) may be entitled to receive distributions
in accordance with a schedule or formula or on the basis of
collections from designated portions of the related Trust Fund
Assets; (vi) as to Securities entitled to distributions allocable to
interest, may be entitled to receive interest at a fixed rate or a
rate that is subject to change from time to time; and (vii) as to
Securities entitled to distributions allocable to interest, may be
entitled to distributions allocable to interest only after the
occurrence of events specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
and may accrue interest until such events occur, in each case as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The timing and
amounts of such distributions may vary among classes or over time, as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions on the Securities........... Distributions on the Securities entitled thereto will be made
monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at such other intervals and on
the dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (each, a
'Distribution Date') out of the payments received in respect of the
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
assets of the related Trust Fund or Funds or other assets pledged for
the benefit of the Securities as described under 'Credit Enhancement'
herein to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The amount allocable to payments of principal and interest on any
Distribution Date will be determined as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The Prospectus Supplement for a Series of
Securities will describe the method for allocating distributions
among Securities of different classes as well as the method for
allocating distributions among Securities for any particular class.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
aggregate original principal balance of the Securities will not
exceed the aggregate distributions allocable to principal that such
Securities will be entitled to receive. If specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Securities will have an aggregate original
principal balance equal to the aggregate unpaid principal balance of
the Trust Fund Assets as of the related Cut-off Date and will bear
interest in the aggregate at a rate equal to the interest rate borne
by the underlying Loans (the 'Loan Rate') net of the aggregate
servicing fees and any other amounts specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the 'Pass-Through Rate') or at such other
interest rate as may be specified in such Prospectus Supplement. If
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the aggregate
original principal balance of the Securities and interest rates on
the classes of Securities will be determined based on the cash flow
on the Trust Fund Assets.
The rate at which interest will be passed through or paid to holders
of each class of Securities entitled thereto may be a fixed rate or a
rate that is subject to change from time to time from the time and
for the periods, in each case, as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Any such rate may be calculated on a loan-by-loan,
weighted average or notional amount in each case as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
Credit Enhancement........................ The assets in a Trust Fund or the Securities of one or more classes
in the related Series may have the benefit of one or more types of
credit enhancement as described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The protection against losses afforded by any such credit support may
be limited. The type, characteristics and amount of credit
enhancement will be determined based on the characteristics of the
Loans comprising the Trust Fund Assets and other factors and will be
established on the basis of requirements of each Rating Agency rating
the Securities of such Series. See 'Credit Enhancement.'
A. Subordination.......................... A Series of Securities may consist of one or more classes of Senior
Securities and one or more classes of Subordinated Securities. The
rights of the holders of the Subordinated Securities of a Series to
receive distributions with respect to the assets in the related Trust
Fund will be subordinated to such rights of the holders of the Senior
Securities of the same Series to the extent described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. This subordination is intended to enhance the
likelihood of regular receipt by holders of Senior
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Securities of the full amount of monthly payments of principal and
interest due them. The protection afforded to the holders of Senior
Securities of a Series by means of the subordination feature will be
accomplished by (i) the preferential right of such holders to
receive, prior to any distribution being made in respect of the
related Subordinated Securities, the amounts of interest and/or
principal due them on each Distribution Date out of the funds
available for distribution on such date in the related Security
Account and, to the extent described in the related Prospectus
Supplement, by the right of such holders to receive future
distributions on the assets in the related Trust Fund that would
otherwise have been payable to the holders of Subordinated
Securities; (ii) reducing the ownership interest (if applicable) of
the related Subordinated Securities; or (iii) a combination of
clauses (i) and (ii) above. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, subordination may apply only in the event of certain
types of losses not covered by other forms of credit support, such as
hazard losses not covered by standard hazard insurance policies or
losses due to the bankruptcy or fraud of the borrower. The related
Prospectus Supplement will set forth information concerning, among
other things, the amount of subordination of a class or classes of
Subordinated Securities in a Series, the circumstances in which such
subordination will be applicable, and the manner, if any, in which
the amount of subordination will decrease over time.
B. Reserve Account........................ One or more reserve accounts or other cash accounts (each, a 'Reserve
Account') may be established and maintained for each Series of
Securities. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify whether or
not such Reserve Accounts will be included in the corpus of the Trust
Fund for such Series and will also specify the manner of funding such
Reserve Accounts and the conditions under which the amounts in any
such Reserve Accounts will be used to make distributions to holders
of Securities of a particular class or released from such Reserve
Accounts.
C. Letter of Credit....................... If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit support
may be provided by one or more letters of credit. A letter of credit
may provide limited protection against certain losses in addition to
or in lieu of other credit support, such as losses resulting from
delinquent payments on the Loans in the related Trust Fund, losses
from risks not covered by standard hazard insurance policies, losses
due to bankruptcy of a borrower and application of certain provisions
of the federal Bankruptcy Code, and losses due to denial of insurance
coverage due to misrepresentations made in connection with the
origination or sale of a Loan. The issuer of the letter of credit
(the 'L/C Bank') will be obligated to honor demands with respect to
such letter of credit, to the extent of the amount available
thereunder to provide funds under the circumstances and subject to
such conditions as are specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The liability of the L/C Bank under its letter of credit
will be reduced by the amount of unreimbursed payments thereunder.
The maximum liability of a L/C Bank under its letter of credit will
be an amount equal to a percentage specified in the related
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Prospectus Supplement of the initial aggregate outstanding principal
balance of the Loans in the related Trust Fund or one or more Classes
of Securities of the related Series (the 'L/C Percentage'). The
maximum amount available at any time to be paid under a letter of
credit will be determined in the manner specified therein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
D. Insurance Policies; Surety Bonds and
Guarantees............................. If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit support
for a Series may be provided by an insurance policy and/or a surety
bond issued by one or more insurance companies or sureties. Such
certificate guarantee insurance or surety bond will guarantee timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal on
the basis of a schedule of principal distributions set forth in or
determined in the manner specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or
more bankruptcy bonds, special hazard insurance policies, other
insurance or third-party guarantees may be used to provide coverage
for the risks of default or types of losses set forth in such
Prospectus Supplement.
E. Over-Collateralization................. If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of
Securities, a portion of the interest payment on each Loan may be
applied as an additional distribution in respect of principal to
reduce the principal balance of a certain class or classes of
Securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment of principal on
such class or classes of Securities.
F. Loan Pool Insurance Policy............. A mortgage pool insurance policy or policies may be obtained and
maintained for Loans relating to any Series of Securities, which
shall be limited in scope, covering defaults on the related Loans in
an initial amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate
principal balance of all Loans included in the Pool as of the related
Cut-off Date.
G. FHA Insurance.......................... If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all or a portion
of the Loans in a Pool may be (i) insured by the Federal Housing
Administration (the 'FHA') and/or (ii) partially guaranteed by the
Department of Veterans' Affairs (the 'VA'). See 'Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans -- The Title I Program'.
H. Cross-Collateralization................ If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, separate classes
of a Series of Securities may evidence the beneficial ownership of,
or be secured by, separate groups of assets included in a Trust Fund.
In such case, credit support may be provided by a cross-
collateralization feature which requires that distributions be made
with respect to Securities evidencing a beneficial ownership interest
in, or secured by, one or more asset groups prior to distributions to
Subordinated Securities evidencing a beneficial ownership interest
in, or secured by, other asset groups within the same Trust Fund. See
'Credit Enhancement -- Cross-Collateralization.'
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the coverage
provided by one or more of the forms of credit enchancement described
in this Prospectus may apply concurrently to two or more separate
Trust Funds. If applicable, the related Prospectus Supplement will
identify the Trust Funds to which such credit
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
enchancement relates and the manner of determining the amount of
coverage provided to such Trust Funds thereby and of the application
of such coverage to the identified Trust Funds. See 'Credit
Enhancement -- Cross-Collateralization.'
Advances.................................. The Master Servicer and, if applicable, each mortgage servicing
institution that services a Loan in a Pool on behalf of the Master
Servicer (each, a 'Sub-Servicer') may be obligated to advance amounts
(each, an 'Advance') corresponding to delinquent interest and/or
principal payments on such Loan (including, in the case of
Cooperative Loans, unpaid maintenance fees or other charges under the
related proprietary lease) until the date, as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, following the date on which the
related Property is sold at a foreclosure sale or the related Loan is
otherwise liquidated. Any obligation to make Advances may be subject
to limitations as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If
so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Advances may be
drawn from a cash account available for such purpose as described in
such Prospectus Supplement. Advances will be reimbursable to the
extent described under 'Description of the Securities -- Advances'
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
In the event the Master Servicer or Sub-Servicer fails to make a
required Advance, the Trustee may be obligated to advance such
amounts otherwise required to be advanced by the Master Servicer or
Sub-Servicer. See 'Description of the Securities -- Advances.'
Optional Termination...................... The Master Servicer or the party specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, including the holder of the residual interest in a REMIC,
may have the option to effect early retirement of a Series of
Securities through the purchase of the Trust Fund Assets. The Master
Servicer will deposit the proceeds of any such purchase in the
Security Account for each Trust Fund as described under 'The
Agreements -- Payments on Loans; Deposit to Security Account.' Any
such purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property acquired in respect
of Trust Fund Assets evidenced by a Series of Securities will be made
at the option of the Master Servicer, such other person or, if
applicable, such holder of the REMIC residual interest, at a price
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The exercise of such
right will effect early retirement of the Securities of that Series,
but the right of the Master Servicer, such other person or, if
applicable, such holder of the REMIC residual interest, to so
purchase is subject to the principal balance of the related Trust
Fund Assets being less than the percentage specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate principal balance of the Trust
Fund Assets at the Cut-off Date for the Series. The foregoing is
subject to the provision that if a REMIC election is made with
respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant to clause (ii) above
will be made only in connection with a 'qualified liquidation' of the
REMIC within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.
Legal Investment.......................... The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will specify
which, if any, of the classes of Securities offered thereby
constitute 'mortgage related securities' for purposes of the
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ('SMMEA'). Classes
of Securities that qualify as 'mortgage related securities' will be
legal investments for certain types of institutional investors to the
extent provided in SMMEA, subject, in any case, to any other
regulations which may govern investments by such institutional
investors. Institutions whose investment activities are subject to
review by federal or state authorities should consult with their
counsel or the applicable authorities to determine whether an
investment in a particular class of Securities (whether or not such
class constitutes a 'mortgage related security') complies with
applicable guidelines, policy statements or restrictions. See 'Legal
Investment.'
Federal Income Tax Consequences........... The federal income tax consequences to Securityholders will vary
depending on whether one or more elections are made to treat the
Trust Fund or specified portions thereof as a REMIC under the
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
'Code'). The Prospectus Supplement for each Series of Securities will
specify whether such an election will be made.
If a REMIC election is made, Securities representing regular
interests in a REMIC will generally be taxable to holders in the same
manner as evidences of indebtedness issued by the REMIC. Stated
interest on such regular interests will be taxable as ordinary income
and taken into account using the accrual method of accounting,
regardless of the holder's normal accounting method. If no REMIC
election is made, interest (other than original issue discount
('OID') on Securities that are characterized as indebtedness for
federal income tax purposes will be includible in income by holders
thereof in accordance with their usual method of accounting.
Certain Classes of Securities may be issued with OID. A holder should
be aware that the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder do not adequately address certain issues relevant to
prepayable securities, such as the Securities.
Holders that will be required to report income with respect to the
related Securities under the accrual method of accounting will do so
without giving effect to delays and reductions in distributions
attributable to a default or delinquency on the Loans, except
possibly to the extent that it can be established that such amounts
are uncollectible. As a result, the amount of income (including OID)
reported by a holder of a Security in any period could significantly
exceed the amount of cash distributed to such holder in that period.
In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, if a REMIC election is made with
respect to a Series of Securities, then the arrangement by which such
Securities are issued will be treated as a REMIC as long as all of
the provisions of the applicable Agreement are complied with and the
statutory and regulatory requirements are satisfied. Securities will
be designated as 'regular interests' or 'residual interests' in a
REMIC. A REMIC will not be subject to entity-level tax. Rather, the
taxable income or net loss of a REMIC will be taken into account by
the holders of residual interests. Such holders
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
will report their proportionate share of the taxable income of the
REMIC whether or not they receive cash distributions from the REMIC
attributable to such income. The portion of the REMIC taxable income
consisting of 'excess inclusions' may not be offset against other
deductions or losses of the holder, including the net operating
losses.
In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, if a REMIC or a partnership
elections not made with respect to a Series of Securities, then the
arrangement by which such Securities are issued will be classified as
a grantor trust under Subpart E, Part I of Subchapter J of the Code
and not as an association taxable as a corporation. If so provided in
the Prospectus Supplement for a Series, there will be no separation
of the principal and interest payments on the Loans. In such
circumstances, the holder will considered to have purchased a pro
rata undivided interest in each of the Loans. In other cases, sale of
the Securities will produce a separation in the ownership of all or a
portion of the principal payments from all or a portion of the
interest payments on the Loans.
In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, if a partnership election is
made, the Trust Fund will not be treated as an association or a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation as long as all
of the provisions of the applicable Agreement are complied with and
the statutory and regulatory requirements are satisfied. If Notes are
issued by such Trust Fund, such Notes will be treated as indebtedness
for federal income tax purposes. The holders of the Certificates
issued by such Trust Fund, if any, will agree to treat the
Certificates as equity interests in a partnership.
The Securities will be treated as assets described in section
7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code and as real estate assets described in
section 856(c) of the Code.
Generally, gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of Securities in
the amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and
the seller's tax basis in the Securities sold.
The material federal income tax consequences for investors associated
with the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities are
set forth herein under 'Federal Income -- Tax Consequences'. The
material federal income tax consequences for investors associated
with the purchase, ownership and disposition of Securities of any
particular Series will be set forth under the heading 'Federal Income
Tax Consequences' in the related Prospectus Supplement. See 'Federal
Income Tax Consequences'.
ERISA Considerations...................... A fiduciary of any employee benefit plan or other retirement plan or
arrangement subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended ('ERISA'), or the Code should carefully review with
its legal advisors whether the purchase or holding of Securities
could give rise to a transaction prohibited or not otherwise
permissible under ERISA or the Code. See 'ERISA Considerations'.
Certain classes of Securities may not be transferred unless the
Trustee and the Depositor are furnished with a letter of
representation or an opinion of counsel to the effect that such
transfer will not result in a violation of the prohibited
</TABLE>
12
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code and will not subject the
Trustee, the Depositor or the Master Servicer to additional
obligations. See 'Description of the Securities-General' and 'ERISA
Considerations'.
Risk Factors.............................. For a discussion of certain risks associated with an investment in
the Securities, see 'Risk Factors' on page 14 herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Investors should consider the following factors in connection with the
purchase of the Securities.
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
There will be no market for the Securities of any Series prior to the
issuance thereof, and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will
develop or, if it does develop, that it will provide Securityholders with
liquidity of investment or will continue for the life of the Securities of such
Series.
LIMITED SOURCE OF PAYMENTS -- NO RECOURSE TO SELLERS, DEPOSITOR OR MASTER
SERVICER
The Depositor does not have, nor is it expected to have, any significant
assets. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Securities of a Series will be payable solely from the Trust Fund for such
Securities and will not have any claim against or security interest in the Trust
Fund for any other Series. There will be no recourse to the Depositor or any
other person for any failure to receive distributions on the Securities.
Further, at the times set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, certain
Trust Fund Assets and/or any balance remaining in the Security Account
immediately after making all payments due on the Securities of such Series,
after making adequate provision for future payments on certain classes of
Securities and after making any other payments specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, may be promptly released or remitted to the Depositor,
the Master Servicer, any credit enhancement provider or any other person
entitled thereto and will no longer be available for making payments to
Securityholders. Consequently, holders of Securities of each Series must rely
solely upon payments with respect to the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets
constituting the Trust Fund for a Series of Securities, including, if
applicable, any amounts available pursuant to any credit enhancement for such
Series, for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities of such
Series.
The Securities will not represent an interest in or obligation of the
Depositor, the Master Servicer, any Seller or any of their respective
affiliates. The only obligations, if any, of the Depositor with respect to the
Trust Fund Assets or the Securities of any Series will be pursuant to certain
representations and warranties. The Depositor does not have, and is not expected
in the future to have, any significant assets with which to meet any obligation
to repurchase Trust Fund Assets with respect to which there has been a breach of
any representation or warranty. If, for example, the Depositor were required to
repurchase a Loan, its only sources of funds to make such repurchase would be
from funds obtained (i) from the enforcement of a corresponding obligation, if
any, on the part of the related Seller or originator of such Loan, or (ii) to
the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, from a Reserve Account
or similar credit enhancement established to provide funds for such repurchases.
The only obligations of the Master Servicer, other than its master
servicing obligations, with respect to the Trust Fund Assets or the Securities
of any Series will be pursuant to certain representations and warranties. The
Master Servicer may be required to repurchase or substitute for any Loan with
respect to which such representations and warranties are breached. There is no
assurance, however, that the Master Servicer will have the financial ability to
effect any such repurchase or substitution.
The only obligations of any Seller with respect to Trust Fund Assets or the
Securities of any Series will be pursuant to certain representations and
warranties and certain document delivery requirements. A Seller may be required
to repurchase or substitute for any Loan with respect to which such
representations and warranties or document delivery requirements are breached.
There is no assurance, however, that such Seller will have the financial ability
to effect such repurchase or substitution.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
Although credit enhancement is intended to reduce the risk of delinquent
payments or losses to holders of Securities entitled to the benefit thereof, the
amount of such credit enhancement will be limited, as set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement, and may be subject to periodic reduction in accordance
with a schedule or formula or otherwise decline, and could be depleted under
certain circumstances prior to the payment in full of the related Series of
Securities, and as a result Securityholders of the related Series may suffer
losses. Moreover, such credit enhancement may not cover all potential losses or
risks. For example, credit enhancement may or may not cover fraud or negligence
by a loan originator or other parties. In addition, the Trustee will generally
be
14
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
permitted to reduce, terminate or substitute all or a portion of the credit
enhancement for any Series of Securities, provided the applicable Rating Agency
indicates that the then-current rating of the Securities of such Series will not
be adversely affected. See 'Credit Enhancement'.
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS
The timing of principal payments of the Securities of a Series will be
affected by a number of factors, including the following: (i) the extent of
prepayments (including for this purpose prepayments resulting from refinancing
or liquidations of the Loans due to defaults, casualties, condemnations and
repurchases by the Depositor or the Master Servicer) of the Loans comprising the
Trust Fund, which prepayments may be influenced by a variety of factors
including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels, the
availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility, (ii) the manner of
allocating principal and/or payments among the classes of Securities of a Series
as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, (iii) the exercise by the
party entitled thereto of any right of optional termination and (iv) the rate
and timing of payment defaults and losses incurred with respect to the Trust
Fund Assets. The repurchase of Loans by the Depositor or the Master Servicer may
result from repurchases of Trust Fund Assets due to material breaches of the
Depositor's or the Master Servicer's representations and warranties, as
applicable. The yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities
will be affected primarily by the rate and timing of prepayment of the Loans
comprising the Trust Fund Assets. In addition, the yields to maturity and
weighted average lives of the Securities will be affected by the distribution of
amounts remaining in any Pre-Funding Account following the end of the related
Funding Period. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower
incidence of prepayment of Loans held by a Trust Fund will be borne entirely by
the holders of one or more classes of the related Series of Securities. See
'Yield and Prepayment Considerations' and 'The Agreements -- Pre-Funding
Account.'
Interest payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution Date will
include all interest accrued during the period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution Date, the effective yield to Securityholders
will be reduced from the yield that would otherwise be obtainable if interest
payable on the Securities were to accrue through the day immediately preceding
each Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be less than the indicated coupon rate. See 'Description of the
Securities -- Distributions on Securities -- Distributions of Interest'.
BALLOON PAYMENTS
Certain of the Loans as of the related Cut-off Date may not be fully
amortizing over their terms to maturity and, thus, will require substantial
principal payments (i.e., balloon payments) at their stated maturity. Loans with
balloon payments involve a greater degree of risk because the ability of a
borrower to make a balloon payment typically will depend upon its ability either
to timely refinance the loan or to timely sell the related Property. The ability
of a borrower to accomplish either of these goals will be affected by a number
of factors, including the level of available mortgage rates at the time of sale
or refinancing, the borrower's equity in the related Property, the financial
condition of the borrower and tax laws. Losses on such Loans that are not
otherwise covered by the credit enhancement described in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement will be borne by the holders of one or more classes of
Securities of the related Series.
NATURE OF MORTGAGES
Property Values. There are several factors that could adversely affect the
value of Properties such that the outstanding balance of the related Loans,
together with any senior financing on the Properties, if applicable, would equal
or exceed the value of the Properties. Among the factors that could adversely
affect the value of the Properties are an overall decline in the residential
real estate market in the areas in which the Properties are located or a decline
in the general condition of the Properties as a result of failure of borrowers
to maintain adequately the Properties or of natural disasters that are not
necessarily covered by insurance, such as earthquakes and floods. In the case of
Home Equity Loans, such decline could extinguish the value of the interest of a
junior mortgagee in the Property before having any effect on the interest of the
related senior mortgagee. If such a decline occurs, the actual rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on all Loans could
15
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
be higher than those currently experienced in the mortgage lending industry in
general. Losses on such Loans that are not otherwise covered by the credit
enhancement described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement will be borne by
the holder of one or more classes of Securities of the related Series.
Delays Due to Liquidation. Even assuming that the Properties provide
adequate security for the Loans, substantial delays could be encountered in
connection with the liquidation of defaulted Loans and corresponding delays in
the receipt of related proceeds by Securityholders could occur. An action to
foreclose on a Property securing a Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules
and is subject to many of the delays and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses
or counterclaims are interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete.
Furthermore, in some states an action to obtain a deficiency judgment is not
permitted following a nonjudicial sale of a Property. In the event of a default
by a borrower, these restrictions, among other things, may impede the ability of
the Master Servicer to foreclose on or sell the Property or to obtain
liquidation proceeds sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In
addition, the Master Servicer will be entitled to deduct from related
liquidation proceeds all expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to recover
amounts due on defaulted Loans and not yet repaid, including payments to senior
lienholders, legal fees and costs of legal action, real estate taxes and
maintenance and preservation expenses.
Disproportionate Effect of Liquidation Expenses. Liquidation expenses with
respect to defaulted loans do not vary directly with the outstanding principal
balance of the loan at the time of default. Therefore, assuming that a servicer
took the same steps in realizing upon a defaulted loan having a small remaining
principal balance as it would in the case of a defaulted loan having a large
remaining principal balance, the amount realized after expenses of liquidation
would be smaller as a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the
small loan than would be the case with the defaulted loan having a large
remaining principal balance.
Home Equity Loans; Junior Liens. Since the mortgages and deeds of trust
securing the Home Equity Loans will be primarily junior liens subordinate to the
rights of the mortgagee under the related senior mortgage(s) or deed(s) of
trust, the proceeds from any liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceeds
will be available to satisfy the outstanding balance of such junior lien only to
the extent that the claims of such senior mortgagees have been satisfied in
full, including any related foreclosure costs. In addition, a junior mortgagee
may not foreclose on the property securing a junior mortgage unless it
forecloses subject to any senior mortgage, in which case it must either pay the
entire amount due on any senior mortgage to the related senior mortgagee at or
prior to the foreclosure sale or undertake the obligation to make payments on
any such senior mortgage in the event the mortgagor is in default thereunder.
The Trust Fund will not have any source of funds to satisfy any senior mortgages
or make payments due to any senior mortgagees and may therefore be prevented
from foreclosing on the related property.
Consumer Protection Laws. Applicable state laws generally regulate
interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, and require
licensing of certain originators and servicers of Loans. In addition, most
states have other laws, public policy and general principles of equity relating
to the protection of consumers, unfair and deceptive practices and practices
which may apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the Loans.
Depending on the provisions of the applicable law and the specific facts and
circumstances involved, violations of these laws, policies and principles may
limit the ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the principal
of or interest on the Loans, may entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts
previously paid and, in addition, could subject the Master Servicer to damages
and administrative sanctions. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans'.
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to certain
environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states, contamination of a
property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the costs of cleanup.
In several states, such a lien has priority over the lien of an existing
mortgage against such property. In addition under the laws of some states and
under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980 ('CERCLA'), a lender may be liable, as an 'owner' or
'operator', for costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous
substances that require remedy at a property, if agents or employees of the
lender have become sufficiently involved in the operations of the borrower,
regardless of whether the environmental damage or threat was caused by a prior
owner. Such costs could result in a loss to the holders of one or more classes
of Securities of the related Series. A lender also risks such
16
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
liability on foreclosure of the related property. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of
the Loans -- Environmental Risks'.
CERTAIN OTHER LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS
Consumer Protection Laws. The Loans may also be subject to federal laws,
including:
(i) the Federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated
thereunder, which require certain disclosures to the borrowers regarding
the terms of the Loans;
(ii) the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated
thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race, color,
sex, religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public
assistance or the exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit
Protection Act, in the extension of credit;
(iii) the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use and
reporting of information related to the borrower's credit experience; and
(iv) for Loans that were originated or closed after November 7, 1989,
the Home Equity Loan Consumer Protection Act of 1988, which requires
additional application disclosures, limits changes that may be made to the
loan documents without the borrower's consent and restricts a lender's
ability to declare a default or to suspend or reduce a borrower's credit
limit to certain enumerated events.
The Riegle Act. Certain mortgage loans may be subject to the Riegle
Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (the 'Riegle Act')
which incorporates the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994. These
provisions impose additional disclosure and other requirements on creditors with
respect to non-purchase money mortgage loans with high interest rates or high
up-front fees and charges. The provisions of the Riegle Act apply on a mandatory
basis to all mortgage loans originated on or after October 1, 1995. These
provisions can impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail to
comply with their provisions and may affect the enforceability of the related
loans. In addition, any assignee of the creditor would generally be subject to
all claims and defenses that the consumer could assert against the creditor,
including, without limitation, the right to rescind the mortgage loan.
Holder in Due Course Rules. The Home Improvement Contracts are also
subject to the Preservation of Consumers' Claims and Defenses regulations of the
Federal Trade Commission and other similar federal and state statutes and
regulations (collectively, the 'Holder in Due Course Rules'), which protect the
homeowner from defective craftsmanship or incomplete work by a contractor. These
laws permit the obligor to withhold payment if the work does not meet the
quality and durability standards agreed to by the homeowner and the contractor.
The Holder in Due Course Rules have the effect of subjecting any assignee of the
seller in a consumer credit transaction to all claims and defenses which the
obligor in the credit sale transaction could assert against the seller of the
goods.
Violations of certain provisions of these federal laws may limit the
ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the principal of or
interest on the Loans and in addition could subject the Trust Fund to damages
and administrative enforcement. Losses on such Loans that are not otherwise
covered by the credit enhancement described in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement will be borne by the holders of one or more classes of Securities of
the related Series. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans'.
RATING OF THE SECURITIES
It will be a condition to the issuance of a class of Securities offered
hereby that they be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by the
Rating Agency identified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Any such rating
would be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the value of the related
Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to such class and will
represent such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood that holders
of such class of Securities will receive payments to which such Securityholders
are entitled under the related Agreement. Such rating will not constitute an
assessment of the likelihood that principal prepayments on the related Loans
will be made, the degree to which the rate of such prepayments might differ from
that originally anticipated or the likelihood of early optional termination of
the Series of Securities. Such rating shall not be deemed a recommendation to
purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as it does not address market price
or suitability for a particular investor. Such rating will not address the
possibility that prepayment at higher or lower rates than anticipated by an
investor may cause such investor to
17
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
experience a lower than anticipated yield or that an investor purchasing a
Security at a significant premium might fail to recoup its initial investment
under certain prepayment scenarios.
There is also no assurance that any such rating will remain in effect for
any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by
the Rating Agency in the future if in its judgment circumstances in the future
so warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in the
adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets or any credit enhancement with
respect to a Series of Securities, such rating might also be lowered or
withdrawn because of, among other reasons, an adverse change in the financial or
other condition of a credit enhancement provider or a change in the rating of
such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.
The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement, if any, established with
respect to a class of Securities will be determined on the basis of criteria
established by each Rating Agency rating classes of such Series. Such criteria
are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of similar loans
in a larger group. Such analysis is often the basis upon which each Rating
Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required with respect to each
such class. There can be no assurance that the historical data supporting any
such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future experience nor any
assurance that the data derived from a large pool of similar loans accurately
predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any particular pool
of Loans. No assurance can be given that the values of any Properties have
remained or will remain at their levels on the respective dates of origination
of the related Loans. If the residential real estate markets should experience
an overall decline in property values such that the outstanding principal
balances of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and any secondary financing on
the related Properties become equal to or greater than the value of the
Properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be higher
than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
addition, adverse economic conditions (which may or may not affect real property
values) may affect the timely payment by mortgagors of scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any Trust Fund. To the
extent that such losses are not covered by credit enhancement, such losses will
be borne, at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of Securities
of the related Series. See 'Rating'.
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
If issued in book-entry form, such registration may reduce the liquidity of
the Securities in the secondary trading market since investors may be unwilling
to purchase Securities for which they cannot obtain physical certificates. Since
transactions in book-entry Securities can be effected only through the
Depository Trust Company ('DTC'), participating organizations, Financial
Intermediaries and certain banks, the ability of a Securityholder to pledge a
book-entry Security to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC
system may be limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing such
Securities. Securities Owners will not be recognized as Securityholders as such
term is used in the related Agreement, and Security Owners will be permitted to
exercise the rights of Securityholders only indirectly through DTC and its
Participants.
In addition, Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt of
distributions of interest and principal on book-entry Securities since
distributions are required to be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will
then be required to credit such distributions to the accounts of Depository
participants which thereafter will be required to credit them to the accounts of
Securityholders either directly or indirectly through Financial Intermediaries.
See 'Description of the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration of Securities'.
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the related Closing
Date the Depositor will deposit cash in an amount (the 'Pre-Funded Amount')
specified in such Prospectus Supplement into an account (the 'Pre-Funding
Account'). In no event shall the Pre-Funded Amount exceed 50% of the initial
aggregate principal amount of the Certificates and/or Notes of the related
Series of Securities. The Pre-Funded Amount will be used to purchase Loans
('Subsequent Loans') in a period from the related Closing Date to a date not
more than one year after such Closing Date (such period, the 'Funding Period')
from the Depositor (which, in turn, will acquire such Subsequent Loans from the
Seller or Sellers specified in the related Prospectus Supplement). The
Pre-Funding Account will be maintained with the Trustee for the related Series
of Securities and is designed solely to hold funds to be applied by such Trustee
during the Funding Period to pay to the Depositor the purchase price for
Subsequent Loans. Monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will not be
available to
18
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
cover losses on or in respect of the related Loans. To the extent that the
entire Pre-Funded Amount has not been applied to the purchase of Subsequent
Loans by the end of the related Funding Period, any amounts remaining in the
Pre-Funding Account will be distributed as a prepayment of principal to
Certificateholders and/or Noteholders on the Distribution Date immediately
following the end of the Funding Period, in the amounts and pursuant to the
priorities set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Any reinvestment risk
resulting from such prepayment will be borne entirely by the holders of one or
more classes of the related Series of Certificates.
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY RISKS
The Seller and the Depositor will treat the transfer of the Loans by the
Seller to the Depositor as a sale for accounting purposes. The Depositor and the
Trust Fund will treat the transfer of Loans from the Depositor to the Trust Fund
as a sale for accounting purposes. As a sale of the Loans by the Seller to the
Depositor, the Loans would not be part of the Seller's bankruptcy estate and
would not be available to the Seller's creditors. However, in the event of the
insolvency of the Seller, it is possible that the bankruptcy trustee or a
creditor of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Loans as a
borrowing by the Seller, secured by a pledge of the Loans. Similarly, as a sale
of the Loans by the Depositor to the Trust Fund, the Loans would not be part of
the Depositor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the Depositor's
creditors. However, in the event of the insolvency of the Depositor, it is
possible that the bankruptcy trustee or a creditor of the Depositor may attempt
to recharacterize the sale of the Loans as a borrowing by the Depositor, secured
by a pledge of the Loans. In either case, this position, if argued before or
accepted by a court, could prevent timely payments of amounts due on the
Securities and result in a reduction of payments due on the Securities.
In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Securityholders from appointing a successor Servicer. The time period during
which cash collections may be commingled with the Master Servicer's own funds
prior to each Distribution Date will be specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. In the event of the insolvency of the Master Servicer and if such
cash collections are commingled with the Master Servicer's own funds for at
least ten days, the Trust Fund will likely not have a perfected interest in such
collections since such collections would not have been deposited in a segregated
account within ten days after the collection thereof, and the inclusion thereof
in the bankruptcy estate of the Master Servicer may result in delays in payment
and failure to pay amounts due on the Securities of the related Series.
In addition, federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal
bankruptcy laws and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with
or affect the ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon its
security. For example, in a proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy Code, a
lender may not foreclose on a mortgaged property without the permission of the
bankruptcy court. The rehabilitation plan proposed by the debtor may provide, if
the mortgaged property is not the debtor's principal residence and the court
determines that the value of the mortgaged property is less than the principal
balance of the mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured indebtedness to
the value of the mortgaged property as of the date of the commencement of the
bankruptcy, rendering the lender a general unsecured creditor for the
difference, and also may reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage
loan, change the rate of interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment
schedule. The effect of any such proceedings under the federal Bankruptcy Code,
including but not limited to any automatic stay, could result in delays in
receiving payments on the Loans underlying a Series of Securities and possible
reductions in the aggregate amount of such payments.
CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT SECURITIES.
Debt Securities that are Compound Interest Securities will be, and certain
of the other Debt Securities may be, issued with original discount for federal
income tax purposes. A holder of Debt Securities issued with original issue
discount will be required to include original issue discount in ordinary gross
income for federal income tax purposes as it accrues, in advance of receipt of
the cash attributable to such income. Accrued but unpaid interest on the Debt
Securities that are Compound Interest Securities generally will be treated as
original issue discount for this purpose. See 'Federal Income Tax
Consequences -- Taxation of Debt Securities -- Interest and Acquisition
Discount' and ' -- Market Discount' herein.
19
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
VALUE OF TRUST FUND ASSETS
There is no assurance that the market value of the Trust Fund Assets or any
other assets relating to a Series of Securities described under 'Credit
Enhancement' herein will at any time be equal to or greater than the principal
amount of the Securities of such Series then outstanding, plus accrued interest
thereon. Moreover, upon an event of default under the Agreement for a Series of
Securities and a sale of the related Trust Fund Assets or upon a sale of the
assets of a Trust Fund for a Series of Securities, the Trustee, the Master
Servicer, the credit enhancer, if any, and any other service provider specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement generally will be entitled to receive the
proceeds of any such sale to the extent of unpaid fees and other amounts owing
to such persons under the related Agreement prior to distributions to
Securityholders. Upon any such sale, the proceeds thereof may be insufficient to
pay in full the principal of and interest on the Securities of such Series.
THE TRUST FUND
GENERAL
The Securities of each Series will represent interests in the assets of the
related Trust Fund, and the Notes of each Series will be secured by the pledge
of the assets of the related Trust Fund. The Trust Fund for each Series will be
held by the Trustee for the benefit of the related Securityholders. Each Trust
Fund will consist of certain assets (the 'Trust Fund Assets') consisting of a
pool (each, a 'Pool') comprised of Loans as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, together with payments in respect of such Loans, as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.* The Pool will be created on the first day of the
month of the issuance of the related Series of Securities or such other date
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the 'Cut-off Date'). The
Securities will be entitled to payment from the assets of the related Trust Fund
or Funds or other assets pledged for the benefit of the Securityholders, as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and will not be entitled to
payments in respect of the assets of any other trust fund established by the
Depositor.
The Trust Fund Assets will be acquired by the Depositor, either directly or
through affiliates, from originators or sellers which may be affiliates of the
Depositor (the 'Sellers'), and conveyed without recourse by the Depositor to the
related Trust Fund. Loans acquired by the Depositor will have been originated in
accordance with the underwriting criteria specified below under 'Loan
Program -- Underwriting Standards' or as otherwise described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See 'Loan Program -- Underwriting Standards'.
The Depositor will cause the Trust Fund Assets to be assigned to the
Trustee named in the related Prospectus Supplement for the benefit of the
holders of the Securities of the related Series. The Master Servicer named in
the related Prospectus Supplement will service the Trust Fund Assets, either
directly or through other servicing institutions ('Sub-Servicers'), pursuant to
a Pooling and Servicing Agreement among the Depositor, the Master Servicer and
the Trustee with respect to a Series consisting of Certificates, or a master
servicing agreement (each, a 'Master Servicing Agreement') between the Trustee
and the Master Servicer with respect to a Series consisting of Certificates and
Notes, and will receive a fee for such services. See 'Loan Program' and 'The
Agreements'. With respect to Loans serviced by the Master Servicer through a
Sub-Servicer, the Master Servicer will remain liable for its servicing
obligations under the related Agreement as if the Master Servicer alone were
servicing such Loans.
As used herein, 'Agreement' means, with respect to a Series consisting of
Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and with respect to a Series
consisting of Certificates and Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture and the
Master Servicing Agreement, as the context requires.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund relating
to a Series of Securities may be a business trust formed under the laws of the
state specified in the related Prospectus Supplement pursuant to a trust
agreement (each, a 'Trust Agreement') between the Depositor and the trustee of
such Trust Fund.
- ------------------------------
* Whenever the terms 'Pool', 'Certificates', 'Notes' and 'Securities' are used
in this Prospectus, such terms will be deemed to apply, unless the context
indicates otherwise, to one specific Pool and the Securities of one Series
including the Certificates representing certain undivided interests in, and/or
Notes secured by the assets of, a single Trust Fund consisting primarily of
the Loans in such Pool. Similarly, the term 'Pass-Through Rate' will refer to
the Pass-Through Rate borne by the Certificates and the term 'interest rate'
will refer to the interest rate borne by the Notes of one specific Series, as
applicable, and the term 'Trust Fund' will refer to one specific Trust Fund.
20
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
With respect to each Trust Fund, prior to the initial offering of the
related Series of Securities, the Trust Fund will have no assets or liabilities.
No Trust Fund is expected to engage in any activities other than acquiring,
managing and holding of the related Trust Fund Assets and other assets
contemplated herein specified and in the related Prospectus Supplement and the
proceeds thereof, issuing Securities and making payments and distributions
thereon and certain related activities. No Trust Fund is expected to have any
source of capital other than its assets and any related credit enhancement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the only
obligations of the Depositor with respect to a Series of Securities will be to
obtain certain representations and warranties from the Sellers and to assign to
the Trustee for such Series of Securities the Depositor's rights with respect to
such representations and warranties. See 'The Agreements -- Assignment of the
Trust Fund Assets'. The obligations of the Master Servicer with respect to the
Loans will consist principally of its contractual servicing obligations under
the related Agreement (including its obligation to enforce the obligations of
the Sub-Servicers or Sellers, or both, as more fully described herein under
'Loan Program -- Representations by Sellers; Repurchases' and 'The
Agreements -- Sub-Servicing By Sellers' and ' -- Assignment of the Trust Fund
Assets') and its obligation, if any, to make certain cash advances in the event
of delinquencies in payments on or with respect to the Loans in the amounts
described herein under 'Description of the Securities -- Advances'. The
obligations of the Master Servicer to make advances may be subject to
limitations, to the extent provided herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
The following is a brief description of the assets expected to be included
in the Trust Funds. If specific information respecting the Trust Fund Assets is
not known at the time the related Series of Securities initially is offered,
more general information of the nature described below will be provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth in a
report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
within fifteen days after the initial issuance of such Securities (the 'Detailed
Description'). A copy of the Agreement with respect to each Series of Securities
will be attached to the Form 8-K and will be available for inspection at the
corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. A schedule of the Loans relating to such Series will be attached to
the Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.
THE LOANS
General. Loans will consist of mortgage loans or deeds of trust secured by
first or subordinated liens on one- to four-family residential properties, Home
Equity Loans or Home Improvement Contracts. For purposes hereof, 'Home Equity
Loans' includes 'Closed-End Loans' and 'Revolving Credit Line Loans'. If so
specified, the Loans may include cooperative apartment loans ('Cooperative
Loans') secured by security interests in shares issued by private, non-profit,
cooperative housing corporations ('Cooperatives') and in the related proprietary
leases or occupancy agreements granting exclusive rights to occupy specific
dwelling units in such Cooperatives' buildings. As more fully described in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Loans may be 'conventional' loans or loans
that are insured or guaranteed by a governmental agency such as the FHA or VA.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all of the
Loans in a Pool will have monthly payments due on the first day of each month.
The payment terms of the Loans to be included in a Trust Fund will be described
in the related Prospectus Supplement and may include any of the following
features (or combination thereof), all as described below or in the related
Prospectus Supplement:
(a) Interest may be payable at a fixed rate, a rate adjustable from
time to time in relation to an index (which will be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement), a rate that is fixed for a period of time
or under certain circumstances and is followed by an adjustable rate, a
rate that otherwise varies from time to time, or a rate that is convertible
from an adjustable rate to a fixed rate. Changes to an adjustable rate may
be subject to periodic limitations, maximum rates, minimum rates or a
combination of such limitations. Accrued interest may be deferred and added
to the principal of a Loan for such periods and under such circumstances as
may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Loans may provide
for the payment of interest at a rate lower than the specified interest
rate borne by such Loan (the 'Loan Rate') for a period of time or for the
life of the Loan, and the amount of any difference may be contributed from
funds supplied by the seller of the Property or another source.
(b) Principal may be payable on a level debt service basis to fully
amortize the Loan over its term, may be calculated on the basis of an
assumed amortization schedule that is significantly longer than the
21
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
original term to maturity or on an interest rate that is different from the
Loan Rate or may not be amortized during all or a portion of the original
term. Payment of all or a substantial portion of the principal may be due
on maturity ('balloon payment'). Principal may include interest that has
been deferred and added to the principal balance of the Loan.
(c) Monthly payments of principal and interest may be fixed for the
life of the Loan, may increase over a specified period of time or may
change from period to period. Loans may include limits on periodic
increases or decreases in the amount of monthly payments and may include
maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.
(d) Prepayments of principal may be subject to a prepayment fee, which
may be fixed for the life of the Loan or may decline over time, and may be
prohibited for the life of the Loan or for certain periods ('lockout
periods'). Certain Loans may permit prepayments after expiration of the
applicable lockout period and may require the payment of a prepayment fee
in connection with any such subsequent prepayment. Other Loans may permit
prepayments without payment of a fee unless the prepayment occurs during
specified time periods. The Loans may include 'due on sale' clauses which
permit the mortgagee to demand payment of the entire Loan in connection
with the sale or certain transfers of the related Property. Other Loans may
be assumable by persons meeting the then applicable underwriting standards
of the related Seller.
A Trust Fund may contain certain Loans ('Buydown Loans') that include
provisions whereby a third party partially subsidizes the monthly payments of
the borrowers on such Loans during the early years of such Loans, the difference
to be made up from a fund (a 'Buydown Fund') contributed by such third party at
the time of origination of the Loan. A Buydown Fund will be in an amount equal
either to the discounted value or full aggregate amount of future payment
subsidies. The underlying assumption of buydown plans is that the income of the
borrower will increase during the buydown period as a result of normal increases
in compensation and inflation, so that the borrower will be able to meet the
full loan payments at the end of the buydown period. To the extent that this
assumption as to increased income is not fulfilled, the possibility of defaults
on Buydown Loans is increased. The related Prospectus Supplement will contain
information with respect to any Buydown Loan concerning limitations on the
interest rate paid by the borrower initially, on annual increases in the
interest rate and on the length of the buydown period.
The real property which secures repayment of the Loans is referred to as
the 'Mortgaged Properties'. Home Improvement Contracts may, and the other Loans
will, be secured by mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar security
instruments creating a lien on a Mortgaged Property. In the case of Home Equity
Loans, such liens generally will be subordinated to one or more senior liens on
the related Mortgaged Properties as described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Home Improvement
Contracts may be unsecured or secured by purchase money security interests in
the Home Improvements financed thereby. The Mortgaged Properties and the Home
Improvements are collectively referred to herein as the 'Properties'. The
Properties relating to Loans will consist of detached or semi-detached one- to
four-family dwelling units, townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units,
individual units in planned unit developments, and certain other dwelling units
('Single Family Properties'). Such Properties may include vacation and second
homes, investment properties and leasehold interests. In the case of leasehold
interests, the term of the leasehold will exceed the scheduled maturity of the
Loan by at least five years, unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The Properties may be located in any one of the fifty
states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico or any other territory of
the United States.
Loans with certain Loan-to-Value Ratios and/or certain principal balances
may be covered wholly or partially by primary mortgage guaranty insurance
policies (each, a 'Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy'). The existence, extent
and duration of any such coverage will be described in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.
The aggregate principal balance of Loans secured by Properties that are
owner-occupied will be disclosed in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the sole basis for a
representation that a given percentage of the Loans is secured by Single Family
Properties that are owner-occupied will be either (i) the making of a
representation by the borrower at origination of the Loan either that the
underlying Property will be used by the borrower for a period of at least six
months every year or that the borrower intends to use the Property as a primary
residence or (ii) a finding that the address of the underlying Property is the
borrower's mailing address.
22
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Home Equity Loans. As more fully described in the related Prospectus
Supplement, interest on each Revolving Credit Line Loan, excluding introduction
rates offered from time to time during promotional periods, is computed and
payable monthly on the average daily outstanding principal balance of such Loan.
Principal amounts on a Revolving Credit Line Loan may be drawn down (up to a
maximum amount as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement) or repaid
under each Revolving Credit Line Loan from time to time, but may be subject to a
minimum periodic payment. Except to the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Trust Fund will not include any amounts borrowed
under a Revolving Credit Line Loan after the Cut-off Date. The full amount of a
Closed-End Loan is advanced at the inception of the Loan and generally is
repayable in equal (or substantially equal) installments of an amount to fully
amortize such Loan at its stated maturity. Except to the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the original terms to stated maturity of
Closed-End Loans will not exceed 360 months. Under certain circumstances, under
either a Revolving Credit Line Loan or a Closed-End Loan, a borrower may choose
an interest only payment option and is obligated to pay only the amount of
interest which accrues on the Loan during the billing cycle. An interest only
payment option may be available for a specified period before the borrower must
begin paying at least the minimum monthly payment of a specified percentage of
the average outstanding balance of the Loan.
Home Improvement Contracts. The Trust Fund Assets for a Series of
Securities may consist, in whole or in part, of Home Improvement Contracts
originated by a home improvement contractor, a thrift or a commercial mortgage
banker in the ordinary course of business. The Home Improvements securing the
Home Improvement Contracts may include, but are not limited to, replacement
windows, house siding, new roofs, swimming pools, satellite dishes, kitchen and
bathroom remodeling goods and solar heating panels. As specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Home Improvement Contracts will either be unsecured
or secured by mortgages on Single Family Properties which are generally
subordinate to other mortgages on the same Property, or secured by purchase
money security interests in the Home Improvements financed thereby. Except as
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Home Improvement
Contracts will be fully amortizing and may have fixed interest rates or
adjustable interest rates and may provide for other payment characteristics as
described below and in the related Prospectus Supplement. The initial
Loan-to-Value Ratio of a Home Improvement Contract is computed in the manner
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Additional Information. Each Prospectus Supplement will contain
information, as of the date of such Prospectus Supplement and to the extent then
specifically known to the Depositor, with respect to the Loans contained in the
related Pool, including (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance and the
average outstanding principal balance of the Loans as of the applicable Cut-off
Date, (ii) the type of property securing the Loan (e.g., single family
residences, individual units in condominium apartment buildings, two- to four-
family dwelling units, other real property or Home Improvements), (iii) the
original terms to maturity of the Loans, (iv) the largest principal balance and
the smallest principal balance of any of the Loans, (v) the earliest origination
date and latest maturity date of any of the Loans, (vi) the Loan-to-Value Ratios
or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, as applicable, of the Loans, (vii) the Loan
Rates or annual percentage rates ('APR') or range of Loan Rates or APR's borne
by the Loans, (viii) the maximum and minimum per annum Loan Rates, and (ix) the
geographical location of the Loans. If specific information respecting the Loans
is not known to the Depositor at the time the related Securities are initially
offered, more general information of the nature described above will be provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth
in the Detailed Description.
The 'Loan-to-Value Ratio' of a Loan at any given time is the fraction,
expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the original principal
balance of the related Loan and the denominator of which is the Collateral Value
of the related Property. The 'Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio' of a Loan at any
given time is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (i) the sum of (a) the
original principal balance of the Loan (or, in the case of a Revolving Credit
Line Loan, the maximum amount thereof available) and (b) the outstanding
principal balance at the date of origination of the Loan of any senior mortgage
loan(s) or, in the case of any open-ended senior mortgage loan, the maximum
available line of credit with respect to such mortgage loan, regardless of any
lesser amount actually outstanding at the date of origination of the Loan, to
(ii) the Collateral Value of the related Property. The 'Collateral Value' of the
Property, other than with respect to certain Loans the proceeds of which were
used to refinance an existing mortgage loan (each, a 'Refinance Loan'), is the
lesser of (a) the appraised value determined in an appraisal obtained by the
originator at origination of such Loan and (b) the sales price for such
Property. In the case of Refinance Loans, the 'Collateral Value' of the related
Property is the appraised value thereof determined in an appraisal obtained at
the time of refinancing.
23
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
No assurance can be given that values of the Properties have remained or
will remain at their levels on the dates of origination of the related Loans. If
the residential real estate market should experience an overall decline in
property values such that the sum of the outstanding principal balances of the
Loans and any primary or secondary financing on the Properties, as applicable,
in a particular Pool become equal to or greater than the value of the
Properties, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be
higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
addition, adverse economic conditions and other factors (which may or may not
affect real property values) may affect the timely payment by borrowers of
scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the
actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any Pool.
To the extent that such losses are not covered by subordination provisions or
alternative arrangements, such losses will be borne, at least in part, by the
holders of the Securities of the related Series.
SUBSTITUTION OF TRUST FUND ASSETS
Substitution of Trust Fund Assets will be permitted in the event of
breaches of representations and warranties with respect to any original Trust
Fund Asset or in the event the documentation with respect to any Trust Fund
Asset is determined by the Trustee to be incomplete. The period during which
such substitution will be permitted generally will be indicated in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to be received from the sale of the Securities will be
applied by the Depositor to the purchase of Trust Fund Assets or will be used by
the Depositor for general corporate purposes. The Depositor expects to sell
Securities in Series from time to time, but the timing and amount of offerings
of Securities will depend on a number of factors, including the volume of Trust
Fund Assets acquired by the Depositor, prevailing interest rates, availability
of funds and general market conditions.
THE DEPOSITOR
CWABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the 'Depositor'), was incorporated in
August 1996 for the limited purpose of acquiring, owning and transferring Trust
Fund Assets and selling interests therein or bonds secured thereby. The
Depositor is a limited purpose finance subsidiary of Countrywide Credit
Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Depositor maintains its principal
office at 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its telephone
number is (818) 584-2212.
Neither the Depositor nor any of the Depositor's affiliates will insure or
guarantee distributions on the Securities of any Series.
LOAN PROGRAM
The Loans will have been purchased by the Depositor, either directly or
through affiliates, from Sellers. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Loans so acquired by the Depositor will have been
originated in accordance with the underwriting criteria specified below under
'Underwriting Standards'.
UNDERWRITING STANDARDS
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Seller will represent and warrant that all Loans originated and/or sold by it to
the Depositor or one of its affiliates will have been underwritten in accordance
with standards consistent with those utilized by mortgage lenders generally
during the period of origination for similar types of loans. As to any Loan
insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the Seller will represent
that it has complied with underwriting policies of the FHA or the VA, as the
case may be.
Underwriting standards are applied by or on behalf of a lender to evaluate
the borrower's credit standing and repayment ability, and the value and adequacy
of the related Property as collateral. In general, a prospective borrower
applying for a Loan is required to fill out a detailed application designed to
provide to the underwriting officer pertinent credit information, including the
principal balance and payment history with respect to any senior mortgage, if
any, which, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
will be verified by the related Seller. As part of the description of the
borrower's financial condition, the borrower generally is required to provide a
current list of assets and liabilities and a statement of income and expenses,
as well as an authorization to apply for a credit report which summarizes the
borrower's credit history with local merchants
24
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and lenders and any record of bankruptcy. In most cases, an employment
verification is obtained from an independent source (typically the borrower's
employer) which verification reports, among other things, the length of
employment with that organization and the borrower's current salary. If a
prospective borrower is self-employed, the borrower may be required to submit
copies of signed tax returns. The borrower may also be required to authorize
verification of deposits at financial institutions where the borrower has demand
or savings accounts.
In determining the adequacy of the property to be used as collateral, an
appraisal will generally be made of each property considered for financing. The
appraiser is generally required to inspect the property, issue a report on its
condition and, if applicable, verify construction, if new, has been completed.
The appraisal is based on the market value of comparable homes, the estimated
rental income (if considered applicable by the appraiser) and the cost of
replacing the home. The value of the property being financed, as indicated by
the appraisal, must be such that it currently supports, and is anticipated to
support in the future, the outstanding loan balance.
The maximum loan amount will vary depending upon a borrower's credit grade
and loan program but will not generally exceed $1,000,000. Variations in maximum
loan amount limits will be permitted based on compensating factors. Compensating
factors may generally include, to the extent specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, low loan-to-value ratio, low debt-to-income ratio, stable
employment, favorable credit history and the nature of the underlying first
mortgage loan, if applicable.
Each Seller's underwriting standards will generally permit loans with
loan-to-value ratios at origination of up to 100% depending on the loan program,
type and use of the property, creditworthiness of the borrower and
debt-to-income ratio. Loan-to-value ratios are not evaluated in the case of
Title I Loans.
After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property information,
the related Seller will use a debt-to-income ratio to assist in determining
whether the prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to
support the payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loan in addition
to other monthly credit obligations. The 'debt-to-income ratio' is the ratio of
the borrower's total monthly payments to the borrower's gross monthly income.
The maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio will vary depending upon a borrower's
credit grade and loan program but will not generally exceed 55%. Variations in
the monthly debt-to-income ratio limit will be permitted based on compensating
factors to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
In the case of a Loan secured by a leasehold interest in real property, the
title to which is held by a third party lessor, the related Seller will, unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, represent and warrant,
among other things, that the remaining term of the lease and any sublease is at
least five years longer than the remaining term on the Loan.
Certain of the types of Loans that may be included in a Trust Fund are
recently developed and may involve additional uncertainties not present in
traditional types of loans. For example, certain of such Loans may provide for
escalating or variable payments by the borrower. These types of Loans are
underwritten on the basis of a judgment that the borrowers have the ability to
make the monthly payments required initially. In some instances, a borrower's
income may not be sufficient to permit continued loan payments as such payments
increase. These types of Loans may also be underwritten primarily upon the basis
of Loan-to-Value Ratios or other favorable credit factors.
QUALIFICATIONS OF SELLERS
Each Seller will be required to satisfy the following qualifications. Each
Seller must be an institution experienced in originating and servicing loans of
the type contained in the related Pool in accordance with accepted practices and
prudent guidelines, and must maintain satisfactory facilities to originate and
service those loans. Each Seller must be a seller/servicer approved by either
the Federal National Mortgage Association ('FNMA') or the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation ('FHLMC'). Each Seller must be a mortgagee approved by the
FHA or an institution the deposit accounts in which are insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the 'FDIC').
REPRESENTATIONS BY SELLERS; REPURCHASES
Each Seller will have made representations and warranties in respect of the
Loans sold by such Seller and evidenced by all, or a part, of a Series of
Securities. Such representations and warranties may include, among other things:
(i) that title insurance (or in the case of Properties located in areas where
such policies are
25
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
generally not available, an attorney's certificate of title) and any required
hazard insurance policy were effective at origination of each Loan, other than a
Cooperative Loan, and that each policy (or certificate of title as applicable)
remained in effect on the date of purchase of the Loan from the Seller by or on
behalf of the Depositor; (ii) that the Seller had good title to each such Loan
and such Loan was subject to no offsets, defenses, counterclaims or rights of
rescission except to the extent that any buydown agreement may forgive certain
indebtedness of a borrower; (iii) that each Loan constituted a valid lien on, or
a perfected security interest with respect to, the Property (subject only to
permissible liens disclosed, if applicable, title insurance exceptions, if
applicable, and certain other exceptions described in the Agreement) and that
the Property was free from damage and was in acceptable condition; (iv) that
there were no delinquent tax or assessment liens against the Property; (v) that
no required payment on a Loan was delinquent more than the number of days
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement; and (vi) that each Loan was made
in compliance with, and is enforceable under, all applicable local, state and
federal laws and regulations in all material respects.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the representations
and warranties of a Seller in respect of a Loan will be made not as of the
Cut-off Date but as of the date on which such Seller sold the Loan to the
Depositor or one of its affiliates. Under such circumstances, a substantial
period of time may have elapsed between the sale date and the date of initial
issuance of the Series of Securities evidencing an interest in such Loan. Since
the representations and warranties of a Seller do not address events that may
occur following the sale of a Loan by such Seller, its repurchase obligation
described below will not arise if the relevant event that would otherwise have
given rise to such an obligation with respect to a Loan occurs after the date of
sale of such Loan by such Seller to the Depositor or its affiliates. However,
the Depositor will not include any Loan in the Trust Fund for any Series of
Securities if anything has come to the Depositor's attention that would cause it
to believe that the representations and warranties of a Seller will not be
accurate and complete in all material respects in respect of such Loan as of the
date of initial issuance of the related Series of Securities. If the Master
Servicer is also a Seller of Loans with respect to a particular Series of
Securities, such representations will be in addition to the representations and
warranties made by the Master Servicer in its capacity as a Master Servicer.
The Master Servicer or the Trustee, if the Master Servicer is the Seller,
will promptly notify the relevant Seller of any breach of any representation or
warranty made by it in respect of a Loan which materially and adversely affects
the interests of the Securityholders in such Loan. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, if such Seller cannot cure such breach within
90 days following notice from the Master Servicer or the Trustee, as the case
may be, then such Seller will be obligated either (i) to repurchase such Loan
from the Trust Fund at a price (the 'Purchase Price') equal to 100% of the
unpaid principal balance thereof as of the date of the repurchase plus accrued
interest thereon to the first day of the month following the month of repurchase
at the Loan Rate (less any Advances or amount payable as related servicing
compensation if the Seller is the Master Servicer) or (ii) substitute for such
Loan a replacement loan that satisfies the criteria specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. If a REMIC election is to be made with respect to a Trust
Fund, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer or a holder of the related residual certificate generally will
be obligated to pay any prohibited transaction tax which may arise in connection
with any such repurchase or substitution and the Trustee must have received a
satisfactory opinion of counsel that such repurchase or substitution will not
cause the Trust Fund to lose its status as a REMIC or otherwise subject the
Trust Fund to a prohibited transaction tax. The Master Servicer may be entitled
to reimbursement for any such payment from the assets of the related Trust Fund
or from any holder of the related residual certificate. See 'Description of the
Securities -- General'. Except in those cases in which the Master Servicer is
the Seller, the Master Servicer will be required under the applicable Agreement
to enforce this obligation for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the
Securities, following the practices it would employ in its good faith business
judgment were it the owner of such Loan. This repurchase or substitution
obligation will constitute the sole remedy available to holders of Securities or
the Trustee for a breach of representation by a Seller.
Neither the Depositor nor the Master Servicer (unless the Master Servicer
is the Seller) will be obligated to purchase or substitute a Loan if a Seller
defaults on its obligation to do so, and no assurance can be given that Sellers
will carry out their respective repurchase or substitution obligations with
respect to Loans. However, to the extent that a breach of a representation and
warranty of a Seller may also constitute a breach of a representation made by
the Master Servicer, the Master Servicer may have a repurchase or substitution
obligation as described below under 'The Agreements -- Assignment of Trust Fund
Assets'.
26
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
Each Series of Certificates will be issued pursuant to separate agreements
(each, a 'Pooling and Servicing Agreement' or a 'Trust Agreement') among the
Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee. A form of Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and Trust Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Each Series of Notes will be
issued pursuant to an indenture (the 'Indenture') between the related Trust Fund
and the entity named in the related Prospectus Supplement as trustee (the
'Trustee') with respect to such Series, and the related Loans will be serviced
by the Master Servicer pursuant to a Master Servicing Agreement. A form of
Indenture and Master Servicing Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. A Series of
Securities may consist of both Notes and Certificates. Each Agreement, dated as
of the related Cut-off Date, will be among the Depositor, the Master Servicer
and the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of such Series.
The provisions of each Agreement will vary depending upon the nature of the
Securities to be issued thereunder and the nature of the related Trust Fund. The
following are descriptions of the material provisions which may appear in each
Agreement. The descriptions are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety
by reference to, all of the provisions of the Agreement for each Series of
Securities and the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The Depositor will provide
a copy of the Agreement (without exhibits) relating to any Series without charge
upon written request of a holder of record of a Security of such Series
addressed to CWABS, Inc., 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California
91101-7139, Attention: Secretary.
GENERAL
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Securities of each Series will be issued in book-entry or fully registered form,
in the authorized denominations specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
will, in the case of Certificates, evidence specified beneficial ownership
interests in, and in the case of Notes, be secured by, the assets of the related
Trust Fund created pursuant to each Agreement and will not be entitled to
payments in respect of the assets included in any other Trust Fund established
by the Depositor. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Securities will not represent obligations of the Depositor or
any affiliate of the Depositor. Certain of the Loans may be guaranteed or
insured as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Each Trust Fund will
consist of, to the extent provided in the related Agreement, (i) the Trust Fund
Assets, as from time to time are subject to the related Agreement (exclusive of
any amounts specified in the related Prospectus Supplement ('Retained
Interest')), including all payments of interest and principal received with
respect to the Loans after the Cut-off Date (to the extent not applied in
computing the principal balance of such Loans as of the Cut-off Date (the
'Cut-off Date Principal Balance')); (ii) such assets as from time to time are
required to be deposited in the related Security Account, as described below
under 'The Agreements -- Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account'; (iii)
property which secured a Loan and which is acquired on behalf of the
Securityholders by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and (iv) any
insurance policies or other forms of credit enhancement required to be
maintained pursuant to the related Agreement. If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund may also include one or more of the
following: reinvestment income on payments received on the Trust Fund Assets, a
Reserve Account, a mortgage pool insurance policy, a special hazard insurance
policy, a bankruptcy bond, one or more letters of credit, a surety bond,
guaranties or similar instruments.
Each Series of Securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each class
of Certificates of a Series will evidence beneficial ownership of a specified
percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments and a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future principal payments
on, and each class of Notes of a Series will be secured by, the related Trust
Fund Assets. A Series of Securities may include one or more classes that are
senior in right to payment to one or more other classes of Securities of such
Series. Certain Series or classes of Securities may be covered by insurance
policies, surety bonds or other forms of credit enhancement, in each case as
described under 'Credit Enhancement' herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. One or more classes of Securities of a Series may be entitled to
receive distributions of principal, interest or any combination thereof.
Distributions on one or more classes of a Series of Securities may be made prior
to one or more other classes, after the occurrence of specified events, in
accordance with a schedule or formula or on the basis of collections from
designated portions of the related Trust Fund Assets, in each case as specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement. The timing and amounts of such
distributions may vary among classes or over time as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
27
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Distributions of principal and interest (or, where applicable, of principal
only or interest only) on the related Securities will be made by the Trustee on
each Distribution Date (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at such other
intervals and on the dates as are specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement) in proportion to the percentages specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Distributions will be made to the persons in whose names the
Securities are registered at the close of business on the dates specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (each, a 'Record Date'). Distributions will be
made in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement to the persons
entitled thereto at the address appearing in the register maintained for holders
of Securities (the 'Security Register'); provided, however, that the final
distribution in retirement of the Securities will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of the Securities at the office or agency of the Trustee or other
person specified in the notice to Securityholders of such final distribution.
The Securities will be freely transferable and exchangeable at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. No service charge will be made for any registration of exchange or
transfer of Securities of any Series, but the Trustee may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.
Under current law the purchase and holding of a class of Securities
entitled only to a specified percentage of payments of either interest or
principal or a notional amount of either interest or principal on the related
Loans or a class of Securities entitled to receive payments of interest and
principal on the Loans only after payments to other classes or after the
occurrence of certain specified events by or on behalf of any employee benefit
plan or other retirement arrangement (including individual retirement accounts
and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds in which such plans,
accounts or arrangements are invested) subject to provisions of ERISA or the
Code, may result in prohibited transactions, within the meaning of ERISA and the
Code. See 'ERISA Considerations'. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the transfer of Securities of such a class will not be
registered unless the transferee (i) represents that it is not, and is not
purchasing on behalf of, any such plan, account or arrangement or (ii) provides
an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee and the Depositor that the
purchase of Securities of such a class by or on behalf of such plan, account or
arrangement is permissible under applicable law and will not subject the
Trustee, the Master Servicer or the Depositor to any obligation or liability in
addition to those undertaken in the Agreements.
As to each Series, an election may be made to treat the related Trust Fund
or designated portions thereof as a 'real estate mortgage investment conduit' or
'REMIC' as defined in the Code. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
whether a REMIC election is to be made. Alternatively, the Agreement for a
Series may provide that a REMIC election may be made at the discretion of the
Depositor or the Master Servicer and may only be made if certain conditions are
satisfied. As to any such Series, the terms and provisions applicable to the
making of a REMIC election will be set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. If such an election is made with respect to a Series, one of the
classes will be designated as evidencing the sole class of 'residual interests'
in the related REMIC, as defined in the Code. All other classes of Securities in
such a Series will constitute 'regular interests' in the related REMIC, as
defined in the Code. As to each Series with respect to which a REMIC election is
to be made, the Master Servicer or a holder of the related residual certificate
will be obligated to take all actions required in order to comply with
applicable laws and regulations and will be obligated to pay any prohibited
transaction taxes. The Master Servicer, unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, will be entitled to reimbursement for any such payment
from the assets of the Trust Fund or from any holder of the related residual
certificate.
DISTRIBUTIONS ON SECURITIES
General. In general, the method of determining the amount of distributions
on a particular Series of Securities will depend on the type of credit support,
if any, that is used with respect to such Series. See 'Credit Enhancement'. Set
forth below are descriptions of various methods that may be used to determine
the amount of distributions on the Securities of a particular Series. The
Prospectus Supplement for each Series of Securities will describe the method to
be used in determining the amount of distributions on the Securities of such
Series.
Distributions allocable to principal and interest on the Securities will be
made by the Trustee out of, and only to the extent of, funds in the related
Security Account, including any funds transferred from any Reserve Account (a
'Reserve Account'). As between Securities of different classes and as between
distributions of principal (and, if applicable, between distributions of
Principal Prepayments, as defined below, and scheduled payments of principal)
and interest, distributions made on any Distribution Date will be applied as
specified in
28
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the related Prospectus Supplement. The Prospectus Supplement will also describe
the method for allocating distributions among Securities of a particular class.
Available Funds. All distributions on the Securities of each Series on
each Distribution Date will be made from the Available Funds described below, in
accordance with the terms described in the related Prospectus Supplement and
specified in the Agreement. 'Available Funds' for each Distribution Date will
generally equal the amount on deposit in the related Security Account on such
Distribution Date (net of related fees and expenses payable by the related Trust
Fund) other than amounts to be held therein for distribution on future
Distribution Dates.
Distributions of Interest. Interest will accrue on the aggregate principal
balance of the Securities (or, in the case of Securities entitled only to
distributions allocable to interest, the aggregate notional amount) of each
class of Securities (the 'Class Security Balance') entitled to interest from the
date, at the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable (which in either
case may be a fixed rate or rate adjustable as specified in such Prospectus
Supplement), and for the periods specified in such Prospectus Supplement. To the
extent funds are available therefor, interest accrued during each such specified
period on each class of Securities entitled to interest (other than a class of
Securities that provides for interest that accrues, but is not currently
payable, referred to hereafter as 'Accrual Securities') will be distributable on
the Distribution Dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement until the
aggregate Class Security Balance of the Securities of such class has been
distributed in full or, in the case of Securities entitled only to distributions
allocable to interest, until the aggregate notional amount of such Securities is
reduced to zero or for the period of time designated in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The original Class Security Balance of each Security will equal the
aggregate distributions allocable to principal to which such Security is
entitled. Distributions allocable to interest on each Security that is not
entitled to distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the
notional amount of such Security. The notional amount of a Security will not
evidence an interest in or entitlement to distributions allocable to principal
but will be used solely for convenience in expressing the calculation of
interest and for certain other purposes.
Interest payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution Date will
include all interest accrued during the period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution Date, the effective yield to Securityholders
will be reduced from the yield that would otherwise be obtainable if interest
payable on the Security were to accrue through the day immediately preceding
such Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be less than the indicated coupon rate.
With respect to any class of Accrual Securities, if specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any interest that has accrued but is not paid on
a given Distribution Date will be added to the aggregate Class Security Balance
of such class of Securities on that Distribution Date. Distributions of interest
on any class of Accrual Securities will commence only after the occurrence of
the events specified in such Prospectus Supplement. Prior to such time, the
beneficial ownership interest in the Trust Fund or the principal balance, as
applicable, of such class of Accrued Securities, as reflected in the aggregate
Class Security Balance of such class of Accrual Securities, will increase on
each Distribution Date by the amount of interest that accrued on such class of
Accrual Securities during the preceding interest accrual period but that was not
required to be distributed to such class on such Distribution Date. Any such
class of Accrual Securities will thereafter accrue interest on its outstanding
Class Security Balance as so adjusted.
Distributions of Principal. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
the method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the Securities
on each Distribution Date will be calculated and the manner in which such amount
will be allocated among the classes of Securities entitled to distributions of
principal. The aggregate Class Security Balance of any class of Securities
entitled to distributions of principal generally will be the aggregate original
Class Security Balance of such class of Securities specified in such Prospectus
Supplement, reduced by all distributions reported to the holders of such
Securities as allocable to principal and, (i) in the case of Accrual Securities,
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, increased by
all interest accrued but not then distributable on such Accrual Securities and
(ii) in the case of adjustable rate Securities, subject to the effect of
negative amortization, if applicable.
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of
Securities will be entitled to receive all or a disproportionate percentage of
the payments of principal which are received from borrowers in advance of their
scheduled due dates and are not accompanied by amounts representing scheduled
interest due
29
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
after the month of such payments ('Principal Prepayments') in the percentages
and under the circumstances or for the periods specified in such Prospectus
Supplement. Any such allocation of Principal Prepayments to such class or
classes of Securities will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of
such Securities while increasing the interests evidenced by one or more other
classes of Securities in the Trust Fund. Increasing the interests of the other
classes of Securities relative to that of certain Securities is intended to
preserve the availability of the subordination provided by such other
Securities. See 'Credit Enhancement -- Subordination'.
Unscheduled Distributions. If specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Securities will be subject to receipt of distributions before
the next scheduled Distribution Date under the circumstances and in the manner
described below and in such Prospectus Supplement. If applicable, the Trustee
will be required to make such unscheduled distributions on the day and in the
amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement if, due to substantial
payments of principal (including Principal Prepayments) on the Trust Fund
Assets, the Trustee or the Master Servicer determines that the funds available
or anticipated to be available from the Security Account and, if applicable, any
Reserve Account, may be insufficient to make required distributions on the
Securities on such Distribution Date. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the amount of any such unscheduled distribution that is
allocable to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been
required to be distributed as principal on the Securities on the next
Distribution Date. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the unscheduled distributions will include interest at the
applicable Pass-Through Rate (if any) or interest rate (if any) on the amount of
the unscheduled distribution allocable to principal for the period and to the
date specified in such Prospectus Supplement.
ADVANCES
To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master
Servicer will be required to advance on or before each Distribution Date (from
its own funds, funds advanced by Sub-Servicers or funds held in the Security
Account for future distributions to the holders of Securities of the related
Series), an amount equal to the aggregate of payments of interest and/or
principal that were delinquent on the related Determination Date (as such term
is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement) and were not advanced by any
Sub-Servicer, subject to the Master Servicer's determination that such advances
may be recoverable out of late payments by borrowers, Liquidation Proceeds,
Insurance Proceeds or otherwise. In the case of Cooperative Loans, the Master
Servicer also may be required to advance any unpaid maintenance fees and other
charges under the related proprietary leases as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
In making Advances, the Master Servicer will endeavor to maintain a regular
flow of scheduled interest and principal payments to holders of the Securities,
rather than to guarantee or insure against losses. If Advances are made by the
Master Servicer from cash being held for future distribution to Securityholders,
the Master Servicer will replace such funds on or before any future Distribution
Date to the extent that funds in the applicable Security Account on such
Distribution Date would be less than the amount required to be available for
distributions to Securityholders on such date. Any Master Servicer funds
advanced will be reimbursable to the Master Servicer out of recoveries on the
specific Loans with respect to which such Advances were made (e.g., late
payments made by the related borrower, any related Insurance Proceeds,
Liquidation Proceeds or proceeds of any Loan purchased by the Depositor, a
Sub-Servicer or a Seller pursuant to the related Agreement). Advances by the
Master Servicer (and any advances by a Sub-Servicer) also will be reimbursable
to the Master Servicer (or Sub-Servicer) from cash otherwise distributable to
Securityholders (including the holders of Senior Securities) to the extent that
the Master Servicer determines that any such Advances previously made are not
ultimately recoverable as described above. To the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer also will be obligated to make
Advances, to the extent recoverable out of Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation
Proceeds or otherwise, in respect of certain taxes and insurance premiums not
paid by borrowers on a timely basis. Funds so advanced are reimbursable to the
Master Servicer to the extent permitted by the related Agreement. The
obligations of the Master Servicer to make advances may be supported by a cash
advance reserve fund, a surety bond or other arrangement of the type described
herein under 'Credit Enhancement', in each case as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the
event the Master Servicer or a Sub-Servicer fails to make a required Advance,
the Trustee will be obligated to make such Advance in its capacity as successor
servicer. If the Trustee makes such an Advance, it will be entitled to be
reimbursed for such Advance
30
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
to the same extent and degree as the Master Servicer or a Sub-Servicer is
entitled to be reimbursed for Advances. See 'Description of the
Securities -- Distributions on Securities'.
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
Prior to or concurrently with each distribution on a Distribution Date the
Master Servicer or the Trustee will furnish to each Securityholder of record of
the related Series a statement setting forth, to the extent applicable to such
Series of Securities, among other things:
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
(i) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal, separately identifying the aggregate
amount of any Principal Prepayments and if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
applicable prepayment penalties included therein;
(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;
(iii) the amount of any Advance;
(iv) the aggregate amount (a) otherwise allocable to the Subordinated Securityholders on such
Distribution Date, and (b) withdrawn from the Reserve Account, if any, that is included in the
amounts distributed to the Senior Securityholders;
(v) the outstanding principal balance or notional amount of each class of the related Series after
giving effect to the distribution of principal on such Distribution Date;
(vi) the percentage of principal payments on the Loans (excluding prepayments), if any, which each such
class will be entitled to receive on the following Distribution Date;
(vii) the percentage of Principal Prepayments on the Loans, if any, which each such class will be
entitled to receive on the following Distribution Date;
(viii) the related amount of the servicing compensation retained or withdrawn from the Security Account
by the Master Servicer, and the amount of additional servicing compensation received by the Master
Servicer attributable to penalties, fees, excess Liquidation Proceeds and other similar charges
and items;
(ix) the number and aggregate principal balances of Loans (A) delinquent (exclusive of Loans in
foreclosure) (1) 1 to 30 days, (2) 31 to 60 days, (3) 61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or more days and
(B) in foreclosure and delinquent (1) 1 to 30 days, (2) 31 to 60 days, (3) 61 to 90 days and (4)
91 or more days, as of the close of business on the last day of the calendar month preceding such
Distribution Date;
(x) the book value of any real estate acquired through foreclosure or grant of a deed in lieu of
foreclosure;
(xi) the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable, if adjusted from the date of the last
statement, of any such class expected to be applicable to the next distribution to such class;
(xii) if applicable, the amount remaining in any Reserve Account at the close of business on the
Distribution Date;
(xiii) the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable, as of the day prior to the immediately
preceding Distribution Date; and
(xiv) any amounts remaining under letters of credit, pool policies or other forms of credit enhancement.
</TABLE>
Where applicable, any amount set forth above may be expressed as a dollar
amount per single Security of the relevant class having the Percentage Interest
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The report to Securityholders
for any Series of Securities may include additional or other information of a
similar nature to that specified above.
In addition, within a reasonable period of time after the end of each
calendar year, the Master Servicer or the Trustee will mail to each
Securityholder of record at any time during such calendar year a report (a) as
to the aggregate of amounts reported pursuant to (i) and (ii) above for such
calendar year or, in the event such person was a Securityholder of record during
a portion of such calendar year, for the applicable portion of such year and (b)
such other customary information as may be deemed necessary or desirable for
Securityholders to prepare their tax returns.
31
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
CATEGORIES OF CLASSES OF SECURITIES
The Securities of any Series may be comprised of one or more classes. Such
classes, in general, fall into different categories. The following chart
identifies and generally defines certain of the more typical categories. The
Prospectus Supplement for a series of Securities may identify the classes which
comprise such Series by reference to the following categories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CATEGORIES OF CLASSES DEFINITION
<S> <C>
PRINCIPAL TYPES
Accretion Directed............ A class that receives principal payments from the accreted interest from
specified Accrual classes. An Accretion Directed class also may receive principal
payments from principal paid on the underlying Trust Fund Assets for the related
Series.
Component Securities.......... A class consisting of 'Components.' The Components of a class of Component
Securities may have different principal and/or interest payment characteristics
but together constitute a single class. Each Component of a class of Component
Securities may be identified as falling into one or more of the categories in
this chart.
Notional Amount Securities.... A class having no principal balance and bearing interest on the related notional
amount. The notional amount is used for purposes of the determination of interest
distributions.
Planned Principal Class (also
sometimes referred to as
'PACs')..................... A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a predetermined
principal balance schedule derived by assuming two constant prepayment rates for
the underlying Trust Fund Assets. These two rates are the endpoints for the
'structuring range' for the Planned Principal Class. The Planned Principal
Classes in any Series of Securities may be subdivided into different categories
(e.g., Primary Planned Principal Classes, Secondary Planned Principal Classes and
so forth) having different effective structuring ranges and different principal
payment priorities. The structuring range for the Secondary Planned Principal
Categories of Classes Definition Class of a Series of Securities will be narrower
than that for the Primary Planned Principal Class of such Series.
Scheduled Principal Class..... A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a predetermined
principal balance schedule but is not designated as a Planned Principal Class or
Targeted Principal class. In may cases, the schedule is derived by assuming two
constant prepayment rates for the underlying Trust Fund Assets. These two rates
are the endpoints for the 'structuring range' for the Scheduled Principal Class.
Sequential Pay................ Classes that receive principal payments in a prescribed sequence, that do not
have predetermined principal balance schedules and that under all circumstances
receive payments of principal continuously from the first Distribution Date on
which they receive principal until they are retired. A single class that receives
principal payments before or after all other classes in the same Series of
Securities may be identified as a Sequential Pay class.
Strip......................... A class that receives a constant proportion, or 'strip,' of the principal
payments on the underlying Trust Fund Assets.
Support Class (also sometimes
referred to as 'companion
classes')................... A class that receives principal payments on any Distribution Date only if
scheduled payments have been made on specified Planned Principal Classes,
Targeted Principal Classes and/or Scheduled Principal Classes.
</TABLE>
32
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Targeted Principal Class (also
sometimes referred to as
'TACs')..................... A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a predetermined
principal balance schedule derived by assuming a single constant prepayment rate
for the underlying Trust Fund Assets.
INTEREST TYPES
Fixed Rate.................... A class with an interest rate that is fixed throughout the life of the class.
Floating Rate................. A class with an interest rate that resets periodically based upon a designated
index and that varies directly with changes in such index.
Inverse Floating Rate......... A class with an interest rate that resets periodically based upon a designated
index and that varies inversely with changes in such index.
Variable Rate................. A class with an interest rate that resets periodically and is calculated by
reference to the rate or rates of interest applicable to specified assets or
instruments (e.g., the Loan Rates borne by the underlying Loans).
Interest Only................. A class that receives some or all of the interest payments made on the underlying
Trust Fund Assets and little or no principal. Interest Only classes have either a
nominal principal balance or a notional amount. A nominal principal balance
represents actual principal that will be paid on the class. It is referred to as
nominal since it is extremely small compared to other classes. A notional amount
is the amount used as a reference to calculate the amount of interest due on an
Interest Only class that is not entitled to any distributions in respect of
principal.
Principal Only................ A class that does not bear interest and is entitled to receive only distributions
in respect of principal.
Partial Accrual............... A class that accretes a portion of the amount of accrued interest thereon, which
amount will be added to the principal balance of such class on each applicable
Distribution Date, with the remainder of such accrued interest to be distributed
currently as interest on such class. Such accretion may continue until a
specified event has occurred or until such Partial Accrual class is retired.
Accrual....................... A class that accretes the amount of accrued interest otherwise distributable on
such class, which amount will be added as principal to the principal balance of
such class on each applicable Distribution Date. Such accretion may continue
until some specified event has occurred or until such Accrual class is retired.
</TABLE>
INDICES APPLICABLE TO FLOATING RATE AND INVERSE FLOATING RATE CLASSES
LIBOR
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
LIBOR Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the applicable
interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as LIBOR, the
Person designated in the related Agreement (the 'Calculation Agent') will
determine LIBOR by reference to the quotations, as set forth on the Reuters
Screen LIBO Page (as defined in the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.
Code of Standard Wording, Assumptions and Provisions for Swaps, 1986 Edition),
offered by the principal London office of each of the designated reference banks
meeting the criteria set forth below (the 'Reference Banks') for making
one-month United States dollar deposits in leading banks in the London Interbank
market, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. In lieu
of relying on the quotations for those Reference Banks that appear at such time
on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the Calculation Agent will request each of the
Reference Banks to provide such offered quotations at such time.
LIBOR will be established by the Calculation Agent on each LIBOR
Determination Date as follows:
33
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(a) If on any LIBOR Determination Date two or more Reference Banks
provide such offered quotations, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual Period
shall be the arithmetic mean of such offered quotations (rounded upwards if
necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%).
(b) If on any LIBOR Determination Date only one or none of the
Reference Banks provides such offered quotations, LIBOR for the next
Interest Accrual Period (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement) shall be whichever is the higher of (i) LIBOR as determined on
the previous LIBOR Determination Date or (ii) the Reserve Interest Rate.
The 'Reserve Interest Rate' shall be the rate per annum which the
Calculation Agent determines to be either (i) the arithmetic mean (rounded
upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%) of the
one-month United States dollar lending rates that New York City banks
selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting, on the relevant LIBOR
Determination Date, to the principal London offices of at least two of the
Reference Banks to which such quotations are, in the opinion of the
Calculation Agent being so made, or (ii) in the event that the Calculation
Agent can determine no such arithmetic mean, the lowest one-month United
States dollar lending rate which New York City banks selected by the
Calculation Agent are quoting on such LIBOR Determination Date to leading
European banks.
(c) If on any LIBOR Determination Date for a class specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Calculation Agent is required but is
unable to determine the Reserve Interest Rate in the manner provided in
paragraph (b) above, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual Period shall be
LIBOR as determined on the preceding LIBOR Determination Date, or, in the
case of the first LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the
per annum rate specified as such in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Each Reference Bank (i) shall be a leading bank engaged in transactions in
Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market; (ii) shall not
control, be controlled by, or be under common control with the Calculation
Agent; and (iii) shall have an established place of business in London. If any
such Reference Bank should be unwilling or unable to act as such or if
appointment of any such Reference Bank is terminated, another leading bank
meeting the criteria specified above will be appointed.
The establishment of LIBOR on each LIBOR Determination Date by the
Calculation Agent and its calculation of the rate of interest for the applicable
classes for the related Interest Accrual Period shall (in the absence of
manifest error) be final and binding.
COFI
The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is designed to represent the
monthly weighted average cost of funds for savings institutions in Arizona,
California and Nevada that are member institutions of the Eleventh Federal Home
Loan Bank District (the 'Eleventh District'). The Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index for a particular month reflects the interest costs paid on all types
of funds held by Eleventh District member institutions and is calculated by
dividing the cost of funds by the average of the total amount of those funds
outstanding at the end of that month and of the prior month and annualizing and
adjusting the result to reflect the actual number of days in the particular
month. If necessary, before these calculations are made, the component figures
are adjusted by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco ('FHLBSF') to
neutralize the effect of events such as member institutions leaving the Eleventh
District or acquiring institutions outside the Eleventh District. The Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index is weighted to reflect the relative amount of each
type of funds held at the end of the relevant month. The major components of
funds of Eleventh District member institutions are: (i) savings deposits, (ii)
time deposits, (iii) FHLBSF advances, (iv) repurchase agreements and (v) all
other borrowings. Because the component funds represent a variety of maturities
whose costs may react in different ways to changing conditions, the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index does not necessarily reflect current market rates.
A number of factors affect the performance of the Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index, which may cause it to move in a manner different from indices tied
to specific interest rates, such as United States Treasury bills or LIBOR.
Because the liabilities upon which the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is
based were issued at various times under various market conditions and with
various maturities, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may not
necessarily reflect the prevailing market interest rates on new liabilities of
similar maturities. Moreover, as stated above, the Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index is designed to represent the average cost of funds for Eleventh
District savings institutions for the month prior to the month in which it its
due to be
34
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
published. Additionally, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may not
necessarily move in the same direction as market interest rates at all times,
since as longer term deposits or borrowings mature and are renewed at prevailing
market interest rates, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is influenced
by the differential between the prior and the new rates on those deposits or
borrowings. In addition, movements of the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index,
as compared to other indices tied to specific interest rates, may be affected by
changes instituted by the FHLBSF in the method used to calculate the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index.
The FHLBSF publishes the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index in its
monthly Information Bulletin. Any individual may request regular receipt by mail
of Information Bulletins by writing the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco,
P.O. Box 7948, 600 California Street, San Francisco, California 94120, or by
calling (415) 616-1000. The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may also be
obtained by calling the FHLBSF at (415) 616-2600.
The FHLBSF has stated in its Information Bulletin that the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index for a month 'will be announced on or near the last
working day' of the following month and also has stated that it 'cannot
guarantee the announcement' of such index on an exact date. So long as such
index for a month is announced on or before the tenth day of the second
following month, the interest rate for each class of Securities of a Series as
to which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index
denominated as COFI (each, a class of 'COFI Securities') for the Interest
Accrual Period commencing in such second following month will be based on the
Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the second preceding month. If
publication is delayed beyond such tenth day, such interest rate will be based
on the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding month.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if on the
tenth day of the month in which any Interest Accrual Period commences for a
class of COFI Securities the most recently published Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index relates to a month prior to the third preceding month, the index for
such current Interest Accrual Period and for each succeeding Interest Accrual
Period will, except as described in the next to last sentence of this paragraph,
be based on the National Monthly Median Cost of Funds Ratio to SAIF-Insured
Institutions (the 'National Cost of Funds Index') published by the Office of
Thrift Supervision (the 'OTS') for the third preceding month (or the fourth
preceding month if the National Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding
month has not been published on such tenth day of an Interest Accrual Period).
Information on the National Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by writing the
OTS at 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 or calling (202) 906-6677,
and the current National Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by calling (202)
906-6988. If on any such tenth day of the month in which an Interest Accrual
Period commences the most recently published National Cost of Funds Index
relates to a month prior to the fourth preceding month, the applicable index for
such Interest Accrual Period and each succeeding Interest Accrual Period will be
based on LIBOR, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the
Agreement relating to such Series of Securities. A change of index from the
Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index to an alternative index will result in a
change in the index level, and, particularly if LIBOR is the alternative index,
could increase its volatility.
The establishment of COFI by the Calculation Agent and its calculation of
the rates of interest for the applicable classes for the related Interest
Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
Treasury Index
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
Treasury Index Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the
applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as a
Treasury Index, the Calculation Agent will ascertain the Treasury Index for
Treasury securities of the maturity and for the period (or, if applicable, date)
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Treasury Index for any period means the
average of the yield for each business day during the period specified therein
(and for any date means the yield for such date), expressed as a per annum
percentage rate, on (i) U.S Treasury securities adjusted to the 'constant
maturity' (as further described below) specified in such Prospectus Supplement
or (ii) if no 'constant maturity' is so specified, U.S. Treasury securities
trading on the secondary market having the maturity specified in such Prospectus
Supplement, in each case as published by the Federal Reserve Board in its
Statistical Release No. H.15(519). Statistical Release No.
35
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
H.15(519) is published on Monday or Tuesday of each week and may be obtained by
writing or calling the Publications Department at the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, 21st and C Streets, Washington, D.C. 20551 (202)
452-3244. If the Calculation Agent has not yet received Statistical Release No.
H.15(519) for such week, then it will use such Statistical Release from the
immediately preceding week.
Yields on U.S. Treasury securities at 'constant maturity' are derived from
the U.S. Treasury's daily yield curve. This curve, which relates the yield on a
security to its time to maturity, is based on the closing market bid yields on
actively traded Treasury securities in the over-the-counter market. These market
yields are calculated from composites of quotations reported by five leading
U.S. Government securities dealers to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. This
method provides a yield for a given maturity even if no security with that exact
maturity is outstanding. In the event that the Treasury Index is no longer
published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be
designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of
Securities. The Calculation Agent's determination of the Treasury Index, and its
calculation of the rates of interest for the applicable classes for the related
Interest Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and
binding.
Prime Rate
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
Prime Rate Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the applicable
interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as the Prime
Rate, the Calculation Agent will ascertain the Prime Rate for the related
Interest Accrual Period. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Prime Rate for an Interest Accrual Period will be the 'Prime
Rate' as published in the 'Money Rates' section of The Wall Street Journal (or
if not so published, the 'Prime Rate' as published in a newspaper of general
circulation selected by the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion) on the
related Prime Rate Determination Date. If a prime rate range is given, then the
average of such range will be used. In the event that the Prime Rate is no
longer published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be
designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of
Securities. The Calculation Agent's determination of the Prime Rate and its
calculation of the rates of interest for the related Interest Accrual Period
shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
As described in the related Prospectus Supplement, if not issued in fully
registered form, each class of Securities will be registered as book-entry
certificates (the 'Book-Entry Securities'). Persons acquiring beneficial
ownership interests in the Securities ('Security Owners') will hold their
Securities through the Depository Trust Company ('DTC') in the United States, or
CEDEL or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of such systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. The
Book-Entry Securities will be issued in one or more certificates which equal the
aggregate principal balance of the Securities and will initially be registered
in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. CEDEL and Euroclear will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers' securities
accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective
depositaries which in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities
accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Citibank, N.A., will
act as depositary for CEDEL and The Chase Manhattan Bank will act as depositary
for Euroclear (in such capacities, individually the 'Relevant Depositary' and
collectively the 'European Depositaries'). Except as described below, no person
acquiring a Book-Entry Security (each, a 'beneficial owner') will be entitled to
receive a physical certificate representing such Security (a 'Definitive
Security'). Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued, it is anticipated
that the only 'Securityholders' of the Securities will be Cede & Co., as nominee
of DTC. Security Owners are only permitted to exercise their rights indirectly
through Participants and DTC.
The beneficial owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Security will be recorded
on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial intermediary (each, a 'Financial Intermediary') that maintains the
beneficial owner's account for such purpose. In turn, the Financial
Intermediary's ownership of such Book-Entry Security will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating firm that acts as agent for the Financial
Intermediary, whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the beneficial
36
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
owner's Financial Intermediary is not a DTC participant, and on the records of
CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).
Security Owners will receive all distributions of principal of, and
interest on, the Securities from the Trustee through DTC and DTC participants.
While the Securities are outstanding (except under the circumstances described
below), under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations (the 'Rules'), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Securities and is
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of, and interest on,
the Securities. Participants and indirect participants with whom Security Owners
have accounts with respect to Securities are similarly required to make
book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such distributions on behalf of
their respective Security Owners. Accordingly, although Security Owners will not
possess certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Security Owners
will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.
Security Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive certificates
representing their respective interests in the Securities, except under the
limited circumstances described below. Unless and until Definitive Securities
are issued, Security Owners who are not Participants may transfer ownership of
Securities only through Participants and indirect participants by instructing
such Participants and indirect participants to transfer Securities, by
book-entry transfer, through DTC for the account of the purchasers of such
Securities, which account is maintained with their respective Participants.
Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal procedures, transfers of
ownership of Securities will be executed through DTC and the accounts of the
respective Participants at DTC will be debited and credited. Similarly, the
Participants and indirect participants will make debits or credits, as the case
may be, on their records on behalf of the selling and purchasing Security
Owners.
Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in CEDEL
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such securities
settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or
CEDEL Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as
a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL Participant (as defined
herein) or Euroclear Participant (as defined herein) to a DTC Participant will
be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the
relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following
settlement in DTC.
Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by the Relevant Depositary; however, such cross-market
transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European
international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European
time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the
Relevant Depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in
accordance with normal procedures for same day funds settlement applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.
CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ('CEDEL
Participants') and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates. Transactions may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL provides to its CEDEL
Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration,
clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities
lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg Monetary Institute. CEDEL participants are recognized financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters,
37
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations
and certain other organizations. Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to
others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly
or indirectly.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for its participants
('Euroclear Participants') and to clear and settle transactions between
Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery
against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York ('Morgan' and in such capacity, the
'Euroclear Operator'), under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a
Belgian cooperative corporation (the 'Belgian Cooperative'). All operations are
conducted by Morgan, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and
Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the
Belgian Cooperative. The Belgian Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on
behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants include banks
(including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other professional
financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to
other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Morgan is the Belgian branch of a New York banking corporation which is a
member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is regulated and examined
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the New York State
Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with Morgan are governed by
the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law (collectively, the
'Terms and Conditions'). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities
and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear,
and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities
in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific
certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator
acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants,
and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear
Participants.
Under a book-entry format, beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Securities
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Distributions with
respect to Securities held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the
cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with
the relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent received by the
Relevant Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting in
accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. See 'Federal
Income Tax Consequences -Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors' and ' -- Tax
Consequences to Holders of the Notes -- Backup Withholding' herein. Because DTC
can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a beneficial
owner to pledge Book-Entry Securities to persons or entities that do not
participate in the Depository system may be limited due to the lack of physical
certificates for such Book-Entry Securities. In addition, issuance of the Book-
Entry Securities in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Securities
in the secondary market since certain potential investors may be unwilling to
purchase Securities for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.
Monthly and annual reports on the Trust will be provided to Cede & Co., as
nominee of DTC, and may be made available by Cede & Co. to beneficial owners
upon request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures creating
and affecting the Depository, and to the Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC
accounts the Book-Entry Securities of such beneficial owners are credited.
DTC has advised the Trustee that, unless and until Definitive Securities
are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders of the
Book-Entry Securities under the applicable Agreement only at the direction of
one or more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry
Securities are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of
Financial Intermediaries whose holdings include such Book-Entry Securities.
CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action
permitted to be taken by a Securityholder under the Agreement on behalf of a
CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and procedures and subject to the ability of the Relevant
38
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Depositary to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC. DTC may take
actions, at the direction of the related Participants, with respect to some
Securities which conflict with actions taken with respect to other Securities.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Trustee will be required to notify all beneficial
owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability through DTC of
Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
certificates representing the Book-Entry Securities and instructions for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Securities, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Securities as
Securityholders under the applicable Agreement.
Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of Securities among participants of DTC, CEDEL
and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform
such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
None of the Master Servicer, the Depositor or the Trustee will have any
responsibility for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on
account of beneficial ownership interests of the Book-Entry Securities held by
Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
GENERAL
Credit enhancement may be provided with respect to one or more classes of a
Series of Securities or with respect to the related Trust Fund Assets. Credit
enhancement may be in the form of a limited financial guaranty policy issued by
an entity named in the related Prospectus Supplement, the subordination of one
or more classes of the Securities of such Series, the establishment of one or
more Reserve Accounts, the use of a cross-collateralization feature, use of a
mortgage pool insurance policy, FHA Insurance, VA Guarantee, bankruptcy bond,
special hazard insurance policy, surety bond, letter of credit, guaranteed
investment contract, overcollateralization, or another method of credit
enhancement contemplated herein and described in the related Prospectus
Supplement, or any combination of the foregoing. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement will not provide
protection against all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of the
entire principal balance of the Securities and interest thereon. If losses occur
which exceed the amount covered by credit enhancement or which are not covered
by the credit enhancement, Securityholders will bear their allocable share of
any deficiencies.
SUBORDINATION
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, protection afforded
to holders of one or more classes of Securities of a Series by means of the
subordination feature may be accomplished by the preferential right of holders
of one or more other classes of such Series (the 'Senior Securities') to
distributions in respect of scheduled principal, Principal Prepayments, interest
or any combination thereof that otherwise would have been payable to holders of
Subordinated Securities under the circumstances and to the extent specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement. Protection may also be afforded to the
holders of Senior Securities of a Series by: (i) reducing the ownership interest
(if applicable) of the related Subordinated Securities; (ii) a combination of
the immediately preceding sentence and clause (i) above; or (iii) as otherwise
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, delays in receipt of scheduled payments on the Loans and
losses on defaulted Loans may be borne first by the various classes of
Subordinated Securities and thereafter by the various classes of Senior
Securities, in each case under the circumstances and subject to the limitations
specified in such Prospectus Supplement. The aggregate distributions in respect
of delinquent payments on the Loans over the lives of the Securities or at any
time, the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted Loans which must be borne by
the Subordinated Securities by virtue of subordination and the amount of the
distributions otherwise distributable to the Subordinated Securityholders that
will be distributable to Senior Securityholders on any Distribution Date may be
limited as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If aggregate
distributions in respect of delinquent payments on the Loans or aggregate losses
in respect of such Loans were to exceed an amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, holders of Senior Securities would experience losses on
the Securities.
39
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
In addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, all or any portion of distributions otherwise payable to
holders of Subordinated Securities on any Distribution Date may instead be
deposited into one or more Reserve Accounts established with the Trustee or
distributed to holders of Senior Securities. Such deposits may be made on each
Distribution Date, for specified periods or until the balance in the Reserve
Account has reached a specified amount and, following payments from the Reserve
Account to holders of Senior Securities or otherwise, thereafter to the extent
necessary to restore the balance in the Reserve Account to required levels, in
each case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Amounts on deposit
in the Reserve Account may be released to the holders of certain classes of
Securities at the times and under the circumstances specified in such Prospectus
Supplement.
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, various classes of
Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities may themselves be subordinate in
their right to receive certain distributions to other classes of Senior and
Subordinated Securities, respectively, through a cross-collateralization
mechanism or otherwise.
As between classes of Senior Securities and as between classes of
Subordinated Securities, distributions may be allocated among such classes (i)
in the order of their scheduled final distribution dates, (ii) in accordance
with a schedule or formula, (iii) in relation to the occurrence of events, or
(iv) otherwise, in each case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
As between classes of Subordinated Securities, payments to holders of Senior
Securities on account of delinquencies or losses and payments to any Reserve
Account will be allocated as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
LETTER OF CREDIT
The letter of credit, if any, with respect to a Series of Securities will
be issued by the bank or financial institution specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the 'L/C Bank'). Under the letter of credit, the L/C Bank
will be obligated to honor drawings thereunder in an aggregate fixed dollar
amount, net of unreimbursed payments thereunder, equal to the percentage
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate principal
balance of the Loans on the related Cut-off Date or of one or more Classes of
Securities (the 'L/C Percentage'). If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the letter of credit may permit drawings in the event of losses not
covered by insurance policies or other credit support, such as losses arising
from damage not covered by standard hazard insurance policies, losses resulting
from the bankruptcy of a borrower and the application of certain provisions of
the federal Bankruptcy Code, or losses resulting from denial of insurance
coverage due to misrepresentations in connection with the origination of a Loan.
The amount available under the letter of credit will, in all cases, be reduced
to the extent of the unreimbursed payments thereunder. The obligations of the
L/C Bank under the letter of credit for each Series of Securities will expire at
the earlier of the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement or the
termination of the Trust Fund. See 'The Agreements -- Termination: Optional
Termination.' A copy of the letter of credit for a Series, if any, will be filed
with the Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed
within 15 days of issuance of the Securities of the related Series.
INSURANCE POLICIES, SURETY BONDS AND GUARANTIES
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Securities,
deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on such Securities or certain classes
thereof will be covered by insurance policies and/or surety bonds provided by
one or more insurance companies or sureties. Such instruments may cover, with
respect to one or more classes of Securities of the related series, timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal on the basis of
a schedule of principal distributions set forth in or determined in the manner
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund may also include bankruptcy bonds,
special hazard insurance policies, other insurance or guaranties for the purpose
of (i) maintaining timely payments or providing additional protection against
losses on the assets included in such Trust Fund, (ii) paying administrative
expenses or (iii) establishing a minimum reinvestment rate on the payments made
in respect of such assets or principal payment rate on such assets. Such
arrangements may include agreements under which Securityholders are entitled to
receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms
specified in such Prospectus Supplement. A copy of any such instrument for a
series will be filed with the Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on
Form 8-K to be filed with the Commission within 15 days of issuance of the
Securities of the related series.
40
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
OVER-COLLATERALIZATION
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Securities, a
portion of the interest payment on each Loan may be applied as an additional
distribution in respect of principal to reduce the principal balance of a
certain class or classes of Securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment
of principal on such class or classes of Securities.
RESERVE ACCOUNTS
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit support with
respect to a Series of Securities will be provided by the establishment and
maintenance with the Trustee for such Series of Securities, in trust, of one or
more Reserve Accounts for such Series. The related Prospectus Supplement will
specify whether or not any such Reserve Accounts will be included in the Trust
Fund for such Series.
The Reserve Account for a Series will be funded (i) by the deposit therein
of cash, United States Treasury securities, instruments evidencing ownership of
principal or interest payments thereon, letters of credit, demand notes,
certificates of deposit or a combination thereof in the aggregate amount
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, (ii) by the deposit therein from
time to time of certain amounts, as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement to which the Subordinate Securityholders, if any, would otherwise be
entitled or (iii) in such other manner as may be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Any amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account and the proceeds of any other
instrument upon maturity will be held in cash or will be invested in 'Permitted
Investments' which may include (i) obligations of the United States or any
agency thereof, provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and
credit of the United States; (ii) general obligations of or obligations
guaranteed by any state of the United States or the District of Columbia
receiving the highest long-term debt rating of each Rating Agency rating the
related Series of Securities, or such lower rating as will not result in the
downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to such Securities by
each such Rating Agency; (iii) commercial paper issued by Countrywide Home
Loans, Inc. or any of its affiliates; provided that such commercial paper is
rated no lower than the rating specified in the related Prospectus Supplement;
(iv) commercial or finance company paper which is then receiving the highest
commercial or finance company paper rating of each such Rating Agency, or such
lower rating as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings
then assigned to such Securities by each such Rating Agency; (v) certificates of
deposit, demand or time deposits, or bankers' acceptances issued by any
depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the
United States or of any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination
by federal and/or state banking authorities, provided that the commercial paper
and/or long term unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution or
trust company (or in the case of the principal depository institution in a
holding company system, the commercial paper or long-term unsecured debt
obligations of such holding company, but only if Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
('Moody's') is not a Rating Agency) are then rated one of the two highest
long-term and the highest short-term ratings of each such Rating Agency for such
securities, or such lower ratings as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to such Securities by any such Rating
Agency; (vi) demand or time deposits or certificates of deposit issued by any
bank or trust company or savings institution to the extent that such deposits
are fully insured by the FDIC; (vii) guaranteed reinvestment agreements issued
by any bank, insurance company or other corporation containing, at the time of
the issuance of such agreements, such terms and conditions as will not result in
the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to such Securities by
any such Rating Agency; (viii) repurchase obligations with respect to any
security described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in either case entered into
with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described
in clause (v) above; (ix) securities (other than stripped bonds, stripped
coupons or instruments sold at a purchase price in excess of 115% of the face
amount thereof) bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation
incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which, at
the time of such investment, have one of the two highest ratings of each Rating
Agency (except if the Rating Agency is Moody's, such rating shall be the highest
commercial paper rating of Moody's for any such securities), or such lower
rating as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then
assigned to such Securities by any such Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed
writing delivered by each such Rating Agency; (x) interests in any money market
fund which at the date of acquisition of the interests in such fund and
throughout the time such interests are held in such fund has the highest
applicable rating by each such Rating Agency or such lower rating as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to
41
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
such Securities by each such Rating Agency; (xi) short term investment funds
sponsored by any trust company or national banking association incorporated
under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which on the date of
acquisition has been rated by each such Rating Agency in their respective
highest applicable rating category or such lower rating as will not result in
the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to such Securities by
each such Rating Agency; and (xii) such other investments having a specified
stated maturity and bearing interest or sold at a discount acceptable to each
Rating Agency as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating
then assigned to such Securities by any such Rating Agency, as evidenced by a
signed writing delivered by each such Rating Agency; provided that no such
instrument shall be a Permitted Investment if such instrument evidences the
right to receive interest only payments with respect to the obligations
underlying such instrument; and provided, further, that no investment specified
in clause (x) or clause (xi) above shall be a Permitted Investment for any
Pre-Funding Account or any related Capitalized Interest Account. If a letter of
credit is deposited with the Trustee, such letter of credit will be irrevocable.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any instrument
deposited therein will name the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the
holders of the Securities, as beneficiary and will be issued by an entity
acceptable to each Rating Agency that rates the Securities of the related
Series. Additional information with respect to such instruments deposited in the
Reserve Accounts will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Any amounts so deposited and payments on instruments so deposited will be
available for withdrawal from the Reserve Account for distribution to the
holders of Securities of the related Series for the purposes, in the manner and
at the times specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
POOL INSURANCE POLICIES
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a separate pool
insurance policy ('Pool Insurance Policy') will be obtained for the Pool and
issued by the insurer (the 'Pool Insurer') named in such Prospectus Supplement.
Each Pool Insurance Policy will, subject to the limitations described below,
cover loss by reason of default in payment on Loans in the Pool in an amount
equal to a percentage specified in such Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate
principal balance of such Loans on the Cut-off Date which are not covered as to
their entire outstanding principal balances by Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policies. As more fully described below, the Master Servicer will present claims
thereunder to the Pool Insurer on behalf of itself, the Trustee and the holders
of the Securities of the related Series. The Pool Insurance Policies, however,
are not blanket policies against loss, since claims thereunder may only be made
respecting particular defaulted Loans and only upon satisfaction of certain
conditions precedent described below. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Pool Insurance Policies will not cover losses due to
a failure to pay or denial of a claim under a Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Pool
Insurance Policy will provide that no claims may be validly presented unless (i)
any required Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy is in effect for the defaulted
Loan and a claim thereunder has been submitted and settled; (ii) hazard
insurance on the related Property has been kept in force and real estate taxes
and other protection and preservation expenses have been paid; (iii) if there
has been physical loss or damage to the Property, it has been restored to its
physical condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) at the time of issuance
of the policy; and (iv) the insured has acquired good and merchantable title to
the Property free and clear of liens except certain permitted encumbrances. Upon
satisfaction of these conditions, the Pool Insurer will have the option either
(a) to purchase the property securing the defaulted Loan at a price equal to the
principal balance thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest at the Loan Rate to
the date of such purchase and certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer
on behalf of the Trustee and Securityholders, or (b) to pay the amount by which
the sum of the principal balance of the defaulted Loan plus accrued and unpaid
interest at the Loan Rate to the date of payment of the claim and the
aforementioned expenses exceeds the proceeds received from an approved sale of
the Property, in either case net of certain amounts paid or assumed to have been
paid under the related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy. If any Property
securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if any, from the related
hazard insurance policy or the applicable special hazard insurance policy are
insufficient to restore the damaged Property to a condition sufficient to permit
recovery under the Pool Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will not be
required to expend its own funds to restore the damaged Property unless it
determines that (i) such restoration will increase the proceeds to
Securityholders on liquidation of the Loan after reimbursement
42
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
of the Master Servicer for its expenses and (ii) such expenses will be
recoverable by it through proceeds of the sale of the Property or proceeds of
the related Pool Insurance Policy or any related Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policy.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Pool
Insurance Policy will not insure (and many Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies
do not insure) against loss sustained by reason of a default arising from, among
other things, (i) fraud or negligence in the origination or servicing of a Loan,
including misrepresentation by the borrower, the originator or persons involved
in the origination thereof, or (ii) failure to construct a Property in
accordance with plans and specifications. A failure of coverage attributable to
one of the foregoing events might result in a breach of the related Seller's
representations described above, and, in such events might give rise to an
obligation on the part of such Seller to repurchase the defaulted Loan if the
breach cannot be cured by such Seller. No Pool Insurance Policy will cover (and
many Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies do not cover) a claim in respect of a
defaulted Loan occurring when the servicer of such Loan, at the time of default
or thereafter, was not approved by the applicable insurer.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
original amount of coverage under each Pool Insurance Policy will be reduced
over the life of the related Securities by the aggregate dollar amount of claims
paid less the aggregate of the net amounts realized by the Pool Insurer upon
disposition of all foreclosed properties. The amount of claims paid will include
certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer as well as accrued interest on
delinquent Loans to the date of payment of the claim, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement. Accordingly, if aggregate net claims paid
under any Pool Insurance Policy reach the original policy limit, coverage under
that Pool Insurance Policy will be exhausted and any further losses will be
borne by the related Securityholders.
CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the beneficial ownership
of separate groups of assets included in a Trust Fund may be evidenced by
separate classes of the related Series of Securities. In such case, credit
support may be provided by a cross-collateralization feature which requires that
distributions be made with respect to Securities evidencing a beneficial
ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more asset groups within the same
Trust Fund prior to distributions to Subordinated Securities evidencing a
beneficial ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more other asset groups
within such Trust Fund. Cross-collateralization may be provided by (i) the
allocation of certain excess amounts generated by one or more asset groups to
one or more other asset groups within the same Trust Fund or (ii) the allocation
of losses with respect to one or more asset groups to one or more other asset
groups within the same Trust Fund. Such excess amounts will be applied and/or
such losses will be allocated to the class or classes of Subordinated Securities
of the related Series then outstanding having the lowest rating assigned by any
Rating Agency or the lowest payment priority, in each case to the extent and in
the manner more specifically described in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
Prospectus Supplement for a Series which includes a cross-collateralization
feature will describe the manner and conditions for applying such
cross-collateralization feature.
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the coverage provided by
one or more of the forms of credit enhancement described in this Prospectus may
apply concurrently to two or more separate Trust Funds. If applicable, the
related Prospectus Supplement will identify the Trust Funds to which such credit
enhancement relates and the manner of determining the amount of coverage
provided to such Trust Funds thereby and of the application of such coverage to
the identified Trust Funds.
43
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
The yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities will be
affected primarily by the amount and timing of principal payments received on or
in respect of the Trust Fund Assets included in the related Trust Fund. The
original terms to maturity of the Loans in a given Pool will vary depending upon
the type of Loans included therein. Each Prospectus Supplement will contain
information with respect to the type and maturities of the Loans in the related
Pool. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the circumstances, if any,
under which the related Loans will be subject to prepayment penalties. The
prepayment experience on the Loans in a Pool will affect the weighted average
life of the related Series of Securities.
The rate of prepayment on the Loans cannot be predicted. Home equity loans
and home improvement contracts have been originated in significant volume only
during the past few years and the Depositor is not aware of any publicly
available studies or statistics on the rate of prepayment of such loans.
Generally, home equity loans and home improvement contracts are not viewed by
borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, such Loans may experience a
higher rate of prepayment than traditional first mortgage loans. On the other
hand, because home equity loans such as the Revolving Credit Line Loans
generally are not fully amortizing, the absence of voluntary borrower
prepayments could cause rates of principal payments lower than, or similar to,
those of traditional fully-amortizing first mortgage loans. The prepayment
experience of the related Trust Fund may be affected by a wide variety of
factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels,
the availability of alternative financing, homeowner mobility and the frequency
and amount of any future draws on any Revolving Credit Line Loans. Other factors
that might be expected to affect the prepayment rate of a pool of home equity
mortgage loans or home improvement contracts include the amounts of, and
interest rates on, the underlying senior mortgage loans, and the use of first
mortgage loans as long-term financing for home purchase and subordinate mortgage
loans as shorter-term financing for a variety of purposes, including home
improvement, education expenses and purchases of consumer durables such as
automobiles. Accordingly, such Loans may experience a higher rate of prepayment
than traditional fixed-rate mortgage loans. In addition, any future limitations
on the right of borrowers to deduct interest payments on home equity loans for
federal income tax purposes may further increase the rate of prepayments of the
Loans. The enforcement of a 'due-on-sale' provision (as described below) will
have the same effect as a prepayment of the related Loan. See 'Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans -- Due-on-Sale Clauses'. The yield to an investor who
purchases Securities in the secondary market at a price other than par will vary
from the anticipated yield if the rate of prepayment on the Loans is actually
different than the rate anticipated by such investor at the time such Securities
were purchased.
Collections on Revolving Credit Line Loans may vary because, among other
things, borrowers may (i) make payments during any month as low as the minimum
monthly payment for such month or, during the interest-only period for certain
Revolving Credit Line Loans and, in more limited circumstances, Closed-End
Loans, with respect to which an interest-only payment option has been selected,
the interest and the fees and charges for such month or (ii) make payments as
high as the entire outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest and the
fees and charges thereon. It is possible that borrowers may fail to make the
required periodic payments. In addition, collections on the Loans may vary due
to seasonal purchasing and the payment habits of borrowers.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all
conventional Loans will contain due-on-sale provisions permitting the mortgagee
to accelerate the maturity of the loan upon sale or certain transfers by the
borrower of the related Property. Loans insured by the FHA, and Single Family
Loans partially guaranteed by the VA, are assumable with the consent of the FHA
and the VA, respectively. Thus, the rate of prepayments on such Loans may be
lower than that of conventional Loans bearing comparable interest rates. The
Master Servicer generally will enforce any due-on-sale or due-on-encumbrance
clause, to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or further encumbrance
or the proposed conveyance or proposed further encumbrance of the Property and
reasonably believes that it is entitled to do so under applicable law; provided,
however, that the Master Servicer will not take any enforcement action that
would impair or threaten to impair any recovery under any related insurance
policy. See 'The Agreements -- Collection Procedures' and 'Certain Legal Aspects
of the Loans' for a description of certain provisions of each Agreement and
certain legal developments that may affect the prepayment experience on the
Loans.
The rate of prepayments with respect to conventional mortgage loans has
fluctuated significantly in recent years. In general, if prevailing rates fall
significantly below the Loan Rates borne by the Loans, such Loans are
44
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
more likely to be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest
rates remain at or above such Loan Rates. Conversely, if prevailing interest
rates rise appreciably above the Loan Rates borne by the Loans, such Loans are
more likely to experience a lower prepayment rate than if prevailing rates
remain at or below such Loan Rates. However, there can be no assurance that such
will be the case.
When a full prepayment is made on a Loan, the borrower is charged interest
on the principal amount of the Loan so prepaid only for the number of days in
the month actually elapsed up to the date of the prepayment, rather than for a
full month. The effect of prepayments in full will be to reduce the amount of
interest passed through or paid in the following month to holders of Securities
because interest on the principal amount of any Loan so prepaid will generally
be paid only to the date of prepayment. Partial prepayments in a given month may
be applied to the outstanding principal balances of the Loans so prepaid on the
first day of the month of receipt or the month following receipt. In the latter
case, partial prepayments will not reduce the amount of interest passed through
or paid in such month. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, neither full nor partial prepayments will be passed through or paid
until the month following receipt.
Even assuming that the Properties provide adequate security for the Loans,
substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the liquidation of
defaulted Loans and corresponding delays in the receipt of related proceeds by
Securityholders could occur. An action to foreclose on a Property securing a
Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules and is subject to many of the
delays and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are
interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete. Furthermore, in some
states an action to obtain a deficiency judgment is not permitted following a
nonjudicial sale of a property. In the event of a default by a borrower, these
restrictions among other things, may impede the ability of the Master Servicer
to foreclose on or sell the Property or to obtain liquidation proceeds
sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In addition, the Master
Servicer will be entitled to deduct from related liquidation proceeds all
expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to recover amounts due on defaulted
Loans and not yet repaid, including payments to senior lienholders, legal fees
and costs of legal action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation
expenses.
Liquidation expenses with respect to defaulted mortgage loans do not vary
directly with the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the time of
default. Therefore, assuming that a servicer took the same steps in realizing
upon a defaulted mortgage loan having a small remaining principal balance as it
would in the case of a defaulted mortgage loan having a large remaining
principal balance, the amount realized after expenses of liquidation would be
smaller as a percentage of the remaining principal balance of the small mortgage
loan than would be the case with the other defaulted mortgage loan having a
large remaining principal balance.
Applicable state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges,
require certain disclosures, and require licensing of certain originators and
servicers of Loans. In addition, most have other laws, public policy and general
principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and
deceptive practices and practices which may apply to the origination, servicing
and collection of the Loans. Depending on the provisions of the applicable law
and the specific facts and circumstances involved, violations of these laws,
policies and principles may limit the ability of the Master Servicer to collect
all or part of the principal of or interest on the Loans, may entitle the
borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid and, in addition, could subject
the Master Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.
If the rate at which interest is passed through or paid to the holders of
Securities of a Series is calculated on a Loan-by-Loan basis, disproportionate
principal prepayments among Loans with different Loan Rates will affect the
yield on such Securities. In most cases, the effective yield to Securityholders
will be lower than the yield otherwise produced by the applicable Pass-Through
Rate or interest rate and purchase price, because while interest will accrue on
each Loan from the first day of the month (unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement), the distribution of such interest will not be
made earlier than the month following the month of accrual.
Under certain circumstances, the Master Servicer, the holders of the
residual interests in a REMIC or any person specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement may have the option to purchase the assets of a Trust Fund thereby
effecting earlier retirement of the related Series of Securities. See 'The
Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination'.
45
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
The relative contribution of the various factors affecting prepayment may
vary from time to time. There can be no assurance as to the rate of payment of
principal of the Trust Fund Assets at any time or over the lives of the
Securities.
The Prospectus Supplement relating to a Series of Securities will discuss
in greater detail the effect of the rate and timing of principal payments
(including prepayments), delinquencies and losses on the yield, weighted average
lives and maturities of such Securities.
THE AGREEMENTS
Set forth below is a description of the material provisions of each
Agreement which are not described elsewhere in this Prospectus. The description
is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of
each Agreement. Where particular provisions or terms used in the Agreements are
referred to, such provisions or terms are as specified in the Agreements.
ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRUST FUND ASSETS
Assignment of the Loans. At the time of issuance of the Securities of a
Series, the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related Trust Fund to
be assigned to the Trustee, without recourse, together with all principal and
interest received by or on behalf of the Depositor on or with respect to such
Loans after the Cut-off Date, other than principal and interest due on or before
the Cut-off Date and other than any Retained Interest specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The Trustee will, concurrently with such assignment,
deliver such Securities to the Depositor in exchange for the Loans. Each Loan
will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related
Agreement. Such schedule will include information as to the outstanding
principal balance of each Loan after application of payments due on or before
the Cut-off Date, as well as information regarding the Loan Rate or APR, the
maturity of the Loan, the Loan-to-Value Ratios or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios,
as applicable, at origination and certain other information.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Agreement will require that, within the time period specified therein, the
Depositor will also deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (or to the
custodian hereinafter referred to) as to each Mortgage Loan or Home Equity Loan,
among other things, (i) the mortgage note or contract endorsed without recourse
in blank or to the order of the Trustee, (ii) the mortgage, deed of trust or
similar instrument (a 'Mortgage') with evidence of recording indicated thereon
(except for any Mortgage not returned from the public recording office, in which
case the Depositor will deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of such Mortgage
together with a certificate that the original of such Mortgage was delivered to
such recording office), (iii) an assignment of the Mortgage to the Trustee,
which assignment will be in recordable form in the case of a Mortgage
assignment, and (iv) such other security documents, including those relating to
any senior interests in the Property, as may be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement or the related Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor will promptly cause the
assignments of the related Loans to be recorded in the appropriate public office
for real property records, except in states in which, in the opinion of counsel
acceptable to the Trustee, such recording is not required to protect the
Trustee's interest in such Loans against the claim of any subsequent transferee
or any successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the originator of such
Loans.
With respect to any Loans that are Cooperative Loans, the Depositor will
cause to be delivered to the Trustee the related original cooperative note
endorsed without recourse in blank or to the order of the Trustee, the original
security agreement, the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, the
recognition agreement, an executed financing agreement and the relevant stock
certificate, related blank stock powers and any other document specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The Depositor will cause to be filed in the
appropriate office an assignment and a financing statement evidencing the
Trustee's security interest in each Cooperative Loan.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Depositor will as to each Home Improvement Contract, deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the original Home Improvement Contract and copies of
documents and instruments related to each Home Improvement Contract and, other
than in the case of unsecured Home Improvement Contracts, the security interest
in the Property securing such Home Improvement Contract. In order to give notice
of the right, title and interest of Securityholders to the Home Improvement
Contracts, the Depositor will cause a UCC-1 financing statement to be executed
by the Depositor
46
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
or the Seller identifying the Trustee as the secured party and identifying all
Home Improvement Contracts as collateral. Unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Home Improvement Contracts will not be
stamped or otherwise marked to reflect their assignment to the Trustee.
Therefore, if, through negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser
were able to take physical possession of the Home Improvement Contracts without
notice of such assignment, the interest of Securityholders in the Home
Improvement Contracts could be defeated. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans -- The Home Improvement Contracts.'
The Trustee (or the custodian hereinafter referred to) will review such
Loan documents within the time period specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement after receipt thereof, and the Trustee will hold such documents in
trust for the benefit of the related Securityholders. Unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, if any such document is found to be
missing or defective in any material respect, the Trustee (or such custodian)
will notify the Master Servicer and the Depositor, and the Master Servicer will
notify the related Seller. If such Seller cannot cure the omission or defect
within the time period specified in the related Prospectus Supplement after
receipt of such notice, such Seller will be obligated to either (i) purchase the
related Loan from the Trust Fund at the Purchase Price or (ii) if so specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, remove such Loan from the Trust Fund and
substitute in its place one or more other Loans that meets certain requirements
set forth therein. There can be no assurance that a Seller will fulfill this
purchase or substitution obligation. Although the Master Servicer may be
obligated to enforce such obligation to the extent described above under 'Loan
Program -- Representations by Sellers; Repurchases', neither the Master Servicer
nor the Depositor will be obligated to purchase or replace such Loan if the
Seller defaults on its obligation, unless such breach also constitutes a breach
of the representations or warranties of the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as
the case may be. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, this obligation to cure, purchase or substitute constitutes the sole
remedy available to the Securityholders or the Trustee for omission of, or a
material defect in, a constituent document.
The Trustee will be authorized to appoint a custodian pursuant to a
custodial agreement to maintain possession of and, if applicable, to review the
documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.
The Master Servicer will make certain representations and warranties
regarding its authority to enter into, and its ability to perform its
obligations under, the Agreement. Upon a breach of any such representation of
the Master Servicer which materially and adversely affects the interests of the
Securityholders in a Loan, the Master Servicer will be obligated either to cure
the breach in all material respects or to purchase (at the Purchase Price) or if
so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, replace the Loan. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, this obligation to
cure, purchase or substitute constitutes the sole remedy available to the
Securityholders or the Trustee for such a breach of representation by the Master
Servicer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, with respect to a Trust Fund for
which a REMIC election is to be made, no purchase or substitution of a Loan will
be made if such purchase or substitution would result in a prohibited
transaction tax under the Code.
No Recourse to Sellers; Depositor or Master Servicer. As described above
under ' -- Assignment of the Loans,' the Depositor will cause the Loans
comprising the related Trust Fund to be assigned to the Trustee, without
recourse. However, each Seller will be obligated to repurchase or substitute for
any Loan as to which certain representations and warranties are breached or for
failure to deliver certain documents relating to the Loans as described herein
under 'Assignment of the Loans' and 'Loan Program -- Representations by Sellers;
Repurchases.' In addition, the Master Servicer and the Depositor will be
obligated to purchase or substitute for any Loan as to which certain
representations and warranties are breached as described herein under
' -- Assignment of the Loans.' These obligations to purchase or substitute
constitute the sole remedy available to the Securityholders or the Trustee for a
breach of any such representation or failure to deliver a constituent document.
PAYMENTS ON LOANS; DEPOSITS TO SECURITY ACCOUNT
The Master Servicer will establish and maintain or cause to be established
and maintained with respect to the related Trust Fund a separate account or
accounts for the collection of payments on the related Trust Fund Assets in the
Trust Fund (the 'Security Account') which, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, must be either (i) maintained with a depository
institution the debt obligations of which (or in the
47
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
case of a depository institution that is the principal subsidiary of a holding
company, the obligations of which) are rated in one of the two highest rating
categories by the Rating Agency or Rating Agencies that rated one or more
classes of the related Series of Securities, (ii) an account or accounts the
deposits in which are fully insured by either the Bank Insurance Fund (the
'BIF') of the FDIC or the Savings Association Insurance Fund (as successor to
the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation ('SAIF')), (iii) an account
or accounts the deposits in which are insured by the BIF or SAIF (to the limits
established by the FDIC), and the uninsured deposits in which are otherwise
secured such that, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, the Securityholders
have a claim with respect to the funds in the Security Account or a perfected
first priority security interest against any collateral securing such funds that
is superior to the claims of any other depositors or general creditors of the
depository institution with which the Security Account is maintained, or (iv) an
account or accounts otherwise acceptable to each Rating Agency. The collateral
eligible to secure amounts in the Security Account is limited to Permitted
Investments. A Security Account may be maintained as an interest bearing account
or the funds held therein may be invested pending each succeeding Distribution
Date in Permitted Investments. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer or its designee will be entitled to
receive any such interest or other income earned on funds in the Security
Account as additional compensation and will be obligated to deposit in the
Security Account the amount of any loss immediately as realized. The Security
Account may be maintained with the Master Servicer or with a depository
institution that is an affiliate of the Master Servicer, provided it meets the
standards set forth above.
The Master Servicer will deposit or cause to be deposited in the Security
Account for each Trust Fund, to the extent applicable and unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and provided in the Agreement,
the following payments and collections received or advances made by or on behalf
of it subsequent to the Cut-off Date (other than payments due on or before the
Cut-off Date and exclusive of any amounts representing Retained Interest):
(i) all payments on account of principal, including Principal
Prepayments and, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
applicable prepayment penalties, on the Loans;
(ii) all payments on account of interest on the Loans, net of
applicable servicing compensation;
(iii) all proceeds (net of unreimbursed payments of property taxes,
insurance premiums and similar items ('Insured Expenses') incurred, and
unreimbursed Advances made, by the Master Servicer, if any) of the hazard
insurance policies and any Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies, to the
extent such proceeds are not applied to the restoration of the property or
released to the Mortgagor in accordance with the Master Servicer's normal
servicing procedures (collectively, 'Insurance Proceeds') and all other
cash amounts (net of unreimbursed expenses incurred in connection with
liquidation or foreclosure ('Liquidation Expenses') and unreimbursed
Advances made, by the Master Servicer, if any) received and retained in
connection with the liquidation of defaulted Loans, by foreclosure or
otherwise ('Liquidation Proceeds'), together with any net proceeds received
on a monthly basis with respect to any properties acquired on behalf of the
Securityholders by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure;
(iv) all proceeds of any Loan or property in respect thereof purchased
by the Master Servicer, the Depositor or any Seller as described under
'Loan Program -- Representations by Sellers; Repurchases' or
' -- Assignment of Trust Fund Assets' above and all proceeds of any Loan
repurchased as described under ' -- Termination; Optional Termination'
below;
(v) all payments required to be deposited in the Security Account with
respect to any deductible clause in any blanket insurance policy described
under ' -- Hazard Insurance' below;
(vi) any amount required to be deposited by the Master Servicer in
connection with losses realized on investments for the benefit of the
Master Servicer of funds held in the Security Account and, to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any payments required to be
made by the Master Servicer in connection with prepayment interest
shortfalls; and
(vii) all other amounts required to be deposited in the Security
Account pursuant to the Agreement.
The Master Servicer (or the Depositor, as applicable) may from time to time
direct the institution that maintains the Security Account to withdraw funds
from the Security Account for the following purposes:
48
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(i) to pay to the Master Servicer the servicing fees described in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the master servicing fees (subject to
reduction) and, as additional servicing compensation, earnings on or
investment income with respect to funds in the amounts in the Security
Account credited thereto;
(ii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for Advances, such right of
reimbursement with respect to any Loan being limited to amounts received
that represent late recoveries of payments of principal and/or interest on
such Loan (or Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds with respect
thereto) with respect to which such Advance was made;
(iii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for any Advances previously
made which the Master Servicer has determined to be nonrecoverable;
(iv) to reimburse the Master Servicer from Insurance Proceeds for
expenses incurred by the Master Servicer and covered by the related
insurance policies;
(v) to reimburse the Master Servicer for unpaid master servicing fees
and unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Master
Servicer in the performance of its servicing obligations, such right of
reimbursement being limited to amounts received representing late
recoveries of the payments for which such advances were made;
(vi) to pay to the Master Servicer, with respect to each Loan or
property acquired in respect thereof that has been purchased by the Master
Servicer pursuant to the Agreement, all amounts received thereon and not
taken into account in determining the principal balance of such repurchased
Loan;
(vii) to reimburse the Master Servicer or the Depositor for expenses
incurred and reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement;
(viii) to withdraw any amount deposited in the Security Account and
not required to be deposited therein; and
(ix) to clear and terminate the Security Account upon termination of
the Agreement.
In addition, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, on or prior to the business day immediately preceding each
Distribution Date, the Master Servicer shall withdraw from the Security Account
the amount of Available Funds, to the extent on deposit, for deposit in an
account maintained by the Trustee for the related Series of Securities.
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer
will establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the related
Trustee on behalf of the related Securityholders, into which the Depositor will
deposit cash in an amount equal to the Pre-Funded Amount on the related Closing
Date. The Pre-Funding Account will be maintained with the Trustee for the
related Series of Securities and is designed solely to hold funds to be applied
by such Trustee during the Funding Period to pay to the Depositor the purchase
price for Subsequent Loans. Monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will
not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the related Loans. The
Pre-Funded Amount will not exceed 50% of the initial aggregate principal amount
of the Certificates and Notes of the related Series. The Pre-Funded Amount will
be used by the related Trustee to purchase Subsequent Loans from the Depositor
from time to time during the Funding Period. The Funding Period, if any, for a
Trust Fund will begin on the related Closing Date and will end on the date
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, which in no event will be later
than the date that is one year after the related Closing Date. Monies on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account may be invested in Permitted Investments under the
circumstances and in the manner described in the related Agreement. Earnings on
investment of funds in the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited into the
related Security Account or such other trust account as is specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement and losses will be charged against the funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account. Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding
Account at the end of the Funding Period will be distributed to the related
Securityholders in the manner and priority specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related Securities.
In addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
related Closing Date the Depositor will deposit in an account (the 'Capitalized
Interest Account') cash in such amount as is necessary to cover shortfalls in
interest on the related Series of Securities that may arise as a result of
utilization of the Pre-Funding Account as described above. The Capitalized
Interest Account shall be maintained with the Trustee for the
49
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
related Series of Securities and is designed solely to cover the above-mentioned
interest shortfalls. Monies on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will
not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the related Loans. To the
extent that the entire amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account has
not been applied to cover short falls in interest on the related Series of
Securities by the end of the Funding Period, any amounts remaining in the
Capitalized Interest Account will be paid to the Depositor.
SUB-SERVICING BY SELLERS
Each Seller of a Loan or any other servicing entity may act as the
Sub-Servicer for such Loan pursuant to an agreement (each, a 'Sub-Servicing
Agreement'), which will not contain any terms inconsistent with the related
Agreement. While each Sub-Servicing Agreement will be a contract solely between
the Master Servicer and the Sub-Servicer, the Agreement pursuant to which a
Series of Securities is issued will provide that, if for any reason the Master
Servicer for such Series of Securities is no longer the Master Servicer of the
related Loans, the Trustee or any successor Master Servicer must recognize the
Sub-Servicer's rights and obligations under such Sub-Servicing Agreement.
Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer will remain liable for
its servicing duties and obligations under the Master Servicing Agreement as if
the Master Servicer alone were servicing the Loans.
COLLECTION PROCEDURES
The Master Servicer, directly or through one or more Sub-Servicers, will
make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the Loans and
will, consistent with each Agreement and any Pool Insurance Policy, Primary
Mortgage Insurance Policy, FHA Insurance, VA Guaranty, bankruptcy bond or
alternative arrangements, follow such collection procedures as are customary
with respect to loans that are comparable to the Loans. Consistent with the
above, the Master Servicer may, in its discretion, (i) waive any assumption fee,
late payment or other charge in connection with a Loan and (ii) to the extent
not inconsistent with the coverage of such Loan by a Pool Insurance Policy,
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy, FHA Insurance, VA Guaranty, bankruptcy bond
or alternative arrangements, if applicable, arrange with a borrower a schedule
for the liquidation of delinquencies running for no more than 125 days after the
applicable due date for each payment. To the extent the Master Servicer is
obligated to make or cause to be made Advances, such obligation will remain
during any period of such an arrangement.
In any case in which property securing a Loan has been, or is about to be,
conveyed by the mortgagor or obligor, the Master Servicer will, to the extent it
has knowledge of such conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause to be
exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of such Loan under any
due-on-sale clause applicable thereto, but only if the exercise of such rights
is permitted by applicable law and will not impair or threaten to impair any
recovery under any Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy. If these conditions are
not met or if the Master Servicer reasonably believes it is unable under
applicable law to enforce such due-on-sale clause or if such Loan is a mortgage
loan insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the Master Servicer
will enter into or cause to be entered into an assumption and modification
agreement with the person to whom such property has been or is about to be
conveyed, pursuant to which such person becomes liable for repayment of the Loan
and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the mortgagor remains liable
thereon. Any fee collected by or on behalf of the Master Servicer for entering
into an assumption agreement will be retained by or on behalf of the Master
Servicer as additional servicing compensation. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans -- Due-on-Sale Clauses'. In connection with any such assumption, the terms
of the related Loan may not be changed.
With respect to Cooperative Loans, any prospective purchaser will generally
have to obtain the approval of the board of directors of the relevant
Cooperative before purchasing the shares and acquiring rights under the related
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans'. This approval is usually based on the purchaser's income and net worth
and numerous other factors. Although the Cooperative's approval is unlikely to
be unreasonably withheld or delayed, the necessity of acquiring such approval
could limit the number of potential purchasers for those shares and otherwise
limit the Trust Fund's ability to sell and realize the value of those shares.
In general a 'tenant-stockholder' (as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2) of
a corporation that qualifies as a 'cooperative housing corporation' within the
meaning of Code Section 216(b)(1) is allowed a deduction for
50
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
amounts paid or accrued within his taxable year to the corporation representing
his proportionate share of certain interest expenses and certain real estate
taxes allowable as a deduction under Code Section 216(a) to the corporation
under Code Sections 163 and 164. In order for a corporation to qualify under
Code Section 216(b)(1) for its taxable year in which such items are allowable as
a deduction to the corporation, such Section requires, among other things, that
at least 80% of the gross income of the corporation be derived from its tenant-
stockholders (as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2)). By virtue of this
requirement, the status of a corporation for purposes of Code Section 216(b)(1)
must be determined on a year-to-year basis. Consequently, there can be no
assurance that Cooperatives relating to the Cooperative Loans will qualify under
such Section for any particular year. In the event that such a Cooperative fails
to qualify for one or more years, the value of the collateral securing any
related Cooperative Loans could be significantly impaired because no deduction
would be allowable to tenant-stockholders under Code Section 216(a) with respect
to those years. In view of the significance of the tax benefits accorded
tenant-stockholders of a corporation that qualifies under Code Section
216(b)(1), the likelihood that such a failure would be permitted to continue
over a period of years appears remote.
HAZARD INSURANCE
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer will require the mortgagor or obligor on each Loan to maintain a
hazard insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of the standard
form of fire insurance policy with extended coverage customary for the type of
Property in the state in which such Property is located. Such coverage will be
in an amount that is at least equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable
value of the improvements securing such Loan or (ii) the greater of (y) the
outstanding principal balance of the Loan and (z) an amount such that the
proceeds of such policy shall be sufficient to prevent the mortgagor and/or the
mortgagee from becoming a co-insurer. All amounts collected by the Master
Servicer under any hazard policy (except for amounts to be applied to the
restoration or repair of the Property or released to the mortgagor or obligor in
accordance with the Master Servicer's normal servicing procedures) will be
deposited in the related Security Account. In the event that the Master Servicer
maintains a blanket policy insuring against hazard losses on all the Loans
comprising part of a Trust Fund, it will conclusively be deemed to have
satisfied its obligation relating to the maintenance of hazard insurance. Such
blanket policy may contain a deductible clause, in which case the Master
Servicer will be required to deposit from its own funds into the related
Security Account the amounts which would have been deposited therein but for
such clause.
In general, the standard form of fire and extended coverage policy covers
physical damage to or destruction of the improvements securing a Loan by fire,
lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, riot, strike and civil
commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions particularized in each
policy. Although the policies relating to the Loans may have been underwritten
by different insurers under different state laws in accordance with different
applicable forms and therefore may not contain identical terms and conditions,
the basic terms thereof are dictated by respective state laws, and most such
policies typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related
causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mud flows),
nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals,
theft and, in certain cases, vandalism. The foregoing list is merely indicative
of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be all inclusive. If
the Property securing a Loan is located in a federally designated special flood
area at the time of origination, the Master Servicer will require the mortgagor
or obligor to obtain and maintain flood insurance.
The hazard insurance policies covering properties securing the Loans
typically contain a clause which in effect requires the insured at all time to
carry insurance of a specified percentage of a specified percentage (generally
80% to 90%) of the full replacement value of the insured property in order to
recover the full amount of any partial loss. If the insured's coverage falls
below this specified percentage, then the insurer's liability in the event of
partial loss will not exceed the larger of (i) the actual cash value (generally
defined as replacement cost at the time and place of loss, less physical
depreciation) of the improvements damaged or destroyed or (ii) such proportion
of the loss as the amount of insurance carried bears to the specified percentage
of the full replacement cost of such improvements. Since the amount of hazard
insurance the Master Servicer may cause to be maintained on the improvements
securing the Loans declines as the principal balances owing thereon decrease,
and since improved real estate generally has appreciated in value over time in
the past, the effect of
51
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
this requirement in the event of partial loss may be that hazard insurance
proceeds will be insufficient to restore fully the damaged property. If
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a special hazard insurance
policy will be obtained to insure against certain of the uninsured risks
described above. See 'Credit Enhancement'.
The Master Servicer will not require that a standard hazard or flood
insurance policy be maintained on the cooperative dwelling relating to any
Cooperative Loan. Generally, the Cooperative itself is responsible for
maintenance of hazard insurance for the property owned by the Cooperative and
the tenant-stockholders of that Cooperative do not maintain individual hazard
insurance policies. To the extent, however, that a Cooperative and the related
borrower on a Cooperative Loan do not maintain such insurance or do not maintain
adequate coverage or any insurance proceeds are not applied to the restoration
of damaged property, any damage to such borrower's cooperative dwelling or such
Cooperative's building could significantly reduce the value of the collateral
securing such Cooperative Loan to the extent not covered by other credit
support.
If the Property securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if any,
from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged
Property, the Master Servicer is not required to expend its own funds to restore
the damaged Property unless it determines (i) that such restoration will
increase the proceeds to Securityholders on liquidation of the Loan after
reimbursement of the Master Servicer for its expenses and (ii) that such
expenses will be recoverable by it from related Insurance Proceeds or
Liquidation Proceeds.
If recovery on a defaulted Loan under any related Insurance Policy is not
available for the reasons set forth in the preceding paragraph, or if the
defaulted Loan is not covered by an Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will
be obligated to follow or cause to be followed such normal practices and
procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to realize upon the defaulted
Loan. If the proceeds of any liquidation of the Property securing the defaulted
Loan are less than the principal balance of such Loan plus interest accrued
thereon that is payable to Securityholders, the Trust Fund will realize a loss
in the amount of such difference plus the aggregate of expenses incurred by the
Master Servicer in connection with such proceedings and which are reimbursable
under the Agreement. In the unlikely event that any such proceedings result in a
total recovery which is, after reimbursement to the Master Servicer of its
expenses, in excess of the principal balance of such Loan plus interest accrued
thereon that is payable to Securityholders, the Master Servicer will be entitled
to withdraw or retain from the Security Account amounts representing its normal
servicing compensation with respect to such Loan and, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, amounts representing the balance of such
excess, exclusive of any amount required by law to be forwarded to the related
borrower, as additional servicing compensation.
If the Master Servicer or its designee recovers Insurance Proceeds which,
when added to any related Liquidation Proceeds and after deduction of certain
expenses reimbursable to the Master Servicer, exceed the principal balance of
such Loan plus interest accrued thereon that is payable to Securityholders, the
Master Servicer will be entitled to withdraw or retain from the Security Account
amounts representing its normal servicing compensation with respect to such
Loan. In the event that the Master Servicer has expended its own funds to
restore the damaged Property and such funds have not been reimbursed under the
related hazard insurance policy, it will be entitled to withdraw from the
Security Account out of related Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds an
amount equal to such expenses incurred by it, in which event the Trust Fund may
realize a loss up to the amount so charged. Since Insurance Proceeds cannot
exceed deficiency claims and certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer,
no such payment or recovery will result in a recovery to the Trust Fund which
exceeds the principal balance of the defaulted Loan together with accrued
interest thereon. See 'Credit Enhancement'.
The proceeds from any liquidation of a Loan will be applied in the
following order of priority: first, to reimburse the Master Servicer for any
unreimbursed expenses incurred by it to restore the related Property and any
unreimbursed servicing compensation payable to the Master Servicer with respect
to such Loan; second, to reimburse the Master Servicer for any unreimbursed
Advances with respect to such Loan; third, to accrued and unpaid interest (to
the extent no Advance has been made for such amount) on such Loan; and fourth,
as a recovery of principal of such Loan.
52
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies. If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer will maintain or cause to be
maintained, as the case may be, in full force and effect, a Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy with regard to each Loan for which such coverage is required.
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies reimburse certain losses sustained by reason
of defaults in payments by borrowers. The Master Servicer will not cancel or
refuse to renew any such Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy in effect at the time
of the initial issuance of a Series of Securities that is required to be kept in
force under the applicable Agreement unless the replacement Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy for such cancelled or nonrenewed policy is maintained with an
insurer whose claims-paying ability is sufficient to maintain the current rating
of the classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.
FHA Insurance; VA Guaranties. Loans designated in the related Prospectus
Supplement as insured by the FHA will be insured by the FHA as authorized under
the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended. In addition to the Title I
Program of the FHA, see 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- Title I Program',
certain Loans will be insured under various FHA programs including the standard
FHA 203(b) program to finance the acquisition of one- to four-family housing
units and the FHA 245 graduated payment mortgage program. These programs
generally limit the principal amount and interest rates of the mortgage loans
insured. Loans insured by FHA generally require a minimum down payment of
approximately 5% of the original principal amount of the loan. No FHA-insured
Loans relating to a Series may have an interest rate or original principal
amount exceeding the applicable FHA limits at the time of origination of such
loan.
Loans designated in the related Prospectus Supplement as guaranteed by the
VA will be partially guaranteed by the VA under the Serviceman's Readjustment
Act of 1944, as amended (a 'VA Guaranty'). The Serviceman's Readjustment Act of
1944, as amended, permits a veteran (or in certain instances the spouse of a
veteran) to obtain a mortgage loan guaranty by the VA covering mortgage
financing of the purchase of a one- to four-family dwelling unit at interest
rates permitted by the VA. The program has no mortgage loan limits, requires no
down payment from the purchaser and permits the guaranty of mortgage loans of up
to 30 years' duration. However, no Loan guaranteed by the VA will have an
original principal amount greater than five times the partial VA guaranty for
such Loan. The maximum guaranty that may be issued by the VA under a VA
guaranteed mortgage loan depends upon the original principal amount of the
mortgage loan, as further described in 38 United States Code Section 1803(a), as
amended.
SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
The principal servicing compensation to be paid to the Master Servicer in
respect of its master servicing activities for each Series of Securities will be
equal to the percentage per annum described in the related Prospectus Supplement
(which may vary under certain circumstances) of the outstanding principal
balance of each Loan, and such compensation will be retained by it from
collections of interest on such Loan in the related Trust Fund (the 'Master
Servicing Fee'). As compensation for its servicing duties, a Sub-Servicer or, if
there is no Sub-Servicer, the Master Servicer will be entitled to a monthly
servicing fee as described in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition,
the Master Servicer or Sub-Servicer will retain all prepayment charges,
assumption fees and late payment charges, to the extent collected from
borrowers, and any benefit that may accrue as a result of the investment of
funds in the applicable Security Account (unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement).
The Master Servicer will pay or cause to be paid certain ongoing expenses
associated with each Trust Fund and incurred by it in connection with its
responsibilities under the related Agreement, including, without limitation,
payment of any fee or other amount payable in respect of any credit enhancement
arrangements, payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee, any
custodian appointed by the Trustee, the certificate registrar and any paying
agent, and payment of expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of
Sub-Servicers and Sellers. The Master Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement
of expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of Sub-Servicers and Sellers
under certain limited circumstances.
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
Each Agreement will provide that on or before a specified date in each
year, a firm of independent public accountants will furnish a statement to the
Trustee to the effect that, on the basis of the examination by such
53
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
firm conducted substantially in compliance with the Uniform Single Attestation
Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for
FHLMC, the servicing by or on behalf of the Master Servicer of mortgage loans or
private asset backed securities, or under pooling and servicing agreements
substantially similar to each other (including the related Agreement) was
conducted in compliance with such agreements except for any significant
exceptions or errors in records that, in the opinion of the firm, the Audit
Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC, or the Uniform Single Attestation
Program for Mortgage Bankers, it is required to report. In rendering its
statement such firm may rely, as to matters relating to the direct servicing of
Loans by Sub-Servicers, upon comparable statements for examinations conducted
substantially in compliance with the Uniform Single Attestation Program for
Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC (rendered
within one year of such statement) of firms of independent public accountants
with respect to the related Sub-Servicer.
Each Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Trustee, on or before
a specified date in each year, of an annual statement signed by two officers of
the Master Servicer to the effect that the Master Servicer has fulfilled its
obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding year.
Copies of the annual accountants' statement and the statement of officers
of the Master Servicer may be obtained by Securityholders of the related Series
without charge upon written request to the Master Servicer at the address set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE DEPOSITOR
The Master Servicer under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Master
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, will be named in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The entity serving as Master Servicer may have normal business
relationships with the Depositor or the Depositor's affiliates.
Each Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer may not resign from
its obligations and duties under the Agreement except upon a determination that
its duties thereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law. The Master
Servicer may, however, be removed from its obligations and duties as set forth
in the Agreement. No such resignation will become effective until the Trustee or
a successor servicer has assumed the Master Servicer's obligations and duties
under the Agreement.
Each Agreement will further provide that neither the Master Servicer, the
Depositor nor any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Master Servicer
or the Depositor will be under any liability to the related Trust Fund or
Securityholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action in good faith pursuant to the Agreement, or for errors in judgment;
provided, however, that neither the Master Servicer, the Depositor nor any such
person will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by reason of wilful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations and duties thereunder. Each Agreement will further provide that the
Master Servicer, the Depositor and any director, officer, employee or agent of
the Master Servicer or the Depositor will be entitled to indemnification by the
related Trust Fund and will be held harmless against any loss, liability or
expense incurred in connection with any legal action relating to the Agreement
or the Securities, other than any loss, liability or expense related to any
specific Loan or Loans (except any such loss, liability or expense otherwise
reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement) and any loss, liability or expense
incurred by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, each Agreement will provide that
neither the Master Servicer nor the Depositor will be under any obligation to
appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its
respective responsibilities under the Agreement and which in its opinion may
involve it in any expense or liability. The Master Servicer or the Depositor
may, however, in its discretion undertake any such action which it may deem
necessary or desirable with respect to the Agreement and the rights and duties
of the parties thereto and the interests of the Securityholders thereunder. In
such event, the legal expenses and costs of such action and any liability
resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and liabilities of the Trust Fund
and the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be, will be entitled
to be reimbursed therefor out of funds otherwise distributable to
Securityholders.
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
person into which the Master Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any
person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Master Servicer
is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the Master Servicer,
will be the successor
54
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
of the Master Servicer under each Agreement, provided that such person is
qualified to sell mortgage loans to, and service mortgage loans on behalf of,
FNMA or FHLMC and further provided that such merger, consolidation or succession
does not adversely affect the then current rating or ratings of the class or
classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Master Servicing Agreement. Except as
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Events of Default
under each Agreement will consist of (i) any failure by the Master Servicer to
distribute or cause to be distributed to Securityholders of any class any
required payment (other than an Advance) which continues unremedied for five
days after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee or the Depositor, or to the Master Servicer, the Depositor and
the Trustee by the holders of Securities of such class evidencing not less than
25% of the total distributions allocated to such class ('Percentage Interests');
(ii) any failure by the Master Servicer to make an Advance as required under the
Agreement, unless cured as specified therein; (iii) any failure by the Master
Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any of its other
covenants or agreements in the Agreement which continues unremedied for thirty
days after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee or the Depositor, or to the Master Servicer, the Depositor and
the Trustee by the holders of Securities of any class evidencing not less than
25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests constituting such class; and (iv)
certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities or similar proceeding and certain actions by or on behalf of the
Master Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization or inability to pay
its obligations.
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Agreement will
permit the Trustee to sell the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets of the
Trust Fund described under 'Credit Enhancement' herein in the event that
payments in respect thereto are insufficient to make payments required in the
Agreement. The assets of the Trust Fund will be sold only under the
circumstances and in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, so long as
an Event of Default under an Agreement remains unremedied, the Depositor or the
Trustee may, and at the direction of holders of Securities of any class
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests constituting
such class and under such other circumstances as may be specified in such
Agreement, the Trustee shall terminate all of the rights and obligations of the
Master Servicer under the Agreement relating to such Trust Fund and in and to
the related Trust Fund Assets, whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all of the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Master Servicer under the
Agreement, including, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
obligation to make Advances, and will be entitled to similar compensation
arrangements. In the event that the Trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it
may appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of, a mortgage loan servicing institution with a net worth of a least
$10,000,000 to act as successor to the Master Servicer under the Agreement.
Pending such appointment, the Trustee is obligated to act in such capacity. The
Trustee and any such successor may agree upon the servicing compensation to be
paid, which in no event may be greater than the compensation payable to the
Master Servicer under the Agreement.
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, no
Securityholder, solely by virtue of such holder's status as a Securityholder,
will have any right under any Agreement to institute any proceeding with respect
to such Agreement, unless such holder previously has given to the Trustee
written notice of default and unless the holders of Securities of any class of
such Series evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests
constituting such class have made written request upon the Trustee to institute
such proceeding in its own name as Trustee thereunder and have offered to the
Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the Trustee for 60 days has neglected or
refused to institute any such proceeding.
Indenture. Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, Events of Default under the Indenture for each Series of Notes
include: (i) a default in the payment of any principal of or interest on any
Note of such Series which continues unremedied for five days after the giving of
written notice of such default is given as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement; (ii) failure to perform in any material respect any other covenant
of the Depositor or the Trust Fund in the Indenture which continues for a period
of thirty (30) days after notice thereof is given in accordance with the
procedures described in the related Prospectus Supplement; (iii) certain events
of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the Depositor or the
55
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Trust Fund; or (iv) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Notes of
that Series including but not limited to certain defaults on the part of the
issuer, if any, of a credit enhancement instrument supporting such Notes.
If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any Series at the time
outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of a
majority of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series
may declare the principal amount (or, if the Notes of that Series have an
interest rate of 0%, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in
the terms of that Series, as provided in the related Prospectus Supplement) of
all the Notes of such Series to be due and payable immediately. Such declaration
may, under certain circumstances, be rescinded and annulled by the holders of
more than 50% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.
If, following an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Notes, the
Notes of such Series have been declared to be due and payable, the Trustee may,
in its discretion, notwithstanding such acceleration, elect to maintain
possession of the collateral securing the Notes of such Series and to continue
to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration if such collateral continues to provide sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes of such Series as they would
have become due if there had not been such a declaration. In addition, the
Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the Notes of
a Series following an Event of Default, other than a default in the payment of
any principal or interest on any Note of such Series for five days or more,
unless (a) the holders of 100% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such
Series consent to such sale, (b) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation are
sufficient to pay in full the principal of and accrued interest, due and unpaid,
on the outstanding Notes of such Series at the date of such sale or (c) the
Trustee determines that such collateral would not be sufficient on an ongoing
basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments would have become due
if such Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Trustee obtains the
consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of
such Series.
In the event that the Trustee liquidates the collateral in connection with
an Event of Default involving a default for five days or more in the payment of
principal of or interest on the Notes of a Series, the Indenture provides that
the Trustee will have a prior lien on the proceeds of any such liquidation for
unpaid fees and expenses. As a result, upon the occurrence of such an Event of
Default, the amount available for distribution to the Noteholders would be less
than would otherwise be the case. However, the Trustee may not institute a
proceeding for the enforcement of its lien except in connection with a
proceeding for the enforcement of the lien of the Indenture for the benefit of
the Noteholders after the occurrence of such an Event of Default.
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the
event the principal of the Notes of a Series is declared due and payable, as
described above, the holders of any such Notes issued at a discount from par may
be entitled to receive no more than an amount equal to the unpaid principal
amount thereof less the amount of such discount which is unamortized.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing with respect
to a Series of Notes, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any
of the holders of Notes of such Series, unless such holders offered to the
Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and
liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with such request or
direction. Subject to such provisions for indemnification and certain
limitations contained in the Indenture, the holders of a majority of the then
aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series shall have the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee with respect to the Notes of such Series, and the holders of a majority
of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series may, in
certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a default in the
payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the holders of the outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.
AMENDMENT
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee,
without the consent of any of the Securityholders, (i) to cure
56
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
any ambiguity; (ii) to correct or supplement any provision therein which may be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision therein; or (iii) to make any
other revisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Agreement
which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof, provided that such
action will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any
Securityholder. An amendment will be deemed not to adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of the Securityholders if the person requesting
such amendment obtains a letter from each Rating Agency requested to rate the
class or classes of Securities of such Series stating that such amendment will
not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the respective ratings then
assigned to such Securities. In addition, to the extent provided in the related
Agreement, an Agreement may be amended without the consent of any of the
Securityholders, to change the manner in which the Security Account is
maintained, provided that any such change does not adversely affect the then
current rating on the class or classes of Securities of such Series that have
been rated. In addition, if a REMIC election is made with respect to a Trust
Fund, the related Agreement may be amended to modify, eliminate or add to any of
its provisions to such extent as may be necessary to maintain the qualification
of the related Trust Fund as a REMIC, provided that the Trustee has received an
opinion of counsel to the effect that such action is necessary or helpful to
maintain such qualification. Except as otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, each Agreement may also be amended by the Depositor, the
Master Servicer and the Trustee with consent of holders of Securities of such
Series evidencing not less than 66% of the aggregate Percentage Interests of
each class affected thereby for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing in an manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Agreement or
of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the related Securities;
provided, however, that no such amendment may (i) reduce in any manner the
amount of or delay the timing of, payments received on Loans which are required
to be distributed on any Security without the consent of the holder of such
Security, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Securities of any class the
holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment without the
consent of the holders of all Securities of such class covered by such Agreement
then outstanding. If a REMIC election is made with respect to a Trust Fund, the
Trustee will not be entitled to consent to an amendment to the related Agreement
without having first received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such
amendment will not cause such Trust Fund to fail to qualify as a REMIC.
TERMINATION; OPTIONAL TERMINATION
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Trust Agreement. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Agreement, the obligations created by each Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement for each Series of Securities will
terminate upon the payment to the related Securityholders of all amounts held in
the Security Account or by the Master Servicer and required to be paid to them
pursuant to such Agreement following the later of (i) the final payment of or
other liquidation of the last of the Trust Fund Assets subject thereto or the
disposition of all property acquired upon foreclosure of any such Trust Fund
Assets remaining in the Trust Fund and (ii) the purchase by the Master Servicer
or, if REMIC treatment has been elected and if specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, by the holder of the residual interest in the REMIC (see
'Federal Income Tax Consequences' below), from the related Trust Fund of all of
the remaining Trust Fund Assets and all property acquired in respect of such
Trust Fund Assets.
Unless otherwise specified by the related Prospectus Supplement, any such
purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property acquired in respect of Trust Fund
Assets evidenced by a Series of Securities will be made at the option of the
Master Servicer, such other person or, if applicable, such holder of the REMIC
residual interest, at a price specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The exercise of such right will effect early retirement of the Securities of
that Series, but the right of the Master Servicer, such other person or, if
applicable, such holder of the REMIC residual interest, to so purchase is
subject to the principal balance of the related Trust Fund Assets being less
than the percentage specified in the related Prospectus Supplement of the
aggregate principal balance of the Trust Fund Assets at the Cut-off Date for the
Series. The foregoing is subject to the provision that if a REMIC election is
made with respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant to clause (ii) above
will be made only in connection with a 'qualified liquidation' of the REMIC
within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.
Indenture. The Indenture will be discharged with respect to a Series of
Notes (except with respect to certain continuing rights specified in the
Indenture) upon the delivery to the Trustee for cancellation of all the
57
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Notes of such Series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee
of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of the Notes of such Series.
In addition to such discharge with certain limitations, the Indenture will
provide that, if so specified with respect to the Notes of any Series, the
related Trust Fund will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of
the Notes of such Series (except for certain obligations relating to temporary
Notes and exchange of Notes, to register the transfer of or exchange Notes of
such Series, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated Notes of such Series, to
maintain paying agencies and to hold monies for payment in trust) upon the
deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money and/or direct obligations of or
obligations guaranteed by the United States of America which through the payment
of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will
provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and each
installment of interest on the Notes of such Series on the last scheduled
Distribution Date for such Notes and any installment of interest on such Notes
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes of such Series. In
the event of any such defeasance and discharge of Notes of such Series, holders
of Notes of such Series would be able to look only to such money and/or direct
obligations for payment of principal and interest, if any, on their Notes until
maturity.
THE TRUSTEE
The Trustee under each Agreement will be named in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee may have
normal banking relationships with the Depositor, the Master Servicer and any of
their respective affiliates.
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS
The following discussion contains summaries, which are general in nature,
of certain legal matters relating to the Loans. Because such legal aspects are
governed primarily by applicable state law (which laws may differ
substantially), the descriptions do not, except as expressly provided below,
reflect the laws of any particular state, nor to encompass the laws of all
states in which the security for the Loans is situated. The descriptions are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable federal laws and the
appropriate laws of the states in which Loans may be originated.
GENERAL
The Loans for a Series may be secured by deeds of trust, mortgages,
security deeds or deeds to secure debt, depending upon the prevailing practice
in the state in which the property subject to the loan is located. Deeds of
trust are used almost exclusively in California instead of mortgages. A mortgage
creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the mortgage, which lien is
generally not prior to the lien for real estate taxes and assessments. Priority
between mortgages depends on their terms and generally on the order of recording
with a state or county office. There are two parties to a mortgage, the
mortgagor, who is the borrower and owner of the mortgaged property, and the
mortgagee, who is the lender. Under the mortgage instrument, the mortgagor
delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage. Although a deed of
trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust formally has three parties, the
borrower-property owner called the trustor (similar to a mortgagor), a lender
(similar to a mortgagee) called the beneficiary, and a third-party grantee
called the trustee. Under a deed of trust, the borrower grants the property,
irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with a power of sale, to
the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. A security deed and a deed to
secure debt are special types of deeds which indicate on their face that they
are granted to secure an underlying debt. By executing a security deed or deed
to secure debt, the grantor conveys title to, as opposed to merely creating a
lien upon, the subject property to the grantee until such time as the underlying
debt is repaid. The trustee's authority under a deed of trust, the mortgagee's
authority under a mortgage and the grantee's authority under a security deed or
deed to secure debt are governed by law and, with respect to some deeds of
trust, the directions of the beneficiary.
Cooperatives. Certain of Loans may be Cooperative Loans. The Cooperative
owns all the real property that comprises the project, including the land,
separate dwelling units and all common areas. The Cooperative is directly
responsible for project management and, in most cases, payment of real estate
taxes and hazard and liability insurance. If there is a blanket mortgage on the
Cooperative and/or underlying land, as is generally the case, the Cooperative,
as project mortgagor, is also responsible for meeting these mortgage
obligations. A
58
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
blanket mortgage is ordinarily incurred by the Cooperative in connection with
the construction or purchase of the Cooperative's apartment building. The
interest of the occupant under proprietary leases or occupancy agreements to
which that Cooperative is a party are generally subordinate to the interest of
the holder of the blanket mortgage in that building. If the Cooperative is
unable to meet the payment obligations arising under its blanket mortgage, the
mortgagee holding the blanket mortgage could foreclose on that mortgage and
terminate all subordinate proprietary leases and occupancy agreements. In
addition, the blanket mortgage on a Cooperative may provide financing in the
form of a mortgage that does not fully amortize with a significant portion of
principal being due in one lump sum at final maturity. The inability of the
Cooperative to refinance this mortgage and its consequent inability to make such
final payment could lead to foreclosure by the mortgagee providing the
financing. A foreclosure in either event by the holder of the blanket mortgage
could eliminate or significantly diminish the value of any collateral held by
the lender who financed the purchase by an individual tenant-stockholder of
Cooperative shares or, in the case of a Trust Fund including Cooperative Loans,
the collateral securing the Cooperative Loans.
The Cooperative is owned by tenant-stockholders who, through ownership of
stock, shares or membership certificates in the corporation, receive proprietary
leases or occupancy agreements which confer exclusive rights to occupy specific
units. Generally, a tenant-stockholder of a Cooperative must make a monthly
payment to the Cooperative representing such tenant-stockholder's pro rata share
of the Cooperative's payments for its blanket mortgage, real property taxes,
maintenance expenses and other capital or ordinary expenses. An ownership
interest in a Cooperative and accompanying rights is financed through a
Cooperative share loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a security
interest in the occupancy agreement or proprietary lease and in the related
Cooperative shares. The lender takes possession of the share certificate and a
counterpart of the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, and a financing
statement covering the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement and the
Cooperative shares is filed in the appropriate state and local offices to
perfect the lender's interest in its collateral. Subject to the limitations
discussed below, upon default of the tenant-stockholder, the lender may sue for
judgment on the promissory note, dispose of the collateral at a public or
private sale or otherwise proceed against the collateral or tenant-stockholder
as an individual as provided in the security agreement covering the assignment
of the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement and the pledge of Cooperative
shares.
FORECLOSURE/REPOSSESSION
Deed of Trust. Foreclosure of a deed of trust is generally accomplished by
a non-judicial sale under a specific provision in the deed of trust which
authorizes the trustee to sell the property at public auction upon any default
by the borrower under the terms of the note or deed of trust. In certain states,
such foreclosure also may be accomplished by judicial action in the manner
provided for foreclosure of mortgages. In addition to any notice requirements
contained in a deed of trust, in some states (such as California), the trustee
must record a notice of default and send a copy to the borrower-trustor, to any
person who has recorded a request for a copy of any notice of default and notice
of sale, to any successor in interest to the borrower-trustor, to the
beneficiary of any junior deed of trust and to certain other persons. In some
states (including California), the borrower-trustor has the right to reinstate
the loan at any time following default until shortly before the trustee's sale.
In general, the borrower, or any other person having a junior encumbrance on the
real estate, may, during a statutorily prescribed reinstatement period, cure a
monetary default by paying the entire amount in arrears plus other designated
costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the obligation. Generally, state law
controls the amount of foreclosure expenses and costs, including attorney's
fees, which may be recovered by a lender. After the reinstatement period has
expired without the default having been cured, the borrower or junior lienholder
no longer has the right to reinstate the loan and must pay the loan in full to
prevent the scheduled foreclosure sale. If the deed of trust is not reinstated
within any applicable cure period, a notice of sale must be posted in a public
place and, in most states (including California), published for a specific
period of time in one or more newspapers. In addition, some state laws require
that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the property and sent to all
parties having an interest of record in the real property. In California, the
entire process from recording a notice of default to a non-judicial sale usually
takes four to five months.
Mortgages. Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial
action. The action is initiated by the service of legal pleadings upon all
parties having an interest in the real property. Delays in completion of the
foreclosure may occasionally result from difficulties in locating necessary
parties. Judicial foreclosure
59
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
proceedings are often not contested by any of the parties. When the mortgagee's
right to foreclosure is contested, the legal proceedings necessary to resolve
the issue can be time consuming. After the completion of a judicial foreclosure
proceeding, the court generally issues a judgment of foreclosure and appoints a
referee or other court officer to conduct the sale of the property. In some
states, mortgages may also be foreclosed by advertisement, pursuant to a power
of sale provided in the mortgage.
Although foreclosure sales are typically public sales, frequently no third
party purchaser bids in excess of the lender's lien because of the difficulty of
determining the exact status of title to the property, the possible
deterioration of the property during the foreclosure proceedings and a
requirement that the purchaser pay for the property in cash or by cashier's
check. Thus the foreclosing lender often purchases the property from the trustee
or referee for an amount equal to the principal amount outstanding under the
loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure in which event
the mortgagor's debt will be extinguished or the lender may purchase for a
lesser amount in order to preserve its right against a borrower to seek a
deficiency judgment in states where such judgment is available. Thereafter,
subject to the right of the borrower in some states to remain in possession
during the redemption period, the lender will assume the burden of ownership,
including obtaining hazard insurance and making such repairs at its own expense
as are necessary to render the property suitable for sale. The lender will
commonly obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the broker's
commission in connection with the sale of the property. Depending upon market
conditions, the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not equal the
lender's investment in the property. Any loss may be reduced by the receipt of
any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.
Courts have imposed general equitable principles upon foreclosure, which
are generally designed to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower of the
borrower's defaults under the loan documents. Some courts have been faced with
the issue of whether federal or state constitutional provisions reflecting due
process concerns for fair notice require that borrowers under deeds of trust
receive notice longer than that prescribed by statute. For the mostpart, these
cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable or have found that
the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust does not involve sufficient state
action to afford constitutional protection to the borrower.
When the beneficiary under a junior mortgage or deed of trust cures the
default and reinstates or redeems by paying the full amount of the senior
mortgage or deed of trust, the amount paid by the beneficiary so to cure or
redeem becomes a part of the indebtedness secured by the junior mortgage or deed
of trust. See 'Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees' below.
Cooperative Loans. The Cooperative shares owned by the tenant-stockholder
and pledged to the lender are, in almost all cases, subject to restrictions on
transfer as set forth in the Cooperative's certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, as well as the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, and may be
cancelled by the Cooperative for failure by the tenant-stockholder to pay rent
or other obligations or charges owed by such tenant-stockholder, including
mechanics' liens against the cooperative apartment building incurred by such
tenant-stockholder. The proprietary lease or occupancy agreement generally
permits the Cooperative to terminate such lease or agreement in the event an
obligor fails to make payments or defaults in the performance of covenants
required thereunder. Typically, the lender and the Cooperative enter into a
recognition agreement which establishes the rights and obligations of both
parties in the event of a default by the tenant-stockholder on its obligations
under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. A default by the
tenant-stockholder under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement will
usually constitute a default under the security agreement between the lender and
the tenant-stockholder.
The recognition agreement generally provides that, in the event that the
tenant-stockholder has defaulted under the proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement, the Cooperative will take no action to terminate such lease or
agreement until the lender has been provided with an opportunity to cure the
default. The recognition agreement typically provides that if the proprietary
lease or occupancy agreement is terminated, the Cooperative will recognize the
lender's lien against proceeds form the sale of the Cooperative apartment,
subject, however, to the Cooperative's right to sums due under such proprietary
lease or occupancy agreement. The total amount owed to the Cooperative by the
tenant-stockholder, which the lender generally cannot restrict and does not
monitor, could reduce the value of the collateral below the outstanding
principal balance of the Cooperative Loan and accrued and unpaid interest
thereon.
Recognition agreements also provide that in the event of a foreclosure on a
Cooperative Loan, the lender must obtain the approval or consent of the
Cooperative as required by the proprietary lease before transferring
60
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the Cooperative shares or assigning the proprietary lease. Generally, the lender
is not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess the tenant-stockholders.
In some states, foreclosure on the Cooperative shares is accomplished by a
sale in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial
Code (the 'UCC') and the security agreement relating to those shares. Article 9
of the UCC requires that a sale be conducted in a 'commercially reasonable'
manner. Whether a foreclosure sale has been conducted in a 'commercially
reasonable' manner will depend on the facts in each case. In determining
commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the debtor and
the method, manner, time, place and terms of the foreclosure. Generally, a sale
conducted according to the usual practice of banks selling similar collateral
will be considered reasonably conducted.
Article 9 of the UCC provides that the proceeds of the sale will be applied
first to pay the costs and expenses of the sale and then to satisfy the
indebtedness secured by the lender's security interest. The recognition
agreement, however, generally provides that the lender's right to reimbursement
is subject to the right of the Cooperative to receive sums due under the
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. If there are proceeds remaining, the
lender must account to the tenant-stockholder for the surplus. Conversely, if a
portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the tenant-stockholder is generally
responsible for the deficiency. See 'Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other
Limitations on Lenders' below.
In the case of foreclosure on a building which was converted from a rental
building to a building owned by a Cooperative under a non-eviction plan, some
states require that a purchaser at a foreclosure sale take the property subject
to rent control and rent stabilization laws which apply to certain tenants who
elected to remain in the building but who did not purchase shares in the
Cooperative when the building was so converted.
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to unforeseen
environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states, contamination of a
property may give risks to a lien on the property to assure the payment of the
costs of clean-up. In several states such a lien has priority over the lien of
an existing mortgage against such property. In addition, under the federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
('CERCLA'), the United States Environmental Protection Agency ('EPA') may impose
a lien on property where EPA has incurred clean-up costs. However, a CERCLA lien
is subordinate to pre-existing, perfected security interests.
Under the laws of some states, and under CERCLA, it is conceivable that a
secured lender may be held liable as an 'owner' or 'operator' for the costs of
addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances at a
Property, even though the environmental damage or threat was caused by a prior
or current owner or operator. CERCLA imposes liability for such costs on any and
all 'responsible parties,' including owners or operators. However, CERCLA
excludes from the definition of 'owner or operator' a secured creditor who holds
indicia of ownership primarily to protect its security interest (the 'secured
creditor exclusion') but without 'participating in the management' of the
Property. Thus, if a lender's activities begin to encroach on the actual
management of a contaminated facility or property, the lender may incur
liability as an 'owner or operator' under CERCLA. Similarly, if a lender
forecloses and takes title to a contaminated facility or property, the lender
may incur CERCLA liability in various circumstances, including, but not limited
to, when it holds the facility or property as an investment (including leasing
the facility or property to third party), or fails to market the property in a
timely fashion.
Whether actions taken by a lender would constitute participation in the
management of a mortgaged property, or the business of a borrower, so as to
render the secured creditor exemption unavailable to a lender has been a matter
of judicial interpretation of the statutory language, and court decisions have
been inconsistent. In 1990, the Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit
suggested that the mere capacity of the lender to influence a borrower's
decisions regarding disposal of hazardous substances was sufficient
participation in the management of the borrower's business to deny the
protection of the secured creditor exemption to the lender.
This ambiguity appears to have been resolved by the enactment of the Asset
Conservation, Lender Liability and Deposit Insurance Protection Act of 1996,
which was signed into law by President Clinton on September 30, 1996. The new
legislation provides that in order to be deemed to have participated in the
management of a mortgaged property, a lender must actually participate in the
operational affairs of the property or the borrower. The legislation also
provides that participation in the management of the property does not
61
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
include 'merely having the capacity to influence, or unexercised right to
control' operations. Rather, a lender will lose the protection of the secured
creditor exemption only if it exercises decision-making control over the
borrower's environmental compliance and hazardous substance handling and
disposal practices, or assumes day-to-day management of all operational
functions of the mortgaged property.
If a lender is or becomes liable, it can bring an action for contribution
against any other 'responsible parties,' including a previous owner or operator,
who created the environmental hazard, but those persons or entities may be
bankrupt or otherwise judgment proof. The costs associated with environmental
cleanup may be substantial. It is conceivable that such costs arising from the
circumstances set forth above would result in a loss to Certificateholders.
CERCLA does not apply to petroleum products, and the secured creditor
exclusion does not govern liability for cleanup costs under federal laws other
than CERCLA, in particular Subtitle I of the federal Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act ('RCRA'), which regulates underground petroleum storage tanks
(except heating oil tanks). The EPA has adopted a lender liability rule for
underground storage tanks under Subtitle I of RCRA. Under such rule, a holder of
a security interest in an underground storage tank or real property containing
an underground storage tank is not considered an operator of the underground
storage tank as long as petroleum is not added to, stored in or dispensed from
the tank. In addition, under the Asset Conservation, Lender Liability and
Deposit Insurance Protection Act of 1996, the protections accorded to lenders
under CERCLA are also accorded to the holders of security interests in
underground storage tanks. It should be noted, however, that liability for
cleanup of petroleum contamination may be governed by state law, which may not
provide for any specific protection for secured creditors.
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, at the
time the Loans were originated, no environmental assessment or a very limited
environmental assessment of the Properties was conducted.
RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION
In some states, after sale pursuant to a deed of trust or foreclosure of a
mortgage, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory
period in which to redeem the property from the foreclosure sale. In certain
other states (including California), this right of redemption applies only to
sales following judicial foreclosure, and not to sales pursuant to a
non-judicial power of sale. In most states where the right of redemption is
available, statutory redemption may occur upon payment of the foreclosure
purchase price, accrued interest and taxes. In other states, redemption may be
authorized if the former borrower pays only a portion of the sums due. The
effect of a statutory right of redemption is to diminish the ability of the
lender to sell the foreclosed property. The exercise of a right of redemption
would defeat the title of any purchaser from the lender subsequent to
foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of
the redemption right is to force the lender to retain the property and pay the
expenses of ownership until the redemption period has run. In some states, there
is no right to redeem property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.
ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION; BANKRUPTCY LAWS; TAX LIENS
Certain states have imposed statutory and judicial restrictions that limit
the remedies of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a
mortgage. In some states, including California, statutes and case law limit the
right of the beneficiary or mortgagee to obtain a deficiency judgment against
borrowers financing the purchase of their residence or following sale under a
deed of trust or certain other foreclosure proceedings. A deficiency judgment is
a personal judgment against the borrower equal in most cases to the difference
between the amount due to the lender and the fair market value of the real
property at the time of the foreclosure sale. As a result of these prohibitions,
it is anticipated that in most instances the Master Servicer will utilize the
non-judicial foreclosure remedy and will not seek deficiency judgments against
defaulting borrowers.
Some state statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
In certain other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action
against the borrower on the debt without first exhausting such security;
however, in some of these states, the lender, following judgment on such
personal action, may be deemed to have elected a remedy and may be precluded
from exercising remedies with respect to the security. Consequently, the
practical effect of the election requirement,
62
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
when applicable, is that lenders will usually proceed first against the security
rather than bringing a personal action against the borrower. In some states,
exceptions to the anti-deficiency statutes are provided for in certain instances
where the value of the lender's security has been impaired by acts or omissions
of the borrower, for example, in the event of waste of the property. Finally,
other statutory provisions limit any deficiency judgment against the former
borrower following a foreclosure sale to the excess of the outstanding debt over
the fair market value of the property at the time of the public sale. The
purpose of these statutes is generally to prevent a beneficiary or a mortgagee
from obtaining a large deficiency judgment against the former borrower as a
result of low or no bids at the foreclosure sale.
Generally, Article 9 of the UCC governs foreclosure on Cooperative shares
and the related proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. Some courts have
interpreted section 9-504 of the UCC to prohibit a deficiency award unless the
creditor establishes that the sale of the collateral (which, in the case of a
Cooperative Loan, would be the shares of the Cooperative and the related
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement) was conducted in a commercially
reasonable manner.
In addition to anti-deficiency and related legislation, numerous other
federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws,
and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the
ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon its security. For
example, in a proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy Code, a lender may not
foreclose on a mortgaged property without the permission of the bankruptcy
court. The rehabilitation plan proposed by the debtor may provide, if the
mortgaged property is not the debtor's principal residence and the court
determines that the value of the mortgaged property is less than the principal
balance of the mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured indebtedness to
the value of the mortgaged property as of the date of the commencement of the
bankruptcy, rendering the lender a general unsecured creditor for the
difference, and also may reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage
loan, change the rate of interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment
schedule. The effect of any such proceedings under the federal Bankruptcy Code,
including but not limited to any automatic stay, could result in delays in
receiving payments on the Loans underlying a Series of Securities and possible
reductions in the aggregate amount of such payments.
The federal tax laws provide priority to certain tax liens over the lien of
a mortgage or secured party.
DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
conventional Loan will contain a due-on-sale clause which will generally provide
that if the mortgagor or obligor sells, transfers or conveys the Property, the
loan or contract may be accelerated by the mortgagee or secured party. Court
decisions and legislative actions have placed substantial restriction on the
right of lenders to enforce such clauses in many states. For instance, the
California Supreme Court in August 1978 held that due-on-sale clauses were
generally unenforceable. However, the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions
Act of 1982 (the 'Garn-St Germain Act'), subject to certain exceptions, preempts
state constitutional, statutory and case law prohibiting the enforcement of
due-on-sale clauses. As a result, due-on-sale clauses have become generally
enforceable except in those states whose legislatures exercised their authority
to regulate the enforceability of such clauses with respect to mortgage loans
that were (i) originated or assumed during the 'window period' under the Garn-St
Germain Act which ended in all cases not later than October 15, 1982, and (ii)
originated by lenders other than national banks, federal savings institutions
and federal credit unions. FHLMC has taken the position in its published
mortgage servicing standards that, out of a total of eleven 'window period
states,' five states (Arizona, Michigan, Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah) have
enacted statutes extending, on various terms and for varying periods, the
prohibition on enforcement of due-on-sale clauses with respect to certain
categories of window period loans. Also, the Garn-St Germain Act does
'encourage' lenders to permit assumption of loans at the original rate of
interest or at some other rate less than the average of the original rate and
the market rate.
As to loans secured by an owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St Germain Act
sets forth nine specific instances in which a mortgagee covered by the Act may
not exercise its rights under a due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding the fact
that a transfer of the property may have occurred. The inability to enforce a
due-on-sale clause may result in transfer of the related Property to an
uncreditworthy person, which could increase the likelihood of default or may
result in a mortgage bearing an interest rate below the current market rate
being assumed by a new home buyer, which may affect the average life of the
Loans and the number of Loans which may extend to maturity.
63
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
In addition, under federal bankruptcy law, due-on-sale clauses may not be
enforceable in bankruptcy proceedings and may, under certain circumstances, be
eliminated in any modified mortgage resulting from such bankruptcy proceeding.
ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES
Forms of notes, mortgages and deeds of trust used by lenders may contain
provisions obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if payments are not
timely made, and in some circumstances may provide for prepayment fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity. In certain states, there
are or may be specific limitations upon the late charges which a lender may
collect from a borrower for delinquent payments. Certain states also limit the
amounts that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the
loan is prepaid. Under certain state laws, prepayment charges may not be imposed
after a certain period of time following the origination of mortgage loans with
respect to prepayments on loans secured by liens encumbering owner-occupied
residential properties. Since many of the Properties will be owner-occupied, it
is anticipated that prepayment charges may not be imposed with respect to many
of the Loans. The absence of such a restraint on prepayment, particularly with
respect to fixed rate Loans having higher Loan Rates, may increase the
likelihood of refinancing or other early retirement of such loans or contracts.
Late charges and prepayment fees are typically retained by servicers as
additional servicing compensation.
APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS
Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control
Act of 1980, enacted in March 1980 ('Title V') provides that state usury
limitations shall not apply to certain types of residential first mortgage loans
originated by certain lenders after March 31, 1980. The Office of Thrift
Supervision, as successor to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, is authorized to
issue rules and regulations and to publish interpretations governing
implementation of Title V. The statute authorized the states to reimpose
interest rate limits by adopting, before April 1, 1983, a law or constitutional
provision which expressly rejects an application of the federal law. Fifteen
states adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even
where Title V is not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on mortgage loans covered by
Title V. Certain states have taken action to reimpose interest rate limits
and/or to limit discount points or other charges.
THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS
General. The Home Improvement Contracts, other than those Home Improvement
Contracts that are unsecured or secured by mortgages on real estate (such Home
Improvement Contracts are hereinafter referred to in this section as
'contracts') generally are 'chattel paper' or constitute 'purchase money
security interests' each as defined in the UCC. Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of
chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to perfection of a security
interest in chattel paper. Under the related Agreement, the Depositor will
transfer physical possession of the contracts to the Trustee or a designated
custodian or may retain possession of the contracts as custodian for the
Trustee. In addition, the Depositor will make an appropriate filing of a UCC-1
financing statement in the appropriate states to, among other things, give
notice of the Trust Fund's ownership of the contracts. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the contracts will not be
stamped or otherwise marked to reflect their assignment from the Depositor to
the Trustee. Therefore, if through negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent
purchaser were able to take physical possession of the contracts without notice
of such assignment, the Trust Fund's interest in the contracts could be
defeated.
Security Interests in Home Improvements. The contracts that are secured by
the Home Improvements financed thereby grant to the originator of such contracts
a purchase money security interest in such Home Improvements to secure all or
part of the purchase price of such Home Improvements and related services. A
financing statement generally is not required to be filed to perfect a purchase
money security interest in consumer goods. Such purchase money security
interests are assignable. In general, a purchase money security interest grants
to the holder a security interest that has priority over a conflicting security
interest in the same collateral and the proceeds of such collateral. However, to
the extent that the collateral subject to a purchase money security interest
becomes a fixture, in order for the related purchase money security interest to
take priority over a conflicting interest in the fixture, the holder's interest
in such Home Improvement must generally
64
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
be perfected by a timely fixture filing. In general, a security interest does
not exist under the UCC in ordinary building material incorporated into an
improvement on land. Home Improvement Contracts that finance lumber, bricks,
other types of ordinary building material or other goods that are deemed to lose
such characterization upon incorporation of such materials into the related
property, will not be secured by a purchase money security interest in the Home
Improvement being financed.
Enforcement of Security Interest in Home Improvements. So long as the Home
Improvement has not become subject to the real estate law, a creditor can
repossess a Home Improvement securing a contract by voluntary surrender, by
'self-help' repossession that is 'peaceful' (i.e., without breach of the peace)
or, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the ability to repossess without
breach of the peace, by judicial process. The holder of a contract must give the
debtor a number of days' notice, which varies from 10 to 30 days depending on
the state, prior to commencement of any repossession. The UCC and consumer
protection laws in most states place restrictions on repossession sales,
including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial reasonableness in
effecting such a sale. The law in most states also requires that the debtor be
given notice of any sale prior to resale of the unit that the debtor may redeem
at or before such resale.
Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain
a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession and
resale of the property securing the debtor's loan. However, some states impose
prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments, and in many cases the
defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.
Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy
and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the
ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.
Consumer Protection Laws. The so-called 'Holder-in-Due Course' rule of the
Federal Trade Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor of
a consumer credit contract which is the seller of goods which gave rise to the
transaction (and certain related lenders and assignees) to transfer such
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor thereunder. The effect of this
rule is to subject the assignee of such a contract to all claims and defenses
which the debtor could assert against the seller of goods. Liability under this
rule is limited to amounts paid under a contract; however, the obligor also may
be able to assert the rule to set off remaining amounts due as a defense against
a claim brought by the Trustee against such obligor. Numerous other federal and
state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination
and lending pursuant to the contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the
Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit
Reporting Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these
laws, the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the enforceability
of the related contract.
Applicability of Usury Laws. Title V of the Depository Institutions
Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980, as amended ('Title V'), provides
that, subject to the following conditions, state usury limitations shall not
apply to any contract which is secured by a first lien on certain kinds of
consumer goods. The contracts would be covered if they satisfy certain
conditions governing, among other things, the terms of any prepayments, late
charges and deferral fees and requiring a 30-day notice period prior to
instituting any action leading to repossession of the related unit.
Title V authorized any state to reimpose limitations on interest rates and
finance charges by adopting before April 1, 1983 a law or constitutional
provision which expressly rejects application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even where
Title V was not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.
INSTALLMENT CONTRACTS
The Loans may also consist of installment contracts. Under an installment
contract ('Installment Contract') the seller (hereinafter referred to in this
section as the 'lender') retains legal title to the property and enters into an
agreement with the purchaser hereinafter referred to in this section as the
'borrower') for the payment of the purchase price, plus interest, over the term
of such contract. Only after full performance by the borrower of the contract is
the lender obligated to convey title to the property to the purchaser. As with
mortgage or deed of trust financing, during the effective period of the
Installment Contract, the borrower is generally
65
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
responsible for maintaining the property in good condition and for paying real
estate taxes, assessments and hazard insurance premiums associated with the
property.
The method of enforcing the rights of the lender under an Installment
Contract varies on a state-by-state basis depending upon the extent to which
state courts are willing, or able pursuant to state statute, to enforce the
contract strictly according to its terms. The terms of Installment Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his or
her right to occupy the property, the entire indebtedness is accelerated, and
the buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited. The lender in such
a situation does not have to foreclose in order to obtain title to the property,
although in some cases a quiet title action is in order if the borrower has
filed the Installment Contract in local land records and an ejectment action may
be necessary to recover possession. In a few states, particularly in cases of
borrower default during the early years of an Installment Contract, the courts
will permit ejectment of the buyer and a forfeiture of his or her interest in
the property. However, most state legislatures have enacted provisions by
analogy to mortgage law protecting borrowers under Installment Contracts from
the harsh consequences of forfeiture. Under such statutes, a judicial or
nonjudicial foreclosure may be required, the lender may be required to give
notice of default and the borrower may be granted some grace period during which
the Installment Contract may be reinstated upon full payment of the default
amount and the borrower may have a post-foreclosure statutory redemption right.
In other states, courts in equity may permit a borrower with significant
investment in the property under an Installment Contract for the sale of real
estate to share in the proceeds of sale of the property after the indebtedness
is repaid or may otherwise refuse to enforce the forfeiture clause.
Nevertheless, generally speaking, the lender's procedures for obtaining
possession and clear title under an Installment Contract in a given state are
simpler and less time-consuming and costly than are the procedures for
foreclosing and obtaining clear title to a property subject to one or more
liens.
SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT
Generally, under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act
of 1940, as amended (the 'Relief Act'), a borrower who enters military service
after the origination of such borrower's Loan (including a borrower who is a
member of the National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of the
origination of the Loan and is later called to active duty) may not be charged
interest above an annual rate of 6% during the period of such borrower's active
duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender. It
is possible that such interest rate limitation could have an effect, for an
indeterminate period of time, on the ability of the Master Servicer to collect
full amounts of interest on certain of the Loans. Unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, any shortfall in interest collections
resulting from the application of the Relief Act could result in losses to
Securityholders. The Relief Act also imposes limitations which would impair the
ability of the Master Servicer to foreclose on an affected Loan during the
borrower's period of active duty status. Moreover, the Relief Act permits the
extension of a Loan's maturity and the re-adjustment of its payment schedule
beyond the completion of military service. Thus, in the event that such a Loan
goes into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to
realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.
JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGEES
To the extent that the Loans comprising the Trust Fund for a Series are
secured by mortgages which are junior to other mortgages held by other lenders
or institutional investors, the rights of the Trust Fund (and therefore the
Securityholders), as mortgagee under any such junior mortgage, are subordinate
to those of any mortgagee under any senior mortgage. The senior mortgagee has
the right to receive hazard insurance and condemnation proceeds and to cause the
property securing the Loan to be sold upon default of the mortgagor, thereby
extinguishing thejunior mortgagee's lien unless the junior mortgagee asserts its
subordinate interest in the property in foreclosure litigation and, possibly,
satisfies the defaulted senior mortgage. A junior mortgagee may satisfy a
defaulted senior loan in full and, in some states, may cure a default and bring
the senior loan current, in either event adding the amounts expended to the
balance due on the junior loan. In most states, absent a provision in the
mortgage or deed of trust, no notice of default is required to be given to a
junior mortgagee.
The standard form of the mortgage used by most institutional lenders
confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with condemnation
proceedings, and to apply such proceeds and awards to any indebtedness secured
by the
66
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
mortgage, in such order as the mortgagee may determine. Thus, in the event
improvements on the property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty,
or in the event the property is taken by condemnation, the mortgagee or
beneficiary under senior mortgages will have the prior right to collect any
insurance proceeds payable under a hazard insurance policy and any award of
damages in connection with the condemnation and to apply the same to the
indebtedness secured by the senior mortgages. Proceeds in excess of the amount
of senior mortgage indebtedness, in most cases, may be applied to the
indebtedness of a junior mortgage.
Another provision sometimes found in the form of the mortgage or deed of
trust used by institutional lenders obligates the mortgagor to pay before
delinquency all taxes and assessments on the property and, when due, all
encumbrances, charges and liens on the property which appear prior to the
mortgage or deed of trust, to provide and maintain fire insurance on the
property, to maintain and repair the property and not to commit or permit any
waste thereof, and to appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting
to affect the property or the rights of the mortgagee under the mortgage. Upon a
failure of the mortgagor to perform any of these obligations, the mortgagee is
given the right under certain mortgages to perform the obligation itself, at its
election, with the mortgagor agreeing to reimburse the mortgagee for any sums
expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the mortgagor. All sums so expended by
the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage.
The form of credit line trust deed or mortgage generally used by most
institutional lenders which make Revolving Credit Line Loans typically contains
a 'future advance' clause, which provides, in essence, that additional amounts
advanced to or on behalf of the borrower by the beneficiary or lender are to be
secured by the deed of trust or mortgage. Any amounts so advanced after the
Cut-off Date with respect to any Mortgage will not be included in the Trust
Fund. The priority of the lien securing any advance made under the clause may
depend in most states on whether the deed of trust or mortgage is called and
recorded as a credit line deed of trust or mortgage. If the beneficiary or
lender advances additional amounts, the advance is entitled to receive the same
priority as amounts initially advanced under the trust deed or mortgage,
notwithstanding the fact that there may be junior trust deeds or mortgages and
other liens which intervene between the date of recording of the trust deed or
mortgage and the date of the future advance, and notwithstanding that the
beneficiary or lender had actual knowledge of such intervening junior trust
deeds or mortgages and other liens at the time of the advance. In most states,
the trust deed or mortgage lien securing mortgage loans of the type which
includes home equity credit lines applies retroactively to the date of the
original recording of the trust deed or mortgage, provided that the total amount
of advances under the home equity credit line does not exceed the maximum
specified principal amount of the recorded trust deed or mortgage, except as to
advances made after receipt by the lender of a written notice of lien from a
judgment lien creditor of the trustor.
THE TITLE I PROGRAM
General. Certain of the Loans contained in a Trust Fund may be loans
insured under the FHA Title I Credit Insurance program created pursuant to
Sections 1 and 2(a) of the National Housing Act of 1934 (the 'Title I Program').
Under the Title I Program, the FHA is authorized and empowered to insure
qualified lending institutions against losses on eligible loans. The Title I
Program operates as a coinsurance program in which the FHA insures up to 90% of
certain losses incurred on an individual insured loan, including the unpaid
principal balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account. The owner of
the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.
The types of loans which are eligible for insurance by the FHA under the
Title I Program include property improvement loans ('Property Improvement Loans'
or 'Title I Loans'). A Property Improvement Loan or Title I Loan means a loan
made to finance actions or items that substantially protect or improve the basic
livability or utility of a property and includes single family improvement
loans.
There are two basic methods of lending or originating such loans which
include a 'direct loan' or a 'dealer loan'. With respect to a direct loan, the
borrower makes application directly to a lender without any assistance from a
dealer, which application may be filled out by the borrower or by a person
acting at the direction of the borrower who does not have a financial interest
in the loan transaction, and the lender may disburse the loan proceeds solely to
the borrower or jointly to the borrower and other parties to the transaction.
With respect to a dealer loan, the dealer, who has a direct or indirect
financial interest in the loan transaction, assists the borrower in preparing
the loan application or otherwise assists the borrower in obtaining the loan
from lender and the lender may distribute proceeds solely to the dealer or the
borrower or jointly to the borrower and the dealer or
67
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
other parties. With respect to a dealer Title I Loan, a dealer may include a
seller, a contractor or supplier of goods or services.
Loans insured under the Title I Program are required to have fixed interest
rates and, generally, provide for equal installment payments due weekly,
biweekly, semi-monthly or monthly, except that a loan may be payable quarterly
or semi-annually in order to correspond with the borrower's irregular flow of
income. The first or last payments (or both) may vary in amount but may not
exceed 150% of the regular installment payment, and the first payment may be due
no later than two months from the date of the loan. The note must contain a
provision permitting full or partial prepayment of the loan. The interest rate
may be established by the lender and must be fixed for the term of the loan and
recited in the note. Interest on an insured loan must accrue from the date of
the loan and be calculated according to the actuarial method. The lender must
assure that the note and all other documents evidencing the loan are in
compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws.
Each insured lender is required to use prudent lending standards in
underwriting individual loans and to satisfy the applicable loan underwriting
requirements under the Title I Program prior to its approval of the loan and
disbursement of loan proceeds. Generally, the lender must exercise prudence and
diligence to determine whether the borrower and any co-maker is solvent and an
acceptable credit risk, with a reasonable ability to make payments on the loan
obligation. The lender's credit application and review must determine whether
the borrower's income will be adequate to meet the periodic payments required by
the loan, as well as the borrower's other housing and recurring expenses, which
determination must be made in accordance with the expense-to-income ratios
published by the Secretary of HUD.
Under the Title I Program, the FHA does not review or approve for
qualification for insurance the individual loans insured thereunder at the time
of approval by the lending institution (as is typically the case with other
federal loan programs). If, after a loan has been made and reported for
insurance under the Title I Program, the lender discovers any material
misstatement of fact or that the loan proceeds have been misused by the
borrower, dealer or any other party, it shall promptly report this to the FHA.
In such case, provided that the validity of any lien on the property has not
been impaired, the insurance of the loan under the Title I Program will not be
affected unless such material misstatements of fact or misuse of loan proceeds
was caused by (or was knowingly sanctioned by) the lender or its employees.
Requirements for Title I Loans. The maximum principal amount for Title I
Loans must not exceed the actual cost of the project plus any applicable fees
and charges allowed under the Title I Program; provided that such maximum amount
does not exceed $25,000 (or the current applicable amount) for a single family
property improvement loan. Generally, the term of a Title I Loan may not be less
than six months nor greater than 20 years and 32 days. A borrower may obtain
multiple Title I Loans with respect to multiple properties, and a borrower may
obtain more than one Title I Loan with respect to a single property, in each
case as long as the total outstanding balance of all Title I Loans in the same
property does not exceed the maximum loan amount for the type of Title I Loan
thereon having the highest permissible loan amount.
Borrower eligibility for a Title I Loan requires that the borrower have at
least a one-half interest in either fee simple title to the real property, a
lease thereof for a term expiring at least six months after the final maturityof
the Title I Loan or a recorded land installment contract for the purchase of the
real property, and that the borrower have equity in the property being improved
at least equal to the amount of the Title I Loan if such loan amount exceeds
$15,000. Any Title I Loan in excess of $7,500 must be secured by a recorded lien
on the improved property which is evidenced by a mortgage or deed of trust
executed by the borrower and all other owners in fee simple.
The proceeds from a Title I Loan may be used only to finance property
improvements which substantially protect or improve the basic livability or
utility of the property as disclosed in the loan application. The Secretary of
HUD has published a list of items and activities which cannot be financed with
proceeds from any Title I Loan and from time to time the Secretary of HUD may
amend such list of items and activities. With respect to any dealer Title I
Loan, before the lender may disburse funds, the lender must have in its
possession a completion certificate on a HUD approved form, signed by the
borrower and the dealer. With respect to any direct Title I Loan, the lender is
required to obtain, promptly upon completion of the improvements but not later
than six months after disbursement of the loan proceeds with one six month
extension if necessary, a completion certificate, signed by the borrower. The
lender is required to conduct an on-site inspection on any Title I Loan where
the principal obligation is $7,500 or more, and on any direct Title I Loan where
the borrower fails to submit a completion certificate.
68
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
FHA Insurance Coverage. Under the Title I Program the FHA establishes an
insurance coverage reserve account for each lender which has been granted a
Title I insurance contract. The amount of insurance coverage in this account is
10% of the amount disbursed, advanced or expended by the lender in originating
or purchasing eligible loans registered with FHA for Title I insurance, with
certain adjustments. The balance in the insurance coverage reserve account is
the maximum amount of insurance claims the FHA is required to pay. Loans to be
insured under the Title I Program will be registered for insurance by the FHA
and the insurance coverage attributable to such loans will be included in the
insurance coverage reserve account for the originating or purchasing lender
following the receipt and acknowledgment by the FHA of a loan report on the
prescribed form pursuant to the Title I regulations. The FHA charges a fee of
0.50% per annum of the net proceeds (the original balance) of any eligible loan
so reported and acknowledged for insurance by the originating lender. The FHA
bills the lender for the insurance premium on each insured loan annually, on
approximately the anniversary date of the loan's origination. If an insured loan
is prepaid during the year, FHA will not refund or abate the insurance premium.
Under the Title I Program the FHA will reduce the insurance coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account with respect to
loans insured under the lender's contract of insurance by (i) the amount of the
FHA insurance claims approved for payment relating to such insured loans and
(ii) the amount of insurance coverage attributable to insured loans sold by the
lender, and such insurance coverage may be reduced for any FHA insurance claims
rejected by the FHA. The balance of the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve
account will be further adjusted as required under Title I or by the FHA, and
the insurance coverage therein may be earmarked with respect to each or any
eligible loans insured thereunder, if a determination is made by the Secretary
of HUD that it is in its interest to do so. Originations and acquisitions of new
eligible loans will continue to increase a lender's insurance coverage reserve
account balance by 10% of the amount disbursed, advanced or expended in
originating or acquiring such eligible loans registered with the FHA for
insurance under the Title I Program. The Secretary of HUD may transfer insurance
coverage between insurance coverage reserve accounts with earmarking with
respect to a particular insured loan or group of insured loans when a
determination is made that it is in the Secretary's interest to do so.
The lender may transfer (except as collateral in a bona fide transaction)
insured loans and loans reported for insurance only to another qualified lender
under a valid Title I contract of insurance. Unless an insured loan is
transferred with recourse or with a guaranty or repurchase agreement, the FHA,
upon receipt of written notification of the transfer of such loan in accordance
with the Title I regulations, will transfer from the transferor's insurance
coverage reserve account to the transferee's insurance coverage reserve account
an amount, if available, equal to 10% of the actual purchase price or the net
unpaid principal balance of such loan (whichever is less). However, under the
Title I Program not more than $5,000 in insurance coverage shall be transferred
to or from a lender's insurance coverage reserve account during any October 1 to
September 30 period without the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
Claims Procedures Under Title I. Under the Title I Program the lender may
accelerate an insured loan following a default on such loan only after the
lender or its agent has contacted the borrower in a face-to-face meeting or by
telephone to discuss the reasons for the default and to seek its cure. If the
borrower does not cure the default or agree to a modification agreement or
repayment plan, the lender will notify the borrower in writing that, unless
within 30 days the default is cured or the borrower enters into a modification
agreement or repayment plan, the loan will be accelerated and that, if the
default persists, the lender will report the default to an appropriate credit
agency. The lender may rescind the acceleration of maturity after full payment
is due and reinstate the loan only if the borrower brings the loan current,
executes a modification agreement or agrees to an acceptable repayment plan.
Following acceleration of maturity upon a secured Title I Loan, the lender
may either (a) proceed against the property under any security instrument, or
(b) make a claim under the lender's contract of insurance. If the lender chooses
to proceed against the property under a security instrument (or if it accepts a
voluntary conveyance or surrender of the property), the lender may file an
insurance claim only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
When a lender files an insurance claim with the FHA under the Title I
Program, the FHA reviews the claim, the complete loan file and documentation of
the lender's efforts to obtain recourse against any dealer who has agreed
thereto, certification of compliance with applicable state and local laws in
carrying out any foreclosure or repossession, and evidence that the lender has
properly filed proofs of claims, where the borrower
69
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
is bankrupt or deceased. Generally, a claim for reimbursement for loss on any
Title I Loan must be filed with the FHA no later than nine months after the date
of default of such loan. Concurrently with filing the insurance claim, the
lender shall assign to the United States of America the lender's entire interest
in the loan note (or a judgment in lieu of the note), in any security held and
in any claim filed in any legal proceedings. If, at the time the note is
assigned to the United States, the Secretary has reason to believe that the note
is not valid or enforceable against the borrower, the FHA may deny the claim and
reassign the note to the lender. If either such defect is discovered after the
FHA has paid a claim, the FHA may require the lender to repurchase the paid
claim and to accept a reassignment of the loan note. If the lender subsequently
obtains a valid and enforceable judgment against the borrower, the lender may
resubmit a new insurance claim with an assignment of the judgment. The FHA may
contest any insurance claim and make a demand for repurchase of the loan at any
time up to two years from the date the claim was certified for payment and may
do so thereafter in the event of fraud or misrepresentation on the part of the
lender.
Under the Title I Program the amount of an FHA insurance claim payment,
when made, is equal to the Claimable Amount, up to the amount of insurance
coverage in the lender's insurance coverage reserve account. For the purposes
hereof, the 'Claimable Amount' means an amount equal to 90% of the sum of: (a)
the unpaid loan obligation (net unpaid principal and the uncollected interest
earned to the date of default) with adjustments thereto if the lender has
proceeded against property securing such loan; (b) the interest on the unpaid
amount of the loan obligation from the date of default to the date of the
claim's initial submission for payment plus 15 calendar days (but not to exceed
9 months from the date of default), calculated at the rate of 7% per annum; (c)
the uncollected court costs; (d) the attorney's fees not to exceed $500; and (e)
the expenses for recording the assignment of the security to the United States.
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose substantive
requirements upon mortgage lenders in connection with the origination, servicing
and enforcement of loans secured by Single Family Properties. These laws include
the federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, Real
Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder, Equal
Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and
related statutes and regulations. In particular, Regulation Z, requires certain
disclosures to the borrowers regarding the terms of the Loans; the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder prohibit discrimination
on the basis of age, race, color, sex, religion, marital status, national
origin, receipt of public assistance or the exercise of any right under the
Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension of credit; the Fair Credit
Reporting Act regulates the use and reporting of information relatedto the
borrower's credit experience. Certain provisions of these laws impose specific
statutory liabilities upon lenders who fail to comply therewith. In addition,
violations of such laws may limit the ability of the Sellers to collect all or
part of the principal of or interest on the Loans and could subject the Sellers
and in some cases their assignees to damages and administrative enforcement.
70
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
GENERAL
The following is a summary of the anticipated material federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Securities and
is based on advice of Brown & Wood LLP, special counsel to the Depositor. The
summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated
thereunder, including, where applicable, proposed regulations, and the judicial
and administrative rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject
to change or possible differing interpretations. The statutory provisions,
regulations, and interpretations on which this interpretation is based are
subject to change, and such a change could apply retroactively.
The summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal income
taxation that may affect particular investors in light of their individual
circumstances, nor with certain types of investors subject to special treatment
under the federal income tax laws. This summary focuses primarily upon investors
who will hold Securities as 'capital assets' (generally, property held for
investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, but much of the
discussion is applicable to other investors as well. Prospective Investors are
advised to consult their own tax advisers concerning the federal, state, local
and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Securities.
The federal income tax consequences to Holders will vary depending on
whether (i) the Securities of a Series are classified as indebtedness; (ii) an
election is made to treat the Trust Fund relating to a particular Series of
Securities as a real estate mortgage investment conduit ('REMIC') under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'); (iii) the Securities
represent an ownership interest in some or all of the assets included in the
Trust Fund for a Series; or (iv) an election is made to treat the Trust Fund
relating to a particular Series of Certificates as a partnership. The Prospectus
Supplement for each Series of Securities will specify how the Securities will be
treated for federal income tax purposes and will discuss whether a REMIC
election, if any, will be made with respect to such Series. Prior to issuance of
each Series of Securities, the Depositor shall file with the Commission a Form
8-K on behalf of the related Trust Fund containing an opinion of Brown & Wood
LLP with respect to the validity of the information set forth under 'Federal
Income Tax Consequences' herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES
Status as Real Property Loans. Except to the extent otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, Brown & Wood LLP will have advised the
Depositor that: (i) Securities held by a domestic building and loan association
will constitute 'loans... secured by an interest in real property' within the
meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v); and (ii) Securities held by a real
estate investment trust will constitute 'real estate assets' within the meaning
of Code Section 856(c)(5)(A) and interest on Securities will be considered
'interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests
in real property' within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B).
The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of the
bad debt reserve method for thrift institutions, repealed the application of
Code Section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.
Interest and Acquisition Discount. Securities representing regular
interests in a REMIC ('Regular Interest Securities') are generally taxable to
holders in the same manner as evidences of indebtedness issued by the REMIC.
Stated interest on the Regular Interest Securities will be taxable as ordinary
income and taken into account using the accrual method of accounting, regardless
of the Holder's normal accounting method. Interest (other than original issue
discount) on Securities (other than Regular Interest Securities) that are
characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes will be includible
in income by holders thereof in accordance with their usual methods of
accounting. Securities characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes and
Regular Interest Securities will be referred to hereinafter collectively as
'Debt Securities.'
Debt Securities that are Compound Interest Securities will, and certain of
the other Debt Securities may, be issued with 'original issue discount' ('OID').
The following discussion is based in part on the rules governing OID which are
set forth in Sections 1271-1275 of the Code and the Treasury regulations issued
thereunder on
71
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
February 2, 1994 (the 'OID Regulations'). A Holder should be aware, however,
that the OID Regulations do not adequately address certain issues relevant to
prepayable securities, such as the Debt Securities.
In general, OID, if any, will equal the difference between the stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security and its issue price. A holder of
a Debt Security must include such OID in gross income as ordinary interest
income as it accrues under a method taking into account an economic accrual of
the discount. In general, OID must be included in income in advance of the
receipt of the cash representing that income. The amount of OID on a Debt
Security will be considered to be zero if it is less than a de minimis amount
determined under the Code.
The issue price of a Debt Security is the first price at which a
substantial amount of Debt Securities of that class are sold to the public
(excluding bond houses, brokers, underwriters or wholesalers). If less than a
substantial amount of a particular class of Debt Securities is sold for cash on
or prior to the related Closing Date, the issue price for such class will be
treated as the fair market value of such class on such Closing Date. The issue
price of a Debt Security also includes the amount paid by an initial Debt
Security holder for accrued interest that relates to a period prior to the issue
date of the Debt Security. The stated redemption price at maturity of a Debt
Security includes the original principal amount of the Debt Security, but
generally will not include distributions of interest if such distributions
constitute 'qualified stated interest.'
Under the OID Regulations, qualified stated interest generally means
interest payable at a single fixed rate or qualified variable rate (as described
below) provided that such interest payments are unconditionally payable at
intervals of one year or less during the entire term of the Debt Security. The
OID Regulations state that interest payments are unconditionally payable only if
a late payment or nonpayment is expected to be penalized or reasonable remedies
exist to compel payment. Certain Debt Securities may provide for default
remedies in the event of late payment or nonpayment of interest. The interest on
such Debt Securities will be unconditionally payable and constitute qualified
stated interest, not OID. However, absent clarification of the OID Regulations,
where Debt Securities do not provide for default remedies, the interest payments
will be included in the Debt Security's stated redemption price at maturity and
taxed as OID. Interest is payable at a single fixed rate only if the rate
appropriately takes into account the length of the interval between payments.
Distributions of interest on Debt Securities with respect to which deferred
interest will accrue, will not constitute qualified stated interest payments, in
which case the stated redemption price at maturity of such Debt Securities
includes all distributions of interest as well as principal thereon. Where the
interval between the issue date and the first Distribution Date on a Debt
Security is either longer or shorter than the interval between subsequent
Distribution Dates, all or part of the interest foregone, in the case of the
longer interval, and all of the additional interest, in the case of the shorter
interval, will be included in the stated redemption price at maturity and tested
under the de minimis rule described below. In the case of a Debt Security with a
long first period which has non-de minimis OID, all stated interest in excess of
interest payable at the effective interest rate for the long first period will
be included in the stated redemption price at maturity and the Debt Security
will generally have OID. Holders of Debt Securities should consult their own tax
advisors to determine the issue price and stated redemption price at maturity of
a Debt Security.
Under the de minimis rule, OID on a Debt Security will be considered to be
zero if such OID is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity
of the Debt Security multiplied by the weighted average maturity of the Debt
Security. For this purpose, the weighted average maturity of the Debt Security
is computed as the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying the number of
full years (i.e., rounding down partial years) from the issue date until each
distribution in reduction of stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to
be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each distribution
included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt Security and the
denominator of which is the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt
Security. Holders generally must report de minimis OID pro rata as principal
payments are received, and such income will be capital gain if the Debt Security
is held as a capital asset. However, accrual method holders may elect to accrue
all de minimis OID as well as market discount under a constant interest method.
Debt Securities may provide for interest based on a qualified variable
rate. Under the OID Regulations, interest is treated as payable at a qualified
variable rate and not as contingent interest if, generally, (i) such interest is
unconditionally payable at least annually, (ii) the issue price of the debt
instrument does not exceed the total noncontingent principal payments and (iii)
interest is based on a 'qualified floating rate,' an 'objective rate,' or a
combination of 'qualified floating rates' that do not operate in a manner that
significantly accelerates or defers interest payments on such Debt Security. In
the case of Compound Interest Securities, certain Interest
72
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Weighted Securities (as defined herein), and certain of the other Debt
Securities, none of the payments under the instrument will be considered
qualified stated interest, and thus the aggregate amount of all payments will be
included in the stated redemption price.
The Internal Revenue Services (the 'IRS') recently issued final regulations
(the 'Contingent Regulations') governing the calculation of OID on instruments
having contingent interest payments. The Contingent Regulations specifically do
not apply for purposes of calculating OID on debt instruments subject to Code
Section 1272(a)(6), such as the Debt Security. Additionally, the OID Regulations
do not contain provisions specifically interpreting Code Section 1272(a)(6).
Until the Treasury issues guidance to the contrary, the Trustee intends to base
its computation on Code Section 1272(a)(6) and the OID Regulations as described
in this Prospectus. However, because no regulatory guidance currently exists
under Code Section 1272(a)(6), there can be no assurance that such methodology
represents the correct manner of calculating OID.
The holder of a Debt Security issued with OID must include in gross income,
for all days during its taxable year on which it holds such Debt Security, the
sum of the 'daily portions' of such original issue discount. The amount of OID
includible in income by a holder will be computed by allocating to each day
during a taxable year a pro rata portion of the original issue discount that
accrued during the relevant accrual period. In the case of a Debt Security that
is not a Regular Interest Security and the principal payments on which are not
subject to acceleration resulting from prepayments on the Loans, the amount of
OID includible in income of a Holder for an accrual period (generally the period
over which interest accrues on the debt instrument) will equal the product of
the yield to maturity of the Debt Security and the adjusted issue price of the
Debt Security, reduced by any payments of qualified stated interest. The
adjusted issue price is the sum of its issue price plus prior accruals or OID,
reduced by the total payments made with respect to such Debt Security in all
prior periods, other than qualified stated interest payments.
The amount of OID to be included in income by a holder of a debt
instrument, such as certain Classes of the Debt Securities, that is subject to
acceleration due to prepayments on other debt obligations securing such
instruments (a 'Pay-Through Security'), is computed by taking into account the
anticipated rate of prepayments assumed in pricing the debt instrument (the
'Prepayment Assumption'). The amount of OID that will accrue during an accrual
period on a Pay-Through Security is the excess (if any) of the sum of (a) the
present value of all payments remaining to be made on the Pay-Through Security
as of the close of the accrual period and (b) the payments during the accrual
period of amounts included in the stated redemption price of the Pay-Through
Security, over the adjusted issue price of the Pay-Through Security at the
beginning of the accrual period. The present value of the remaining payments is
to be determined on the basis of three factors: (i) the original yield to
maturity of the Pay-Through Security (determined on the basis of compounding at
the end of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the
accrual period), (ii) events which have occurred before the end of the accrual
period and (iii) the assumption that the remaining payments will be made in
accordance with the original Prepayment Assumption. The effect of this method is
to increase the portions of OID required to be included in income by a Holder to
take into account prepayments with respect to the Loans at a rate that exceeds
the Prepayment Assumption, and to decrease (but not below zero for any period)
the portions of original issue discount required to be included in income by a
Holder of a Pay-Through Security to take into account prepayments with respect
to the Loans at a rate that is slower than the Prepayment Assumption. Although
original issue discount will be reported to Holders of Pay-Through Securities
based on the Prepayment Assumption, no representation is made to Holders that
Loans will be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.
The Depositor may adjust the accrual of OID on a Class of Regular Interest
Securities (or other regular interests in a REMIC) in a manner that it believes
to be appropriate, to take account of realized losses on the Loans, although the
OID Regulations do not provide for such adjustments. If the IRS were to require
that OID be accrued without such adjustments, the rate of accrual of OID for a
Class of Regular Interest Securities could increase.
Certain classes of Regular Interest Securities may represent more than one
class of REMIC regular interests. Unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Trustee intends, based on the OID Regulations, to
calculate OID on such Securities as if, solely for the purposes of computing
OID, the separate regular interests were a single debt instrument.
A subsequent holder of a Debt Security will also be required to include OID
in gross income, but such a holder who purchases such Debt Security for an
amount that exceeds its adjusted issue price will be entitled (as
73
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
will an initial holder who pays more than a Debt Security's issue price) to
offset such OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of such excess.
Effects of Defaults and Delinquencies. Holders will be required to report
income with respect to the related Securities under an accrual method without
giving effect to delays and reductions in distributions attributable to a
default or delinquency on the Loans, except possibly to the extent that it can
be established that such amounts are uncollectible. As a result, the amount of
income (including OID) reported by a holder of such a Security in any period
could significantly exceed the amount of cash distributed to such holder in that
period. The holder will eventually be allowed a loss (or will be allowed to
report a lesser amount of income) to the extent that the aggregate amount of
distributions on the Securities is deducted as a result of a Loan default.
However, the timing and character of such losses or reductions in income are
uncertain and, accordingly, holders of Securities should consult their own tax
advisors on this point.
Interest Weighted Securities. It is not clear how income should be accrued
with respect to Regular Interest Securities or Stripped Securities (as defined
under ' -- Tax Status as a Grantor Trust; General' herein) the payments on which
consist solely or primarily of a specified portion of the interest payments on
qualified mortgages held by the REMIC or on Loans underlying Pass-Through
Securities ('Interest Weighted Securities'). The Issuer intends to take the
position that all of the income derived from an Interest Weighted Security
should be treated as OID and that the amount and rate of accrual of such OID
should be calculated by treating the Interest Weighted Security as a Compound
Interest Security. However, in the case of Interest Weighted Securities that are
entitled to some payments of principal and that are Regular Interest Securities
the Internal Revenue Service could assert that income derived from an Interest
Weighted Security should be calculated as if the Security were a security
purchased at a premium equal to the excess of the price paid by such holder for
such Security over its stated principal amount, if any. Under this approach, a
holder would be entitled to amortize such premium only if it has in effect an
election under Section 171 of the Code with respect to all taxable debt
instruments held by such holder, as described below. Alternatively, the Internal
Revenue Service could assert that an Interest Weighted Security should be
taxable under the rules governing bonds issued with contingent payments. Such
treatment may be more likely in the case of Interest Weighted Securities that
are Stripped Securities as described below. See ' -- Tax Status as a Grantor
Trust -- Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities.'
Variable Rate Debt Securities. In the case of Debt Securities bearing
interest at a rate that varies directly, according to a fixed formula, with an
objective index, it appears that (i) the yield to maturity of such Debt
Securities and (ii) in the case of Pay-Through Securities, the present value of
all payments remaining to be made on such Debt Securities, should be calculated
as if the interest index remained at its value as of the issue date of such
Securities. Because the proper method of adjusting accruals of OID on a variable
rate Debt Security is uncertain, holders of variable rate Debt Securities should
consult their own tax advisers regarding the appropriate treatment of such
Securities for federal income tax purposes.
Market Discount. A purchaser of a Security may be subject to the market
discount rules of Sections 1276-1278 of the Code. A Holder that acquires a Debt
Security with more than a prescribed de minimis amount of 'market discount'
(generally, the excess of the principal amount of the Debt Security over the
purchaser's purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount
in income as ordinary income in each month, but limited to an amount not
exceeding the principal payments on the Debt Security received in that month
and, if the Securities are sold, the gain realized. Such market discount would
accrue in a manner to be provided in Treasury regulations but, until such
regulations are issued, such market discount would in general accrue either (i)
on the basis of a constant yield (in the case of a Pay-Through Security, taking
into account a prepayment assumption) or (ii) in the ratio of (a) in the case of
Securities (or in the case of a Pass-Through Security (as defined herein), as
set forth below, the Loans underlying such Security) not originally issued with
original issue discount, stated interest payable in the relevant period to total
stated interest remaining to be paid at the beginning of the period or (b) in
the case of Securities (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described
below, the Loans underlying such Security) originally issued at a discount, OID
in the relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.
Section 1277 of the Code provides that, regardless of the origination date
of the Debt Security (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, the Loans),
the excess of interest paid or accrued to purchase or carry a Security (or, in
the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described below, the underlying Loans)
with market discount over interest received on such Security is allowed as a
current deduction only to the extent such excess
74
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
is greater than the market discount that accrued during the taxable year in
which such interest expense was incurred. In general, the deferred portion of
any interest expense will be deductible when such market discount is included in
income, including upon the sale, disposition, or repayment of the Security (or
in the case of a Pass-Through Security, an underlying Loan). A holder may elect
to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on all market
discount obligations acquired by such holder during the taxable year such
election is made and thereafter, in which case the interest deferral rule will
not apply.
Premium. A holder who purchases a Debt Security (other than an Interest
Weighted Security to the extent described above) at a cost greater than its
stated redemption price at maturity, generally will be considered to have
purchased the Security at a premium, which it may elect to amortize as an offset
to interest income on such Security (and not as a separate deduction item) on a
constant yield method. Although no regulations addressing the computation of
premium accrual on securities similar to the Securities have been issued, the
legislative history of the 1986 Act indicates that premium is to be accrued in
the same manner as market discount. Accordingly, it appears that the accrual of
premium on a Class of Pay-Through Securities will be calculated using the
prepayment assumption used in pricing such Class. If a holder makes an election
to amortize premium on a Debt Security, such election will apply to all taxable
debt instruments (including all REMIC regular interests and all pass-through
certificates representing ownership interests in a trust holding debt
obligations) held by the holder at the beginning of the taxable year in which
the election is made, and to all taxable debt instruments acquired thereafter by
such holder, and will be irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. Purchasers
who pay a premium for the Securities should consult their tax advisers regarding
the election to amortize premium and the method to be employed.
On June 27, 1996 the IRS issued proposed regulations (the 'Amortizable Bond
Premium Regulations') dealing with amortizable bond premium. These regulations
specifically do not apply to prepayable debt instruments subject to Code Section
1272(a)(6) such as the Securities. Absent further guidance from the IRS, the
Trustee intends to account for amortizable bond premium in the manner described
above. Prospective purchasers of the Securities should consult their tax
advisors regarding the possible application of the Amortizable Bond Premium
Regulations.
Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. The OID
Regulations permit a holder of a Debt Security to elect to accrue all interest,
discount (including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in
income as interest, based on a constant yield method for Debt Securities
acquired on or after April 4, 1994. If such an election were to be made with
respect to a Debt Security with market discount, the holder of the Debt Security
would be deemed to have made an election to include in income currently market
discount with respect to all other debt instruments having market discount that
such holder of the Debt Security acquires during the year of the election or
thereafter. Similarly, a holder of a Debt Security that makes this election for
a Debt Security that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an
election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having
amortizable bond premium that such holder owns or acquires. The election to
accrue interest, discount and premium on a constant yield method with respect to
a Debt Security is irrevocable.
TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS
General. In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, special counsel to the
Depositor, if a REMIC election is made with respect to a Series of Securities,
then the arrangement by which the Securities of that Series are issued will be
treated as a REMIC as long as all of the provisions of the applicable Agreement
are complied with and the statutory and regulatory requirements are satisfied.
Securities will be designated as 'Regular Interests' or 'Residual Interests' in
a REMIC, as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Except to the extent specified otherwise in a Prospectus Supplement, if a
REMIC election is made with respect to a Series of Securities, (i) Securities
held by a domestic building and loan association will constitute 'a regular or a
residual interest in a REMIC' within the meaning of Code Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(xi) (assuming that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of
cash, government securities, 'loans secured by an interest in real property,'
and other types of assets described in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)); and (ii)
Securities held by a real estate investment trust will constitute 'real estate
assets' within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(6)(B), and income with respect
to the Securities will be considered 'interest on obligations secured by
mortgages on real property or on interests in real property' within the meaning
of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B) (assuming, for both purposes, that at least 95% of
the REMIC's assets are qualifying assets). If less than 95% of the REMIC's
75
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
assets consist of assets described in (i) or (ii) above, then a Security will
qualify for the tax treatment described in (i), (ii) or (iii) in the proportion
that such REMIC assets are qualifying assets.
The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of the
bad debt reserve method for thrift institutions, repealed the application of
Code Section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.
REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS
As a general rule, all of the expenses of a REMIC will be taken into
account by holders of the Residual Interest Securities. In the case of a 'single
class REMIC,' however, the expenses will be allocated, under Treasury
regulations, among the holders of the Regular Interest Securities and the
holders of the Residual Interest Securities (as defined herein) on a daily basis
in proportion to the relative amounts of income accruing to each Holder on that
day. In the case of a holder of a Regular Interest Security who is an individual
or a 'pass-through interest holder' (including certain pass-through entities but
not including real estate investment trusts), such expenses will be deductible
only to the extent that such expenses, plus other 'miscellaneous itemized
deductions' of the Holder, exceed 2% of such Holder's adjusted gross income. In
addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1990, the amount of
itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year for an individual
whose adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be
adjusted for inflation for taxable years beginning after 1990) will be reduced
by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of adjusted gross income over the
applicable amount, or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for such taxable year. The reduction or disallowance of this deduction
may have a significant impact on the yield of the Regular Interest Security to
such a Holder. In general terms, a single class REMIC is one that either (i)
would qualify, under existing Treasury regulations, as a grantor trust if it
were not a REMIC (treating all interests as ownership interests, even if they
would be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes) or (ii) is similar
to such a trust and which is structured with the principal purpose of avoiding
the single class REMIC rules. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to holders of
the related residual interest securities.
TAXATION OF THE REMIC
General. Although a REMIC is a separate entity for federal income tax
purposes, a REMIC is not generally subject to entity-level tax. Rather, the
taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is taken into account by the holders of
residual interests. As described above, the regular interests are generally
taxable as debt of the REMIC.
Calculation of REMIC Income. The taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is
determined under an accrual method of accounting and in the same manner as in
the case of an individual, with certain adjustments. In general, the taxable
income or net loss will be the difference between (i) the gross income produced
by the REMIC's assets, including stated interest and any original issue discount
or market discount on loans and other assets, and (ii) deductions, including
stated interest and original issue discount accrued on Regular Interest
Securities, amortization of any premium with respect to Loans, and servicing
fees and other expenses of the REMIC. A holder of a Residual Interest Security
that is an individual or a 'pass-through interest holder' (including certain
pass-through entities, but not including real estate investment trusts) will be
unable to deduct servicing fees payable on the loans or other administrative
expenses of the REMIC for a given taxable year, to the extent that such
expenses, when aggregated with such holder's other miscellaneous itemized
deductions for that year, do not exceed two percent of such holder's adjusted
gross income.
For purposes of computing its taxable income or net loss, the REMIC should
have an initial aggregate tax basis in its assets equal to the aggregate fair
market value of the regular interests and the residual interests on the Startup
Day (generally, the day that the interests are issued). That aggregate basis
will be allocated among the assets of the REMIC in proportion to their
respective fair market values.
The OID provisions of the Code apply to loans of individuals originated on
or after March 2, 1984, and the market discount provisions apply to loans
originated after July 18, 1984. Subject to possible application of the de
minimis rules, the method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on such loans
will be equivalent to the method under which holders of Pay-Through Securities
accrue original issue discount (i.e., under the constant yield method taking
into account the Prepayment Assumption). The REMIC will deduct OID on the
Regular
76
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Interest Securities in the same manner that the holders of the Regular Interest
Securities include such discount in income, but without regard to the de minimis
rules. See 'Taxation of Debt Securities' above. However, a REMIC that acquires
loans at a market discount must include such market discount in income
currently, as it accrues, on a constant interest basis.
To the extent that the REMIC's basis allocable to loans that it holds
exceeds their principal amounts, the resulting premium, if attributable to
mortgages originated after September 27, 1985, will be amortized over the life
of the loans (taking into account the Prepayment Assumption) on a constant yield
method. Although the law is somewhat unclear regarding recovery of premium
attributable to loans originated on or before such date, it is possible that
such premium may be recovered in proportion to payments of loan principal.
Prohibited Transactions and Contributions Tax. The REMIC will be subject
to a 100% tax on any net income derived from a 'prohibited transaction.' For
this purpose, net income will be calculated without taking into account any
losses from prohibited transactions or any deductions attributable to any
prohibited transaction that resulted in a loss. In general, prohibited
transactions include: (i) subject to limited exceptions, the sale or other
disposition of any qualified mortgage transferred to the REMIC; (ii) subject to
a limited exception, the sale or other disposition of a cash flow investment;
(iii) the receipt of any income from assets not permitted to be held by the
REMIC pursuant to the Code; or (iv) the receipt of any fees or other
compensation for services rendered by the REMIC. It is anticipated that a REMIC
will not engage in any prohibited transactions in which it would recognize a
material amount of net income. In addition, subject to a number of exceptions, a
tax is imposed at the rate of 100% on amounts contributed to a REMIC after the
close of the three-month period beginning on the Startup Day. The holders of
Residual Interest Securities will generally be responsible for the payment of
any such taxes imposed on the REMIC. To the extent not paid by such holders or
otherwise, however, such taxes will be paid out of the Trust Fund and will be
allocated pro rata to all outstanding classes of Securities of such REMIC.
TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST SECURITIES
The holder of a Security representing a residual interest (a 'Residual
Interest Security') will take into account the 'daily portion' of the taxable
income or net loss of the REMIC for each day during the taxable year on which
such holder held the Residual Interest Security. The daily portion is determined
by allocating to each day in any calendar quarter its ratable portion of the
taxable income or net loss of the REMIC for such quarter, and by allocating that
amount among the holders (on such day) of the Residual Interest Securities in
proportion to their respective holdings on such day.
The holder of a Residual Interest Security must report its proportionate
share of the taxable income of the REMIC whether or not it receives cash
distributions from the REMIC attributable to such income or loss. The reporting
of taxable income without corresponding distributions could occur, for example,
in certain REMIC issues in which the loans held by the REMIC were issued or
acquired at a discount, since mortgage prepayments cause recognition of discount
income, while the corresponding portion of the prepayment could be used in whole
or in part to make principal payments on REMIC Regular Interests issued without
any discount or at an insubstantial discount (if this occurs, it is likely that
cash distributions will exceed taxable income in later years). Taxable income
may also be greater in earlier years of certain REMIC issues as a result of the
fact that interest expense deductions, as a percentage of outstanding principal
on REMIC Regular Interest Securities, will typically increase over time as lower
yielding Securities are paid, whereas interest income with respect to loans will
generally remain constant over time as a percentage of loan principal.
In any event, because the holder of a residual interest is taxed on the net
income of the REMIC, the taxable income derived from a Residual Interest
Security in a given taxable year will not be equal to the taxable income
associated with investment in a corporate bond or stripped instrument having
similar cash flow characteristics and pretax yield. Therefore, the after-tax
yield on the Residual Interest Security may be less than that of such a bond or
instrument.
Limitation on Losses. The amount of the REMIC's net loss that a holder may
take into account currently is limited to the holder's adjusted basis at the end
of the calendar quarter in which such loss arises. A holder's basis in a
Residual Interest Security will initially equal such holder's purchase price,
and will subsequently be increased by the amount of the REMIC's taxable income
allocated to the holder, and decreased (but not below zero) by the amount of
distributions made and the amount of the REMIC's net loss allocated to the
holder. Any
77
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
disallowed loss may be carried forward indefinitely, but may be used only to
offset income of the REMIC generated by the same REMIC. The ability of holders
of Residual Interest Securities to deduct net losses may be subject to
additional limitations under the Code, as to which such holders should consult
their tax advisers.
Distributions. Distributions on a Residual Interest Security (whether at
their scheduled times or as a result of prepayments) will generally not result
in any additional taxable income or loss to a holder of a Residual Interest
Security. If the amount of such payment exceeds a holder's adjusted basis in the
Residual Interest Security, however, the holder will recognize gain (treated as
gain from the sale of the Residual Interest Security) to the extent of such
excess.
Sale or Exchange. A holder of a Residual Interest Security will recognize
gain or loss on the sale or exchange of a Residual Interest Security equal to
the difference, if any, between the amount realized and such holder's adjusted
basis in the Residual Interest Security at the time of such sale or exchange.
Except to the extent provided in regulations, which have not yet been issued,
any loss upon disposition of a Residual Interest Security will be disallowed if
the selling holder acquires any residual interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage
pool within six months before or after such disposition.
Excess Inclusions. The portion of the REMIC taxable income of a holder of
a Residual Interest Security consisting of 'excess inclusion' income may not be
offset by other deductions or losses, including net operating losses, on such
holder's federal income tax return. Further, if the holder of a Residual
Interest Security is an organization subject to the tax on unrelated business
income imposed by Code Section 511, such holder's excess inclusion income will
be treated as unrelated business taxable income of such holder. In addition,
under Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if a real estate investment trust,
a regulated investment company, a common trust fund, or certain cooperatives
were to own a Residual Interest Security, a portion of dividends (or other
distributions) paid by the real estate investment trust (or other entity) would
be treated as excess inclusion income. If a Residual Security is owned by a
foreign person excess inclusion income is subject to tax at a rate of 30% which
may not be reduced by treaty, is not eligible for treatment as 'portfolio
interest' and is subject to certain additional limitations. See 'Tax Treatment
of Foreign Investors.' The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 has
eliminated the special rule permitting Section 593 institutions ('thrift
institutions') to use net operating losses and other allowable deductions to
offset their excess inclusion income from REMIC residual certificates that have
'significant value' within the meaning of the REMIC Regulations, effective for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1995, except with respect to residual
certificates continuously held by a thrift institution since November 1, 1995.
In addition, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides three
rules for determining the effect on excess inclusions on the alternative minimum
taxable income of a residual holder. First, alternative minimum taxable income
for such residual holder is determined without regard to the special rule that
taxable income cannot be less than excess inclusions. Second, a residual
holder's alternative minimum taxable income for a tax year cannot be less than
excess inclusions for the year. Third, the amount of any alternative minimum tax
net operating loss deductions must be computed without regard to any excess
inclusions. These rules are effective for tax years beginning after December 31,
1986, unless a residual holder elects to have such rules apply only to tax years
beginning after August 20, 1996.
The excess inclusion portion of a REMIC's income is generally equal to the
excess, if any, of REMIC taxable income for the quarterly period allocable to a
Residual Interest Security, over the daily accruals for such quarterly period of
(i) 120% of the long term applicable federal rate on the Startup Day multiplied
by (ii) the adjusted issue price of such Residual Interest Security at the
beginning of such quarterly period. The adjusted issue price of a Residual
Interest at the beginning of each calendar quarter will equal its issue price
(calculated in a manner analogous to the determination of the issue price of a
Regular Interest), increased by the aggregate of the daily accruals for prior
calendar quarters, and decreased (but not below zero) by the amount of loss
allocated to a holder and the amount of distributions made on the Residual
Interest Security before the beginning of the quarter. The long-term federal
rate, which is announced monthly by the Treasury Department, is an interest rate
that is based on the average market yield of outstanding marketable obligations
of the United States government having remaining maturities in excess of nine
years.
Under the REMIC Regulations, in certain circumstances, transfers of
Residual Securities may be disregarded. See ' -- Restrictions on Ownership and
Transfer of Residual Interest Securities' and ' -- Tax Treatment of Foreign
Investors' below.
78
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities. As
a condition to qualification as a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must be made to
prevent the ownership of a REMIC residual interest by any 'Disqualified
Organization.' Disqualified Organizations include the United States, any State
or political subdivision thereof, any foreign government, any international
organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, a rural
electric or telephone cooperative described in Section 1381(a)(2)(C) of the
Code, or any entity exempt from the tax imposed by Sections 1-1399 of the Code,
if such entity is not subject to tax on its unrelated business income.
Accordingly, the applicable Pooling and Servicing Agreement will prohibit
Disqualified Organizations from owning a Residual Interest Security. In
addition, no transfer of a Residual Interest Security will be permitted unless
the proposed transferee shall have furnished to the Trustee an affidavit
representing and warranting that it is neither a Disqualified Organization nor
an agent or nominee acting on behalf of a Disqualified Organization.
If a Residual Interest Security is transferred to a Disqualified
Organization after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the restrictions set forth
above), a substantial tax will be imposed on the transferor of such Residual
Interest Security at the time of the transfer. In addition, if a Disqualified
Organization holds an interest in a pass-through entity after March 31, 1988
(including, among others, a partnership, trust, real estate investment trust,
regulated investment company, or any person holding as nominee), that owns a
Residual Interest Security, the pass-through entity will be required to pay an
annual tax on its allocable share of the excess inclusion income of the REMIC.
Under the REMIC Regulations, if a Residual Interest Security is a
'noneconomic residual interest,' as described below, a transfer of a Residual
Interest Security to a United States person will be disregarded for all Federal
tax purposes unless no significant purpose of the transfer was to impede the
assessment or collection of tax. A Residual Interest Security is a 'noneconomic
residual interest' unless, at the time of the transfer (i) the present value of
the expected future distributions on the Residual Interest Security at least
equals the product of the present value of the anticipated excess inclusions and
the highest rate of tax for the year in which the transfer occurs, and (ii) the
transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will receive distributions
from the REMIC at or after the time at which the taxes accrue on the anticipated
excess inclusions in an amount sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes. If a
transfer of a Residual Interest is disregarded, the transferor would be liable
for any Federal income tax imposed upon taxable income derived by the transferee
from the REMIC. The REMIC Regulations provide no guidance as to how to determine
if a significant purpose of a transfer is to impede the assessment or collection
of tax. A similar type of limitation exists with respect to certain transfers of
residual interests by foreign persons to United States persons. See ' -- Tax
Treatment of Foreign Investors.'
Mark to Market Rules. Prospective purchasers of a REMIC Residual Interest
Security should be aware that the IRS recently released proposed regulations
(the 'Proposed Mark-to-Market Regulations') which provide that a REMIC Residual
Interest Security acquired after January 3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market. The
Proposed Mark-to-Market Regulations replace the temporary regulations which
allowed a REMIC Residual Interest Security to be marked-to-market provided that
it was not a negative value residual interest and did not have the same economic
effect as a negative value residual interest. The IRS could issue subsequent
regulations, which could apply retroactively, providing additional or different
requirements with respect to such deemed negative value residual interests.
Prospective purchasers of a REMIC Residual Interest Security should consult
their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the Proposed
Mark-to-Market Regulations.
ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
The REMIC's books must be maintained on a calendar year basis and the REMIC
must file an annual federal income tax return. The REMIC will also be subject to
the procedural and administrative rules of the Code applicable to partnerships,
including the determination of any adjustments to, among other things, items of
REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, by the IRS in a unified
administrative proceeding.
TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST
General. As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement if a REMIC or
partnership election is not made, in the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, special
counsel to the Depositor, the Trust Fund relating to a Series of Securities will
be classified for federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust under Subpart
E, Part I of Subchapter J of the Code and not as an association taxable as a
corporation (the Securities of such Series,
79
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
'Pass-Through Securities'). In some Series there will be no separation of the
principal and interest payments on the Loans. In such circumstances, a Holder
will be considered to have purchased a pro rata undivided interest in each of
the Loans. In other cases ('Stripped Securities'), sale of the Securities will
produce a separation in the ownership of all or a portion of the principal
payments from all or a portion of the interest payments on the Loans.
Each Holder must report on its federal income tax return its share of the
gross income derived from the Loans (not reduced by the amount payable as fees
to the Trustee and the Servicer and similar fees (collectively, the 'Servicing
Fee')), at the same time and in the same manner as such items would have been
reported under the Holder's tax accounting method had it held its interest in
the Loans directly, received directly its share of the amounts received with
respect to the Loans, and paid directly its share of the Servicing Fees. In the
case of Pass-Through Securities other than Stripped Securities, such income will
consist of a pro rata share of all of the income derived from all of the Loans
and, in the case of Stripped Securities, such income will consist of a pro rata
share of the income derived from each stripped bond or stripped coupon in which
the Holder owns an interest. The holder of a Security will generally be entitled
to deduct such Servicing Fees under Section 162 or Section 212 of the Code to
the extent that such Servicing Fees represent 'reasonable' compensation for the
services rendered by the Trustee and the Servicer (or third parties that are
compensated for the performance of services). In the case of a noncorporate
holder, however, Servicing Fees (to the extent not otherwise disallowed, e.g.,
because they exceed reasonable compensation) will be deductible in computing
such holder's regular tax liability only to the extent that such fees, when
added to other miscellaneous itemized deductions, exceed 2% of adjusted gross
income and may not be deductible to any extent in computing such holder's
alternative minimum tax liability. In addition, for taxable years beginning
after December 31, 1990, the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable
for the taxable year for an individual whose adjusted gross income exceeds the
applicable amount (which amount will be adjusted for inflation in taxable years
beginning after 1990) will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of
adjusted gross income over the applicable amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of
itemized deductions otherwise allowable for such taxable year.
Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities. The holder's purchase
price of a Pass-Through Security is to be allocated among the Loans in
proportion to their fair market values, determined as of the time of purchase of
the Securities. In the typical case, the Trustee (to the extent necessary to
fulfill its reporting obligations) will treat each Loan as having a fair market
value proportional to the share of the aggregate principal balances of all of
the Loans that it represents, since the Securities, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, will have a relatively uniform interest
rate and other common characteristics. To the extent that the portion of the
purchase price of a Pass-Through Security allocated to a Loan (other than to a
right to receive any accrued interest thereon and any undistributed principal
payments) is less than or greater than the portion of the principal balance of
the Loan allocable to the Security, the interest in the Loan allocable to the
Pass-Through Security will be deemed to have been acquired at a discount or
premium, respectively.
The treatment of any discount will depend on whether the discount
represents OID or market discount. In the case of a Loan with OID in excess of a
prescribed de minimis amount or a Stripped Security, a holder of a Security will
be required to report as interest income in each taxable year its share of the
amount of OID that accrues during that year in the manner described above. OID
with respect to a Loan could arise, for example, by virtue of the financing of
points by the originator of the Loan, or by virtue of the charging of points by
the originator of the Loan in an amount greater than a statutory de minimis
exception, in circumstances under which the points are not currently deductible
pursuant to applicable Code provisions. Any market discount or premium on a Loan
will be includible in income, generally in the manner described above, except
that in the case of Pass-Through Securities, market discount is calculated with
respect to the Loans underlying the Certificate, rather than with respect to the
Security. A Holder that acquires an interest in a Loan originated after July 18,
1984 with more than a de minimis amount of market discount (generally, the
excess of the principal amount of the Loan over the purchaser's allocable
purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount in income in
the manner set forth above. See ' -- Taxation of Debt Securities; Market
Discount' and ' -- Premium' above.
In the case of market discount on a Pass-Through Security attributable to
Loans originated on or before July 18, 1984, the holder generally will be
required to allocate the portion of such discount that is allocable to a loan
among the principal payments on the Loan and to include the discount allocable
to each principal payment in ordinary income at the time such principal payment
is made. Such treatment would generally result in
80
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
discount being included in income at a slower rate than discount would be
required to be included in income using the method described in the preceding
paragraph.
Stripped Securities. A Stripped Security may represent a right to receive
only a portion of the interest payments on the Loans, a right to receive only
principal payments on the Loans, or a right to receive certain payments of both
interest and principal. Certain Stripped Securities ('Ratio Strip Securities')
may represent a right to receive differing percentages of both the interest and
principal on each Loan. Pursuant to Section 1286 of the Code, the separation of
ownership of the right to receive some or all of the interest payments on an
obligation from ownership of the right to receive some or all of the principal
payments results in the creation of 'stripped bonds' with respect to principal
payments and 'stripped coupons' with respect to interest payments. Section 1286
of the Code applies the OID rules to stripped bonds and stripped coupons. For
purposes of computing original issue discount, a stripped bond or a stripped
coupon is treated as a debt instrument issued on the date that such stripped
interest is purchased with an issue price equal to its purchase price or, if
more than one stripped interest is purchased, the ratable share of the purchase
price allocable to such stripped interest.
Servicing fees in excess of reasonable servicing fees ('excess servicing')
will be treated under the stripped bond rules. If the excess servicing fee is
less than 100 basis points (i.e., 1% interest on the Loan principal balance) or
the Securities are initially sold with a de minimis discount (assuming no
prepayment assumption is required), any non-de minimis discount arising from a
subsequent transfer of the Securities should be treated as market discount. The
IRS appears to require that reasonable servicing fees be calculated on a Loan by
Loan basis, which could result in some Loans being treated as having more than
100 basis points of interest stripped off.
The Code. OID Regulations and judicial decisions provide no direct
guidance as to how the interest and original issue discount rules are to apply
to Stripped Securities and other Pass-Through Securities. Under the method
described above for Pay-Through Securities (the 'Cash Flow Bond Method'), a
prepayment assumption is used and periodic recalculations are made which take
into account with respect to each accrual period the effect of prepayments
during such period. However, the 1986 Act does not, absent Treasury regulations,
appear specifically to cover instruments such as the Stripped Securities which
technically represent ownership interests in the underlying Loans, rather than
being debt instruments 'secured by' those loans. Nevertheless, it is believed
that the Cash Flow Bond Method is a reasonable method of reporting income for
such Securities, and it is expected that OID will be reported on that basis
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In applying the
calculation to Pass-Through Securities, the Trustee will treat all payments to
be received by a holder with respect to the underlying Loans as payments on a
single installment obligation. The IRS could, however, assert that original
issue discount must be calculated separately for each Loan underlying a
Security.
Under certain circumstances, if the Loans prepay at a rate faster than the
Prepayment Assumption, the use of the Cash Flow Bond Method may accelerate a
Holder's recognition of income. If, however, the Loans prepay at a rate slower
than the Prepayment Assumption, in some circumstances the use of this method may
decelerate a Holder's recognition of income.
In the case of a Stripped Security that is an Interest Weighted Security,
the Trustee intends, absent contrary authority, to report income to Security
holders as OID, in the manner described above for Interest Weighted Securities.
Possible Alternative Characterizations. The characterizations of the
Stripped Securities described above are not the only possible interpretations of
the applicable Code provisions. Among other possibilities, the IRS could contend
that (i) in certain Series, each non-Interest Weighted Security is composed of
an unstripped undivided ownership interest in Loans and an installment
obligation consisting of stripped principal payments; (ii) the non-Interest
Weighted Securities are subject to the contingent payment provisions of the
Contingent Regulations; or (iii) each Interest Weighted Stripped Security is
composed of an unstripped undivided ownership interest in Loans and an
installment obligation consisting of stripped interest payments.
Given the variety of alternatives for treatment of the Stripped Securities
and the different federal income tax consequences that result from each
alternative, potential purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisers
regarding the proper treatment of the Securities for federal income tax
purposes.
Character as Qualifying Loans. In the case of Stripped Securities, there
is no specific legal authority existing regarding whether the character of the
Securities, for federal income tax purposes, will be the same as
81
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the Loans. The IRS could take the position that the Loans' character is not
carried over to the Securities in such circumstances. Pass-Through Securities
will be, and, although the matter is not free from doubt, Stripped Securities
should be considered to represent 'real estate assets' within the meaning of
Section 856(c)(6)(B) of the Code and 'loans secured by an interest in real
property' within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code; and
interest income attributable to the Securities should be considered to represent
'interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests
in real property' within the meaning of Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code.
Reserves or funds underlying the Securities may cause a proportionate reduction
in the above-described qualifying status categories of Securities.
SALE OR EXCHANGE
Subject to the discussion below with respect to Trust Funds as to which a
partnership election is made, a Holder's tax basis in its Security is the price
such holder pays for a Security, plus amounts of original issue or market
discount included in income and reduced by any payments received (other than
qualified stated interest payments) and any amortized premium. Gain or loss
recognized on a sale, exchange, or redemption of a Security, measured by the
difference between the amount realized and the Security's basis as so adjusted,
will generally be capital gain or loss, assuming that the Security is held as a
capital asset. In the case of a Security held by a bank, thrift, or similar
institution described in Section 582 of the Code, however, gain or loss realized
on the sale or exchange of a Regular Interest Security will be taxable as
ordinary income or loss. In addition, gain from the disposition of a Regular
Interest Security that might otherwise be capital gain will be treated as
ordinary income to the extent of the excess, if any, of (i) the amount that
would have been includible in the holder's income if the yield on such Regular
Interest Security had equaled 110% of the applicable federal rate as of the
beginning of such holder's holding period, over the amount of ordinary income
actually recognized by the holder with respect to such Regular Interest
Security. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 1993, the maximum tax
rate on ordinary income for individual taxpayers is 39.6% and the maximum tax
rate on long-term capital gains reported after December 31, 1990 for such
taxpayers is 28%. The maximum tax rate on both ordinary income and long-term
capital gains of corporate taxpayers is 35%.
MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS
Backup Withholding. Subject to the discussion below with respect to Trust
Funds as to which a partnership election is made, a Holder, other than a holder
of a REMIC Residual Security, may, under certain circumstances, be subject to
'backup withholding' at a rate of 31% with respect to distributions or the
proceeds of a sale of certificates to or through brokers that represent interest
or original issue discount on the Securities. This withholding generally applies
if the holder of a Security (i) fails to furnish the Trustee with its taxpayer
identification number ('TIN'); (ii) furnishes the Trustee an incorrect TIN;
(iii) fails to report properly interest, dividends or other 'reportable
payments' as defined in the Code; or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to
provide the Trustee or such holder's securities broker with a certified
statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct
number and that the holder is not subject to backup withholding. Backup
withholding will not apply, however, with respect to certain payments made to
Holders, including payments to certain exempt recipients (such as exempt
organizations) and to certain Nonresidents (as defined below). Holders should
consult their tax advisers as to their qualification for exemption from backup
withholding and the procedure for obtaining the exemption.
The Trustee will report to the Holders and to the Servicer for each
calendar year the amount of any 'reportable payments' during such year and the
amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the Securities.
TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS
Subject to the discussion below with respect to Trust Funds as to which a
partnership election is made, under the Code, unless interest (including OID)
paid on a Security (other than a Residual Interest Security) is considered to be
'effectively connected' with a trade or business conducted in the United States
by a nonresident alien individual, foreign partnership or foreign corporation
('Nonresidents'), such interest will normally qualify as portfolio interest
(except where (i) the recipient is a holder, directly or by attribution, of 10%
or more of the capital or profits interest in the issuer, or (ii) the recipient
is a controlled foreign corporation
82
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
to which the issuer is a related person) and will be exempt from federal income
tax. Upon receipt of appropriate ownership statements, the issuer normally will
be relieved of obligations to withhold tax from such interest payments. These
provisions supersede the generally applicable provisions of United States law
that would otherwise require the issuer to withhold at a 30% rate (unless such
rate were reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty) on, among other
things, interest and other fixed or determinable, annual or periodic income paid
to Nonresidents. Holders of Pass-Through Securities and Stripped Securities,
including Ratio Strip Securities, however, may be subject to withholding to the
extent that the Loans were originated on or before July 18, 1984.
Interest and OID of Holders who are foreign persons are not subject to
withholding if they are effectively connected with a United States business
conducted by the Holder. They will, however, generally be subject to the regular
United States income tax.
Payments to holders of Residual Interest Securities who are foreign persons
will generally be treated as interest for purposes of the 30% (or lower treaty
rate) United States withholding tax. Holders should assume that such income does
not qualify for exemption from United States withholding tax as 'portfolio
interest.' It is clear that, to the extent that a payment represents a portion
of REMIC taxable income that constitutes excess inclusion income, a holder of a
Residual Interest Security will not be entitled to an exemption from or
reduction of the 30% (or lower treaty rate) withholding tax rule. If the
payments are subject to United States withholding tax, they generally will be
taken into account for withholding tax purposes only when paid or distributed
(or when the Residual Interest Security is disposed of). The Treasury has
statutory authority, however, to promulgate regulations which would require such
amounts to be taken into account at an earlier time in order to prevent the
avoidance of tax. Such regulations could, for example, require withholding prior
to the distribution of cash in the case of Residual Interest Securities that do
not have significant value. Under the REMIC Regulations, if a Residual Interest
Security has tax avoidance potential, a transfer of a Residual Interest Security
to a Nonresident will be disregarded for all federal tax purposes. A Residual
Interest Security has tax avoidance potential unless, at the time of the
transfer the transferor reasonably expects that the REMIC will distribute to the
transferee residual interest holder amounts that will equal at least 30% of each
excess inclusion, and that such amounts will be distributed at or after the time
at which the excess inclusions accrue and not later than the calendar year
following the calendar year of accrual. If a Nonresident transfers a Residual
Interest Security to a United States person, and if the transfer has the effect
of allowing the transferor to avoid tax on accrued excess inclusions, then the
transfer is disregarded and the transferor continues to be treated as the owner
of the Residual Interest Security for purposes of the withholding tax provisions
of the Code. See ' -- Excess Inclusions.'
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST FUND AS A PARTNERSHIP
Brown & Wood LLP, special counsel to the Depositor, will deliver its
opinion that a Trust Fund for which a partnership election is made will not be
an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. This opinion will be based on the assumption that
the terms of the Trust Agreement and related documents will be complied with,
and on counsel's conclusions that (1) the Trust Fund will not have certain
characteristics necessary for a business trust to be classified as an
association taxable as a corporation and (2) the nature of the income of the
Trust Fund will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded
partnerships are taxable as corporations or the issuance of the Securities has
been structured as a private placement under an IRS safe harbor, so that the
Trust Fund will not be characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as
a corporation.
If the Trust Fund were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, the Trust Fund would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable
income. The Trust Fund's taxable income would include all its income, possibly
reduced by its interest expense on the Notes. Any such corporate income tax
could materially reduce cash available to make payments on the Notes and
distributions on the Certificates, and Certificateholders could be liable for
any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust Fund.
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES
Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. The Trust Fund will agree, and the
Noteholders will agree by their purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes. Special counsel to the Depositor will, except
as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, advise the Depositor
that the
83
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Notes will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. The discussion
below assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.
OID, Indexed Securities, etc. The discussion below assumes that all
payments on the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are
not Indexed Securities or Strip Notes. Moreover, the discussion assumes that the
interest formula for the Notes meets the requirements for 'qualified stated
interest' under the OID regulations, and that any OID on the Notes (i.e., any
excess of the principal amount of the Notes over their issue price) does not
exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 0.25% of their principal amount multiplied by
the number of full years included in their term), all within the meaning of the
OID regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied with respect to any given
series of Notes, additional tax considerations with respect to such Notes will
be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered issued
with OID. The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a Noteholder as
ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a
Note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income, on
a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note. It is believed
that any prepayment premium paid as a result of a mandatory redemption will be
taxable as contingent interest when it becomes fixed and unconditionally
payable. A purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount
will generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market
discount rules of the Code.
A holder of a Note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year
from the issue date of such Note (a 'Short-Term Note') may be subject to special
rules. An accrual basis holder of a Short-Term Note (and certain cash method
holders, including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section 1281
of the Code) generally would be required to report interest income as interest
accrues on a straight-line basis over the term of each interest period. Other
cash basis holders of a Short-Term Note would, in general, be required to report
interest income as interest is paid (or, if earlier, upon the taxable
disposition of the Short-Term Note). However, a cash basis holder of a
Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred
to purchase or carry the Short-Term Note until the taxable disposition of the
Short-Term Note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code
to accrue interest income on all nongovernment debt obligations with a term of
one year or less, in which case the taxpayer would include interest on the
Short-Term Note in income as it accrues, but would not be subject to the
interest expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding sentence. Certain
special rules apply if a Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its
principal amount.
Sale or Other Disposition. If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note, increased by any market discount, acquisition discount, OID
and gain previously included by such Noteholder in income with respect to the
Note and decreased by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized
and by the amount of principal payments previously received by such Noteholder
with respect to such Note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if
the Note was held as a capital asset, except for gain representing accrued
interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income. Capital
losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.
Foreign Holders. Interest payments made (or accrued) to a Noteholder who
is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-United States person (a
'foreign person') generally will be considered 'portfolio interest', and
generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and
withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person and the
foreign person (i) is not actually or constructively a '10 percent shareholder'
of the Trust Fund or the Seller (including a holder of 10% of the outstanding
Certificates) or a 'controlled foreign corporation' with respect to which the
Trust Fund or the Seller is a 'related person' within the meaning of the Code
and (ii) provides the Owner Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to
withhold U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on
Form W-8 or a similar form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that
the beneficial owner of the Note is a foreign person and providing the foreign
person's name and address. If a Note is held through a securities clearing
organization or certain other financial institutions, the organization or
institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent;
84
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
in that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or
substitute form provided by the foreign person that owns the Note. If such
interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States
federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
Backup Withholding. Each holder of a Note (other than an exempt holder
such as a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and
profit-sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who
provides certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to
provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name,
address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the
holder is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Noteholder fail
to provide the required certification, the Trust Fund will be required to
withhold 31 percent of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the
withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax
liability.
Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion
of special counsel to the Company, the IRS successfully asserted that one or
more of the Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the
Notes might be treated as equity interests in the Trust Fund. If so treated, the
Trust Fund might be taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences
described above (and the taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its
taxable income by deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as
equity). Alternatively, and most likely in the view of special counsel to the
Depositor, the Trust Fund might be treated as a publicly traded partnership that
would not be taxable as a corporation because it would meet certain qualifying
income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the Notes as equity interests in such a
publicly traded partnership could have adverse tax consequences to certain
holders. For example, income to certain tax-exempt entities (including pension
funds) would be 'unrelated business taxable income', income to foreign holders
generally would be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and
withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject to certain
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of the Trust Fund's expenses.
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES
Treatment of the Trust Fund as a Partnership. The Trust Fund and the
Master Servicer will agree, and the Certificateholders will agree by their
purchase of Certificates, to treat the Trust Fund as a partnership for purposes
of federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in
whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets
held by the Trust Fund, the partners of the partnership being the
Certificateholders, and the Notes being debt of the partnership. However, the
proper characterization of the arrangement involving the Trust Fund, the
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Fund and the Servicer is not clear because
there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated
herein.
A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the Certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the
Certificates might be considered debt of the Trust Fund. Any such
characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to
Certificateholders as compared to the consequences from treatment of the
Certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following
discussion assumes that the Certificates represent equity interests in a
partnership.
Indexed Securities, etc. The following discussion assumes that all
payments on the Certificates are denominated in U.S. dollars, none of the
Certificates are Indexed Securities or Strip Certificates, and that a Series of
Securities includes a single class of Certificates. If these conditions are not
satisfied with respect to any given Series of Certificates, additional tax
considerations with respect to such Certificates will be disclosed in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the Trust Fund will not be subject
to federal income tax. Rather, each Certificateholder will be required to
separately take into account such holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust Fund. The Trust Fund's income will
consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the Loans (including
appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID
85
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and bond premium) and any gain upon collection or disposition of Loans. The
Trust Fund's deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing with respect
to the Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection
or disposition of Loans.
The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (here, the
Trust Agreement and related documents). The Trust Agreement will provide, in
general, that the Certificateholders will be allocated taxable income of the
Trust Fund for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that accrues on
the Certificates in accordance with their terms for such month, including
interest accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for such month and interest on
amounts previously due on the Certificates but not yet distributed; (ii) any
Trust Fund income attributable to discount on the Loans that corresponds to any
excess of the principal amount of the Certificates over their initial issue
price (iii) prepayment premium payable to the Certificateholders for such month;
and (iv) any other amounts of income payable to the Certificateholders for such
month. Such allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust Fund of
premium on Loans that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of
Certificates over their principal amount. All remaining taxable income of the
Trust Fund will be allocated to the Company. Based on the economic arrangement
of the parties, this approach for allocating Trust Fund income should be
permissible under applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can be
given that the IRS would not require a greater amount of income to be allocated
to Certificateholders. Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation,
Certificateholders may be allocated income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate
plus the other items described above even though the Trust Fund might not have
sufficient cash to make current cash distributions of such amount. Thus, cash
basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the Certificates
on the accrual basis and Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust
Fund income even if they have not received cash from the Trust Fund to pay such
taxes. In addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a
uniform basis for all Certificateholders but Certificateholders may be
purchasing Certificates at different times and at different prices,
Certificateholders may be required to report on their tax returns taxable income
that is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the Trust Fund.
All of the taxable income allocated to a Certificateholder that is a
pension, profit sharing or employee benefit plan or other tax-exempt entity
(including an individual retirement account) will constitute 'unrelated business
taxable income' generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.
An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust Fund (including
fees to the Servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in
part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the life of
the Trust Fund.
The Trust Fund intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and
allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each Loan, the Trust Fund
might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there
would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.
Discount and Premium. It is believed that the Loans were not issued with
OID, and, therefore, the Trust Fund should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the Trust Fund for the Loans may be greater or less than
the remaining principal balance of the Loans at the time of purchase. If so, the
Loan will have been acquired at a premium or discount, as the case may be. (As
indicated above, the Trust Fund will make this calculation on an aggregate
basis, but might be required to recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)
If the Trust Fund acquires the Loans at a market discount or premium, the
Trust Fund will elect to include any such discount in income currently as it
accrues over the life of the Loans or to offset any such premium against
interest income on the Loans. As indicated above, a portion of such market
discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.
Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust Fund
will be deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of
the capital and profits interests in the Trust Fund are sold or exchanged within
a 12-month period. If such a termination occurs, the Trust Fund will be
considered to distribute its assets to the partners, who would then be treated
as recontributing those assets to the Trust Fund as a new partnership. The Trust
Fund will not comply with certain technical requirements that might apply when
such a constructive termination occurs. As a result, the Trust Fund may be
subject to certain tax penalties and
86
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
may incur additional expenses if it is required to comply with those
requirements. Furthermore, the Trust Fund might not be able to comply due to
lack of data.
Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A Certificateholder's tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal the
holder's cost increased by the holder's share of Trust Fund income (includible
in income) and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such
Certificate. In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized on a sale of a Certificate would include the holder's share of the
Notes and other liabilities of the Trust Fund. A holder acquiring Certificates
at different prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax
basis in such Certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the
Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates
sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis in each Certificate for
purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).
Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the Loans would generally be treated as
ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax reporting
requirements. The Trust Fund does not expect to have any other assets that would
give rise to such special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those special
reporting requirements, the Trust Fund will elect to include market discount in
income as it accrues.
If a Certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the Trust
Fund's taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificateholders
in proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the
close of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing
Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.
The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or losses
of the Trust Fund might be reallocated among the Certificateholders. The Trust
Fund's method of allocation between transferors and transferees may be revised
to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
Section 754 Election. In the event that a Certificateholder sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the Trust Fund's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust Fund were to file an election under
Section 754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that
would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially
onerous information reporting requirements, the Trust Fund will not make such
election. As a result, Certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser
amount of Trust Fund income than would be appropriate based on their own
purchase price for Certificates.
Administrative Matters. The Owner Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the Trust Fund. Such books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of
the Trust Fund will be the calendar year. The Trustee will file a partnership
information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the
Trust Fund and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of
Trust Fund income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The Trust
Fund will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide
the Trust Fund with the information statement described below and such nominees
will be required to forward such information to the beneficial owners of the
Certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information return filed by the Trust Fund or be subject to penalties unless
the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.
Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust Fund
with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial
owners and the Certificates so held. Such information includes (i) the name,
address and
87
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each beneficial
owner (x) the name, address and identification number of such person, (y)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity or a foreign
government, an international organization, or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (z) certain information on
Certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the Trust Fund information
as to themselves and their ownership of Certificates. A clearing agency
registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any
such information statement to the Trust Fund. The information referred to above
for any calendar year must be furnished to the Trust Fund on or before the
following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide the Trust Fund with the information described above may be subject to
penalties.
The Depositor will be designated as the tax matters partner in the related
Trust Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for representing the
Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for
administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a
separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the Trust Fund by the appropriate taxing authorities
could result in an adjustment of the returns of the Certificateholders, and,
under certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may be precluded from
separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the Trust Fund. An
adjustment could also result in an audit of a Certificateholder's returns and
adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of the Trust Fund.
Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders. It is not clear whether
the Trust Fund would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the
United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts
substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not expected
that the Trust Fund would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States
for such purposes, the Trust Fund will withhold as if it were so engaged in
order to protect the Trust Fund from possible adverse consequences of a failure
to withhold. The Trust Fund expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable
income that is allocable to foreign Certificateholders pursuant to Section 1446
of the Code, as if such income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or
business, at a rate of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable as corporations
and 39.6% for all other foreign holders. Subsequent adoption of Treasury
regulations or the issuance of other administrative pronouncements may require
the Trust Fund to change its withholding procedures. In determining a holder's
withholding status, the Trust Fund may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the
holder's certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.
The term 'U.S. Person' means a citizen or resident of the United States, a
corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or an estate
whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source of
income, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision of the administration of the trust and one or more United
States fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial decisions of
the trust.
Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch
profits tax) on its share of the Trust Fund's income. Each foreign holder must
obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to
the Trust Fund on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of the taxes
withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a
claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the Trust Fund taking the
position that no taxes were due because the Trust Fund was not engaged in a U.S.
trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a
Certificateholder who is a foreign person generally will be considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard to
the income of the Trust Fund. If these interest payments are properly
characterized as guaranteed payments, then the interest will not be considered
'portfolio interest.' As a result, Certificateholders will be subject to United
States federal income tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless
reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a foreign
holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in
excess of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the guaranteed
payments.
Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a 'backup' withholding tax
of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with
88
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
certain identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient
under applicable provisions of the Code.
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in 'Federal
Income Tax Consequences,' potential investors should consider the state and
local income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of
the Securities. State and local income tax law may differ substantially from the
corresponding federal law, and this discussion does not purport to describe any
aspect of the income tax laws of any state or locality. Therefore, potential
investors should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the various
state and local tax consequences of an investment in the Securities.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The following describes certain considerations under ERISA and the Code,
which apply only to Securities of a Series that are not divided into subclasses.
If Securities are divided into subclasses the related Prospectus Supplement will
contain information concerning considerations relating to ERISA and the Code
that are applicable to such Securities.
ERISA imposes requirements on employee benefit plans (and on certain other
retirement plans and arrangements, including individual retirement accounts and
annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds and separate accounts in
which such plans, accounts or arrangements are invested) (collectively 'Plans')
subject to ERISA and on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to such Plans.
Generally, ERISA applies to investments made by Plans. Among other things, ERISA
requires that the assets of Plans be held in trust and that the trustee, or
other duly authorized fiduciary, have exclusive authority and discretion to
manage and control the assets of such Plans. ERISA also imposes certain duties
on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans. Under ERISA, any person who exercises
any authority or control respecting the management or disposition of the assets
of a Plan is considered to be a fiduciary of such Plan (subject to certain
exceptions not here relevant). Certain employee benefit plans, such as
governmental plans (as defined in ERISA Section 3(32)) and, if no election has
been made under Section 410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in ERISA
Section 3(33)), are not subject to ERISA requirements. Accordingly, assets of
such plans may be invested in Securities without regard to the ERISA
considerations described above and below, subject to the provisions of
applicable state law. Any such plan which is qualified and exempt from taxation
under Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a), however, is subject to the prohibited
transaction rules set forth in Code Section 503.
On November 13, 1986, the United States Department of Labor (the 'DOL')
issued final regulations concerning the definition of what constitutes the
assets of a Plan. (Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101) Under this regulation, the
underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships and certain other
entities in which a Plan makes an 'equity' investment could be deemed for
purposes of ERISA to be assets of the investing Plan in certain circumstances.
However, the regulation provides that, generally, the assets of a corporation or
partnership in which a Plan invests will not be deemed for purposes of ERISA to
be assets of such Plan if the equity interest acquired by the investing Plan is
a publicly-offered security. A publicly-offered security, as defined in the
Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101, is a security that is widely held, freely
transferable and registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment
prudence and diversification, ERISA prohibits a broad range of transactions
involving Plan assets and persons ('Parties in Interest') having certain
specified relationships to a Plan and imposes additional prohibitions where
Parties in Interest are fiduciaries with respect to such Plan. Because the Loans
may be deemed Plan assets of each Plan that purchases Securities, an investment
in the Securities by a Plan might be a prohibited transaction under ERISA
Sections 406 and 407 and subject to an excise tax under Code Section 4975 unless
a statutory or administrative exemption applies.
In Prohibited Transaction Exemption 83-1 ('PTE 83-1'), which amended
Prohibited Transaction Exemption 81-7, the DOL exempted from ERISA's prohibited
transaction rules certain transactions relating to the operation of residential
mortgage pool investment trusts and the purchase, sale and holding of 'mortgage
pool pass-through certificates' in the initial issuance of such certificates.
PTE 83-1 permits, subject to certain conditions, transactions which might
otherwise be prohibited between Plans and Parties in Interest with respect
89
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
to those Plans related to the origination, maintenance and termination of
mortgage pools consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or second mortgages
or deeds of trust on single-family residential property, and the acquisition and
holding of certain mortgage pool pass-through certificates representing an
interest in such mortgage pools by Plans. If the general conditions (discussed
below) of PTE 83-1 are satisfied, investments by a Plan in Securities that
represent interests in a Pool consisting of Loans ('Single Family Securities')
will be exempt from the prohibitions of ERISA Sections 406(a) and 407 (relating
generally to transactions with Parties in Interest who are not fiduciaries) if
the Plan purchases the Single Family Securities at no more than fair market
value and will be exempt from the prohibitions of ERISA Sections 406(b)(1) and
(2) (relating generally to transactions with fiduciaries) if, in addition, the
purchase is approved by an independent fiduciary, no sales commission is paid to
the pool sponsor, the Plan does not purchase more than 25% of all Single Family
Securities, and at least 50% of all Single Family Securities are purchased by
persons independent of the pool sponsor or pool trustee. PTE 83-1 does not
provide an exemption for transactions involving Subordinate Securities.
Accordingly, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, no
transfer of a Subordinate Security or a Security which is not a Single Family
Security may be made to a Plan.
The discussion in this and the next succeeding paragraph applies only to
Single Family Securities. The Depositor believes that, for purposes of PTE 83-1,
the term 'mortgage pass-through certificate' would include: (i) Securities
issued in a Series consisting of only a single class of Securities; and (ii)
Securities issued in a Series in which there is only one class of such
Securities; provided that the Securities in the case of clause (i), or the
Securities in the case of clause (ii), evidence the beneficial ownership of both
a specified percentage of future interest payments (greater than 0%) and a
specified percentage (greater than 0%) of future principal payments on the
Loans. It is not clear whether a class of Securities that evidences the
beneficial ownership in a Trust Fund divided into Loan groups, beneficial
ownership of a specified percentage of interest payments only or principal
payments only, or a notional amount of either principal or interest payments, or
a class of Securities entitled to receive payments of interest and principal on
the Loans only after payments to other classes or after the occurrence of
certain specified events would be a 'mortgage pass-through certificate' for
purposes of PTE 83-1.
PTE 83-1 sets forth three general conditions which must be satisfied for
any transaction to be eligible for exemption: (i) the maintenance of a system of
insurance or other protection for the pooled mortgage loans and property
securing such loans, and for indemnifying Securityholders against reductions in
pass-through payments due to property damage or defaults in loan payments in an
amount not less than the greater of one percent of the aggregate principal
balance of all covered pooled mortgage loans or the principal balance of the
largest covered pooled mortgage loan; (ii) the existence of a pool trustee who
is not an affiliate of the pool sponsor; and (iii) a limitation on the amount of
the payment retained by the pool sponsor, together with other funds inuring to
its benefit, to not more than adequate consideration for selling the mortgage
loans plus reasonable compensation for services provided by the pool sponsor to
the Pool. The Depositor believes that the first general condition referred to
above will be satisfied with respect to the Securities in a Series issued
without a subordination feature, or the Securities only in a Series issued with
a subordination feature, provided that the subordination and Reserve Account,
subordination by shifting of interests, the pool insurance or other form of
credit enhancement described under 'Credit Enhancement' herein (such
subordination, pool insurance or other form of credit enhancement being the
system of insurance or other protection referred to above) with respect to a
Series of Securities is maintained in an amount not less than the greater of one
percent of the aggregate principal balance of the Loans or the principal balance
of the largest Loan. See 'Description of the Securities' herein. In the absence
of a ruling that the system of insurance or other protection with respect to a
Series of Securities satisfies the first general condition referred to above,
there can be no assurance that these features will be so viewed by the DOL. The
Trustee will not be affiliated with the Depositor.
Each Plan fiduciary who is responsible for making the investment decisions
whether to purchase or commit to purchase and to hold Single Family Securities
must make its own determination as to whether the first and third general
conditions, and the specific conditions described briefly in the preceding
paragraph, of PTE 83-1 have been satisfied, or as to the availability of any
other prohibited transaction exemptions. Each Plan fiduciary should also
determine whether, under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence
and diversification, an investment in the Securities is appropriate for the
Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the
composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.
90
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
The DOL has granted to certain underwriters individual administrative
exemptions (the 'Underwriter Exemptions') from certain of the prohibited
transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of Section 4975
of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent
resale by Plans of certificates in pass-through trusts that consist of certain
receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions.
While each underwriter Exemption is an individual exemption separately
granted to a specific underwriter, the terms and conditions which generally
apply to the Underwriter Exemptions are substantially the following:
(1) the acquisition of the certificates by a Plan is on terms
(including the price for the certificates) that are at least as favorable
to the Plan as they would be in an arm's-length transaction with an
unrelated party;
(2) the rights and interest evidenced by the certificates acquired by
the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced by
other certificates of the trust fund;
(3) the certificates required by the Plan have received a rating at
the time of such acquisition that is one of the three highest generic
rating categories from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a Division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies ('S&P'), Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ('Moody's'),
Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ('DCR') or Fitch Investors Service, Inc.
('Fitch');
(4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of the
Restricted Group as defined below;
(5) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the underwriters
in connection with the distribution of the certificates represents not more
than reasonable compensation for underwriting the certificates; the sum of
all payments made to and retained by the seller pursuant to the assignment
of the loans to the trust fund represents not more than the fair market
value of such loans; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the
servicer and any other servicer represents not more than reasonable
compensation for such person's services under the agreement pursuant to
which the loans are pooled and reimbursements of such person's reasonable
expenses in connection therewith; and
(6) the Plan investing in the certificates is an 'accredited investor'
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended.
The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
(i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets of the type that have been included in
other investment pools;
(ii) certificates in such other investment pools must have been rated in one of the three highest rating
categories of S&P, Moody's, Fitch or DCR for at least one year prior to the Plan's acquisition of
certificates; and
(iii) certificates evidencing interests in such other investment pools must have been purchased by
investors other than Plans for at least one year prior to any Plan's acquisition of certificates.
</TABLE>
Moreover, the Underwriter Exemptions generally provide relief from certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when
the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust as to which
the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the receivables held in the
trust provided that, among other requirements: (i) in the case of an acquisition
in connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at least fifty percent
(50%) of each class of certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired by
persons independent of the Restricted Group, (ii) such fiduciary (or its
affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five percent (5%) or less of the fair
market value of the obligations contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's
investment in certificates of any class does not exceed twenty-five percent
(25%) of all of the certificates of that class outstanding at the time of the
acquisition; and (iv) immediately after the acquisition, no more than
twenty-five percent (25%) of the assets of the Plan with respect to which such
person is a fiduciary is invested in certificates representing an interest in
one or more trusts containing assets sold or serviced by the same entity. The
Underwriter Exemptions do not apply to Plans sponsored by the Seller, the
related Underwriter, the Trustee, the Master Servicer, any insurer with respect
to the Loans, any obligor with respect to Loans included in the Trust Fund
constituting more than five percent (5%) of the aggregate unamortized principal
balance of the assets in the Trust Fund, or any affiliate of such parties (the
'Restricted Group').
The Prospectus Supplement for each Series of Securities will indicate the
classes of Securities, if any, offered thereby as to which it is expected that
an Underwriter Exemption will apply.
91
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
The Underwriter Exemption contains several requirements, some of which
differ from those in PTE 83-l. The Underwriter Exemption contains an expanded
definition of 'certificate' which includes an interest which entitles the holder
to pass-through payments of principal, interest and/or other payments. The
Underwriter Exemption contains an expanded definition of 'trust' which permits
the trust corpus to consist of secured consumer receivables. The definition of
'trust', however, does not include any investment pool unless, inter alia, (i)
the investment pool consists only of assets of the type which have been included
in other investment pools, (ii) certificates evidencing interests in such other
investment pools have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at least
one year prior to the Plan's acquisition of certificates pursuant to the
Underwriter Exemption, and (iii) certificates in such other investment pools
have been rated in one of the three highest generic rating categories of the
four credit rating agencies noted below. Generally, the Underwriter Exemption
holds that the acquisition of the certificates by a Plan must be on terms
(including the price for the certificates) that are at least as favorable to the
Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated party.
The Underwriter Exemption requires that the rights and interests evidenced by
the certificates not be 'subordinated' to the rights and interests evidenced by
other certificates of the same trust. The Underwriter Exemption requires that
certificates acquired by a Plan have received a rating at the time of their
acquisition that is in one of the three highest generic rating categories of
S&P, Moody's, Fitch or DCR. The Underwriter Exemption specifies that the pool
trustee must not be an affiliate of the pool sponsor, nor an affiliate of the
Underwriter, the pool servicer, any obligor with respect to mortgage loans
included in the trust constituting more than five percent of the aggregate
unamortized principal balance of the assets in the trust, or any affiliate of
such entities. Finally, the Underwriter Exemption stipulates that any Plan
investing in the certificates must be an 'accredited investor' as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Securities Act of 1933.
Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to purchase Securities
should consult with their counsel concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code,
the applicability of PTE 83-1 and the Underwriter Exemption, and the potential
consequences in their specific circumstances, prior to making such investment.
Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the general
fiduciary standards of investment procedure and diversification an investment in
the Securities is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall
investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment
portfolio.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will specify which,
if any, of the classes of Securities offered thereby constitute 'mortgage
related securities' for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement
Act of 1984 ('SMMEA'). Classes of Securities that qualify as 'mortgage related
securities' will be legal investments for persons, trusts, corporations,
partnerships, associations, business trusts, and business entities (including
depository institutions, life insurance companies and pension funds) created
pursuant to or existing under the laws of the United States or of any state
(including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico) whose authorized
investments are subject to state regulations to the same extent as, under
applicable law, obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest
by the United States or any such entities. Under SMMEA, if a state enacts
legislation prior to October 4, 1991 specifically limiting the legal investment
authority of any such entities with respect to 'mortgage related securities',
securities will constitute legal investments for entities subject to such
legislation only to the extent provided therein. Approximately twenty-one states
adopted such legislation prior to the October 4, 1991 deadline. SMMEA provides,
however, that in no event will the enactment of any such legislation affect the
validity of any contractual commitment to purchase, hold or invest in
securities, or require the sale or other disposition of securities, so long as
such contractual commitment was made or such securities were acquired prior to
the enactment of such legislation.
SMMEA also amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered
depository institutions as follows: federal savings and loan associations and
federal savings banks may invest in, sell or otherwise deal in Securities
without limitations as to the percentage of their assets represented thereby,
federal credit unions may invest in mortgage related securities, and national
banks may purchase securities for their own account without regard to the
limitations generally applicable to investment securities set forth in 12 U.S.C.
24 (Seventh), subject in each case to such regulations as the applicable federal
authority may prescribe. In this connection, federal credit unions should review
the National Credit Union Administration ('NCUA') Letter to Credit Unions No.
96, as modified by Letter to Credit Unions No. 108, which includes guidelines to
assist federal credit unions in making investment decisions for mortgage related
securities and the NCUA's regulation 'Investment and Deposit
92
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Activities' (12 C.F.R. Part 703), which sets forth certain restrictions on
investment by federal credit unions in mortgage related securities (in each case
whether or not the class of Securities under consideration for purchase
constituted a 'mortgage related security').
All depository institutions considering an investment in the Securities
(whether or not the class of Securities under consideration for purchase
constitutes a 'mortgage related security') should review the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council's Supervisory Policy Statement on the
Securities Activities (to the extent adopted by their respective regulators)
(the 'Policy Statement') setting forth, in relevant part, certain securities
trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for an institution's investment
portfolio, and guidelines for (and restrictions on) investing in mortgage
derivative products, including 'mortgage related securities', which are
'high-risk mortgage securities' as defined in the Policy Statement. According to
the Policy Statement, such 'high-risk mortgage securities' include securities
such as Securities not entitled to distributions allocated to principal or
interest, or Subordinated Securities. Under the Policy Statement, it is the
responsibility of each depository institution to determine, prior to purchase
(and at stated intervals thereafter), whether a particular mortgage derivative
product is a 'high-risk mortgage security', and whether the purchase (or
retention) of such a product would be consistent with the Policy Statement.
The foregoing does not take into consideration the applicability of
statutes, rules, regulations, orders guidelines or agreements generally
governing investments made by a particular investor, including, but not limited
to 'prudent investor' provisions which may restrict or prohibit investment in
securities which are not 'interest bearing' or 'income paying'.
There may be other restrictions on the ability of certain investors,
including depository institutions, either to purchase Securities or to purchase
Securities representing more than a specified percentage of the investor's
assets. Investors should consult their own legal advisors in determining whether
and to what extent the Securities constitute legal investments for such
investors.
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
Securities are being offered hereby in Series from time to time (each
Series evidencing or relating to a separate Trust Fund) through any of the
following methods:
1. By negotiated firm commitment underwriting and public reoffering by
underwriters;
2. By agency placements through one or more placement agents primarily
with institutional investors and dealers; and
3. By placement directly by the Depositor with institutional
investors.
A Prospectus Supplement will be prepared for each Series which will
describe the method of offering being used for that Series and will set forth
the identity of any underwriters thereof and either the price at which such
Series is being offered, the nature and amount of any underwriting discounts or
additional compensation to such underwriters and the proceeds of the offering to
the Depositor, or the method by which the price at which the underwriters will
sell the Securities will be determined. Each Prospectus Supplement for an
underwritten offering will also contain information regarding the nature of the
underwriters' obligations, any material relationship between the Depositor and
any underwriter and, where appropriate, information regarding any discounts or
concessions to be allowed or reallowed to dealers or others and any arrangements
to stabilize the market for the Securities so offered. In firm commitment
underwritten offerings, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of
the Securities of such Series if any such Securities are purchased. Securities
may be acquired by the underwriters for their own accounts and may be resold
from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated
transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined
at the time of sale.
Underwriters and agents may be entitled under agreements entered into with
the Depositor to indemnification by the Depositor against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or to contribution with respect to payments which such underwriters or agents
may be required to make in respect thereof.
If a Series is offered other than through underwriters, the Prospectus
Supplement relating thereto will contain information regarding the nature of
such offering and any agreements to be entered into between the Depositor and
purchasers of Securities of such Series.
93
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Securities of each Series, including certain federal
income tax consequences with respect thereto, will be passed upon for the
Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP, One World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A new Trust Fund will be formed with respect to each Series of Securities
and no Trust Fund will engage in any business activities or have any assets or
obligations prior to the issuance of the related Series of Securities.
Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to any Trust Fund will be
included in this Prospectus or in the related Prospectus Supplement.
RATING
It is a condition to the issuance of the Securities of each Series offered
hereby and by the Prospectus Supplement that they shall have been rated in one
of the four highest rating categories by the nationally recognized statistical
rating agency or agencies (each, a 'Rating Agency') specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Any such rating would be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the
value of the Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to such
class and will reflect such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood
that holders of a class of Securities of such class will receive payments to
which such Securityholders are entitled under the related Agreement. Such rating
will not constitute an assessment of the likelihood that principal prepayments
on the related Loans will be made, the degree to which the rate of such
prepayments might differ from that originally anticipated or the likelihood of
early optional termination of the Series of Securities. Such rating should not
be deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as it
does not address market price or suitability for a particular investor. Each
security rating should be evaluated independently of any other security rating.
Such rating will not address the possibility that prepayment at higher or lower
rates than anticipated by an investor may cause such investor to experience a
lower than anticipated yield or that an investor purchasing a Security at a
significant premium might fail to recoup its initial investment under certain
prepayment scenarios.
There is also no assurance that any such rating will remain in effect for
any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by
the Rating Agency in the future if in its judgment circumstances in the future
so warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in the
adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets or any credit enhancement with
respect to a Series, such rating might also be lowered or withdrawn among other
reasons, because of an adverse change in the financial or other condition of a
credit enhancement provider or a change in the rating of such credit enhancement
provider's long term debt.
The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement, if any, established with
respect to a Series of Securities will be determined on the basis of criteria
established by each Rating Agency rating classes of such Series. Such criteria
are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of mortgage loans
in a larger group. Such analysis is often the basis upon which each Rating
Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required with respect to each
such class. There can be no assurance that the historical data supporting any
such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future experience nor any
assurance that the data derived from a large pool of mortgage loans accurately
predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any particular pool
of Loans. No assurance can be given that values of any Properties have remained
or will remain at their levels on the respective dates of origination of the
related Loans. If the residential real estate markets should experience an
overall decline in property values such that the outstanding principal balances
of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and any secondary financing on the
related Properties become equal to or greater than the value of the Properties,
the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be higher than those
now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In additional,
adverse economic conditions (which may or may not affect real property values)
may affect the timely payment by mortgagors of scheduled payments of principal
and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the rates of delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses with respect to any Trust Fund. To the extent that such
losses are not covered by credit enhancement, such losses will be borne, at
least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of the Securities of the
related Series.
94
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ------------------------------------------ ---------
<S> <C>
Accretion Directed........................ 32
Accrual................................... 33
Accrual Securities........................ 29
Advance................................... 10
Agreement................................. 20
Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations...... 75
APR....................................... 23
Available Funds........................... 29
Balloon payment........................... 22
Belgian Cooperative....................... 38
BIF....................................... 48
Book-Entry Securities..................... 36
Buydown Fund.............................. 22
Buydown Loans............................. 22
Calculation Agent......................... 33
Cash Flow Bond Method..................... 81
CEDEL Participants........................ 37
CERCLA.................................... 16, 61
Certificates.............................. 1, 5, 20
Capitalized Interest Account.............. 49
Claimable Amount.......................... 70
Class Security Balance.................... 29
Closed-End Loans.......................... 5
Code...................................... 11, 71
COFI Securities........................... 35
Collateral Value.......................... 23
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio.............. 23
Commission................................ 3
Component Securities...................... 32
Contingent Regulations.................... 73
Cooperative Loans......................... 21
Cooperatives.............................. 21
Cut-off Date.............................. 5, 20
Cut-off Date Principal Balance............ 27
DCR....................................... 91
Debt Securities........................... 71
Definitive Security....................... 36
Depositor................................. 1, 24
Detailed Description...................... 21
Distribution Date......................... 6
DOL....................................... 89
DTC....................................... 18, 36
Eleventh District......................... 34
EPA....................................... 61
ERISA..................................... 12
Euroclear Operator........................ 38
Euroclear Participants.................... 38
European Depositaries..................... 36
Exchange Act.............................. 3
FDIC...................................... 25
FHA....................................... 9
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ------------------------------------------ ---------
<S> <C>
FHLBSF.................................... 34
FHLMC..................................... 25
Financial Intermediary.................... 36
Fitch..................................... 91
Fixed Rate................................ 33
Floating Rate............................. 33
FNMA...................................... 25
Foreign person............................ 84
Funding Period............................ 18
Garn-St Germain Act....................... 63
Holder in Due Course Rules................ 17
Home Equity Loans......................... 1, 5
Home Improvement Contracts................ 1, 5
Home Improvements......................... 1
Indenture................................. 27
Installment Contract...................... 65
Insurance Proceeds........................ 48
Insured Expenses.......................... 48
Interest Only............................. 33
Interest Weighted Securities.............. 74
Inverse Floating Rate..................... 33
IRS....................................... 73
L/C Bank.................................. 8, 40
L/C Percentage............................ 9, 40
Liquidation Expenses...................... 48
Liquidation Proceeds...................... 48
Loan Rate................................. 7, 21
Loans..................................... 1
Loan-to-Value Ratio....................... 23
Lockout periods........................... 22
Master Servicer........................... 5
Master Servicing Agreement................ 20
Master Servicing Fee...................... 53
Moody's................................... 41, 91
Morgan.................................... 38
Mortgage.................................. 46
Mortgage Loan............................. 5
Mortgaged Properties...................... 22
National Cost of Funds Index.............. 35
NCUA...................................... 92
Nonresidents.............................. 82
Notes..................................... 1, 5, 20
Notional Amount Securities................ 32
OID....................................... 11, 71
OID Regulations........................... 72
OTS....................................... 35
PACs...................................... 32
Partial Accrual........................... 33
Parties in Interest....................... 89
Pass-Through Rate......................... 7, 20
Pass-Through Securities................... 80
Pay-Through Security...................... 73
</TABLE>
95
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ------------------------------------------ ---------
Percentage Interests...................... 55
<S> <C>
Permitted Investments..................... 41
Planned Principal Class................... 32
Plans..................................... 89
Policy Statement.......................... 93
Pool...................................... 5, 20
Pool Insurance Policy..................... 42
Pool Insurer.............................. 42
Pooling and Servicing Agreement........... 27
Pre-Funded Amount......................... 18
Pre-Funding Account....................... 5, 18
Prepayment Assumption..................... 73
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy......... 22
Prime Rate................................ 36
Principal Only............................ 33
Principal Prepayments..................... 30
Properties................................ 6, 22
Property Improvement Loans................ 67
Proposed Mark-to-Market Regulations....... 79
PTE 83-1.................................. 89
Purchase Price............................ 26
Rating Agency............................. 94
Ratio Strip Securities.................... 81
RCRA...................................... 62
Record Date............................... 28
Reference Banks........................... 33
Refinance Loan............................ 23
Regular Interest Securities............... 71
Relevant Depositary....................... 36
Relief Act................................ 66
REMIC..................................... 2, 71
Reserve Account........................... 8, 28
Reserve Interest Rate..................... 34
Residual Interest Security................ 77
Restricted Group.......................... 91
Retained Interest......................... 27
Revolving Credit Line Loans............... 5
Riegle Act................................ 17
Rules..................................... 37
S&P....................................... 91
SAIF...................................... 48
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ------------------------------------------ ---------
<S> <C>
Scheduled Principal Class................. 32
Securities................................ 1, 5, 20
Security Account.......................... 47
Security Owners........................... 36
Security Register......................... 28
Securityholders........................... 36
Seller.................................... 1
Sellers................................... 20
Senior Securities......................... 6, 39
Sequential Pay............................ 32
Series.................................... 1
Servicing Fee............................. 80
Short-Term Note........................... 84
Single Family Properties.................. 22
Single Family Securities.................. 90
SMMEA..................................... 11, 92
Strip..................................... 32
Stripped Securities....................... 80
Sub-Servicer.............................. 10, 20
Sub-Servicing Agreement................... 50
Subordinated Securities................... 6
Subsequent Loans.......................... 18
Support Class............................. 32
TACs...................................... 33
Targeted Principal Class.................. 33
Terms and Conditions...................... 38
TIN....................................... 82
Title I Loans............................. 67
Title I Program........................... 67
Title V................................... 64, 65
Trust Agreement........................... 20, 27
Trust Fund................................ 1, 20
Trust Fund Assets......................... 1, 5, 20
Trustee................................... 5, 27
UCC....................................... 61
Underwriter Exemptions.................... 91
U.S. Person............................... 88
VA........................................ 9
VA Guaranty............................... 53
Variable Rate............................. 33
</TABLE>
96
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
________________________________________________________________________________
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT
IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH STATE. THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR THEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT
TO THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Summary of Terms........................................................................................................... S-5
Risk Factors............................................................................................................... S-12
The Mortgage Pool.......................................................................................................... S-15
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans............................................................................................ S-23
Description of the Certificates............................................................................................ S-27
Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations.............................................................................. S-47
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................................ S-58
Federal Income Tax Consequences............................................................................................ S-58
State Taxes................................................................................................................ S-59
ERISA Considerations....................................................................................................... S-59
Method of Distribution..................................................................................................... S-61
Legal Matters.............................................................................................................. S-61
Ratings.................................................................................................................... S-62
Experts.................................................................................................................... S-62
Index of Defined Terms..................................................................................................... S-63
Annex I.................................................................................................................... A-1
PROSPECTUS
Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K........................................................................ 3
Available Information...................................................................................................... 3
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference............................................................................ 3
Reports to Securityholders................................................................................................. 4
Summary of Terms........................................................................................................... 5
Risk Factors............................................................................................................... 14
The Trust Fund............................................................................................................. 20
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................................ 24
The Depositor.............................................................................................................. 24
Loan Program............................................................................................................... 24
Description of the Securities.............................................................................................. 27
Credit Enhancement......................................................................................................... 39
Yield and Prepayment Considerations........................................................................................ 44
The Agreements............................................................................................................. 46
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans......................................................................................... 58
Federal Income Tax Consequences............................................................................................ 71
State Tax Considerations................................................................................................... 89
ERISA Considerations....................................................................................................... 89
Legal Investment........................................................................................................... 92
Method of Distribution..................................................................................................... 93
Legal Matters.............................................................................................................. 94
Financial Information...................................................................................................... 94
Rating..................................................................................................................... 94
Index of Defined Terms..................................................................................................... 95
</TABLE>
CWABS, INC.
DEPOSITOR
[LOGO]
SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER
$173,000,000 CLASS A-1
$ 40,700,000 CLASS A-2
$ 35,000,000 CLASS A-3
$ 14,677,000 CLASS A-4
$ 15,623,000 CLASS A-5
ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATES,
SERIES 1997-1
------------------------------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
------------------------------------
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
COUNTRYWIDE SECURITIES CORPORATION
February 24, 1997
________________________________________________________________________________
